1starkov A P I DR Angliyskiy Yazyk 4 y God Obucheniya

-------------------------------------------------------------------- L
Word Formation
un- + pleasant = unpleasant

in-(im-, il-, ir-) + definite
= indefinite
re- + write = rewrite
happy + -ness = happiness

help + -less = helpless
help + -ful = helpful
• enjoy + -able = enjoyable
_________________________________________________
Past Perfect Tense
H e had finished his w ork by 6 o'clock.

H e had not finished his w ork by 6 o'clock.
Had he finished his w ork by 6 o'clock?
Past Continuous Tense
was + doing
were Participle I
He w as reading a book at 9 o'clock.

He w as not reading a book at 9 o'clock.
Was he reading a book at 9 o'clock?
What w as he doing at 9 o'clock?
А. П. Старков, Р. Р. Диксон
Б. С. Островский
ENGLISH
Учебник
4-й год обучения

( для 8 класса средней школы)
Книга для чтения

Составители Е. Г . Копыл , М. А. Боровик
Д опущ ено к использованию

М инист ерст вом общего и профессионального образования
Российской Федерации
А '
СПЕЦИАЛЬНАЯ^О^ЛИТЕРАТУРА
Санкт-Петербург
1997
Условные обозначения
| Восклицательный знак, стоящий слева от таблицы, обо-

* значает, что нужно обратить внимание на слова, которые
читаются не по правилам.
Стрелка, стоящая рядом с таблицей, содержащей три формы
глаголов, указывает на то, что эта таблица дается в помощь
ученику для выполнения упражнений.
А Таким значком помечены упражнения для домашнего
задания.
♦ Таким значком помечены задания по домашнему чтению.
RG Такое сокращение обозначает Reference Grammar («Грам
матический справочник»); первая цифра после этого со
кращения указывает на раздел справочника, вторая
и третья — на пункты этого раздела.
ш Такой значок напоминает о задании по домашнему чте
нию, которое учащиеся выполняют в течение недели.
IS B N 5 -7 5 7 1 -0 0 4 9 -4 © Издательство
«Специальная Литература», 1996, 1997
© С тарков Л. П ., Д иксо н Р. Р.,
Островский Б. С ., 1996, 1997
© Волошкин О. П .,
оф орм ление облож ки, 1996, 1997
Part I
Unit 1
§ 1
1. Look at the picture and answer the questions:
1. What can you see in this picture?

2. What is there near the village?
3. Is there a farm in this village?
4. What machines working in the field do you see?
5. What are the farmers gathering?
6. What does the farm give people in towns?
2 . Read the text and ask your classmates questions about the
summer holidays:
Back at School
The First of September is a great day in the life of
schoolchildren. On that day they come back to school to
begin a new school year.
When they meet in the schoolyard, they don’t speak
very much about the future lessons. They speak more
about the summer holidays.
Now let’s listen to the conversations of those boys
and girls who have not seen each other for a long time.
3
“Oh, Tanya! You’ve changed very much. What did
you do during the holidays?”
“Well, Vika, at the beginning of my holidays I stayed
at home. Then I went to the seaside with Dad and Mum.
And how did you spend the summer?”
“I spent almost a month at a summer camp and
enjoyed it. At the end of the holidays I went to my aunt,
who works on a farm.”
“Did you rest or work there?”
“You see, Tanya, I joined some boys and girls who
worked in the fields a few hours every day. Of course,
we bathed 1 in the river, went for walks in the forest
and played games after work.”
Some boys in another corner of the schoolyard have
already told each other how they spent their holidays.
Now they are speaking about the new school year.
“I’ve seen the new geography teacher,” said one of
them. “And I’ve heard that she has visited many places
indifferent countries. Let’s ask her to tell us what she
has seen. She must know more than there is in the
geography book.”
Another boy said, “A new subject this year is
chemistry 2. Is it very difficult? Who knows?”
“All subjects are difficult if you don’t learn them
well,” his friend said.
1 bathe [bei5] — купаться; 2 chemistry ['kemistri] — химия
come — came — come go — went — gone

begin — began — begun spend — spent — spent
meet — met — met tell — told — told
о speak — spoke — spoken hear — heard — heard
see — saw — seen know — knew — known
do — did — done be — was, were — been
4
3. (a) Look at the pictures and answer the teacher’s questions,
(b) Look at the pictures and describe the seasons and the
weather.
4. Read and choose the words in the plural (See RG, § 1):
sportsman, address, women, scarves, foot, plays, child,

buses, half, man, pianos, articles, children, cities, dress,
potatoes, cups, country, duties, exercise, feet, woman,
vegetables, shelves, sweets.
5. а) Напишите следующие слова во множественном числе и
прочитайте их (См. RG § 1):
price, match, sheep, lorry, sportsman, tractor-driver, life,

cow, potato, sea, village, stamp, postcard, army, hour,
child, woman, idea, lake, victory.
] б) Выполните задание 1 домашнего чтения.,
§ 2
6. Read and describe the village you were in:
Tell your classmates where the village is, how you

can get to it, if there are rivers, lakes, forests or mountains
near it.
5
Tell your classmates what farm there is in the village,
what machines work in the fields.
Tell the class what the farmers grow in their fields,
what fields you were in, what the harvest was like, how
the farmers gathered the harvest, what the weather was
like at that time.
7. Read and speak about the weather:
1. There is not much wind today. It is a fine morning
with the sun shining brightly. What can you do in
such weather?
2. Say in what weather you can go out without a coat.
Say if you are waiting for better weather and why.
3. Sunday was a rainy day and your friend could not
decide what to do. Could you help him? What could
you tell him to do?
8 . Read the funny story and say what the weather is like in
autumn where you live.
Very Changeable Weather
An Englishman and an American were talking about
the weather. The Englishman said it was common 1 in
England to go out in a summer suit in the morning and
be glad of a heavy overcoat in the evening.
“That’s nothing,” the Aijierican said. “Two friends
of mine were once going along a road where the snow
lay eight or nine inches2 deep3. One of them made
snowballs and threw them at the other. The snowballs
had only five or six yards4 to travel, but tlie weather
changed so quickly that when the snowballs reached him,
the other man thought he was having a hot shower 5.”
1 common — обычный; 2 inch — дюйм (2,5 см); 3 deep —

глубокий; 4 yard — ярд (91 см); 5 shower [faua] — ливень;
душ.
9 . Read the words, say which of them are countable and form
their plural (See RG, § 2):
peace, victory, skating-rink, money, sheep, friendship,

potato, life, cheese, sugar, army, grass, hero, road, air,
health, island, market, result, rule, sea, wind, store, soap,
price, cotton, sausage, match.
.
A 10 а) Подготовьте описание своих летних каникул.
б) Прочитайте слова, выберите из них исчисляемые сущест

вительные и запишите их в форме множественного числа
(См. RG, § 2):
cattle-farm, wheat, plot, anniversary, friendship, greeting,

peace, piece, sugar, department, health, magazine, butter,
record, idea, sausage, mountain, population, competition,
republic.
§ 3
11. Read and speak about country life:
1. A lot of people who live in the country get up with
the sun. Why? What do they do early in the morning?
2. When the schoolchildren came back from the country,
they said, “We all helped with the harvest”. How did
they help the farmers?
12. Read and use in situations:

enjoyable [in'd3Diabl]: Our class had a very enjoyable
holiday last Sunday. I hope to have an enjoyable
summer holiday next year,
journey ['d33:ni]: Moscow is far from our town, it’s
a three days’ journey by train from here to Moscow.
My parents’ journey was very interesting.
7
plane: Our plane leaves at twelve o’clock today. My
uncle will take the next plane for Murmansk,
ship: We shall go to New York on a large ship. When
does the next ship for Samara leave?
train [trein]: Many people come to town by the morning
train. The ten-o’clock train was late today,
travel ['traevl]: All members of our family like travelling.
Last summer we travelled for three weeks. My uncle
went to many great cities during his travels,
trip: We like to take trips to the country. It is only a
short trip to the lake. We have a nice weekend trip
by car.
13. Read the text and answer the questions:
Let’s Go to Work and Rest
When some pupils of Form 8 A began talking about

their summer holidays, Vasya Belov said, “Your stories
are interesting but very ordinary
“Is your story different?” Liza Prokhorova asked.
“Yes., it is. My brother told me about a camp for
senior pupils 2. Last summer Form 10 A spent a month
there.”
“Is it like a summer camp?” a classmate asked.
“Not very much. It is a camp for work and rest.”
“What kind of work do they do there? How do they
rest?” asked other boys and girls.
begin — began — begun have — had — had

say — said — said see — saw — seen
О tell — told — told take — took — taken
spend — spent — spent go — went — gone
do — did — done be — was, were — gone
8
“Well, they work in the fields in the morning,”
Vasya Belov explained. “Then they have a rest.”
“How do they spend their spare time 3?”
“Oh, they go for walks, take part in sport
competitions, see films and organize discussions.”
“My friend says that pupils go to work and rest
camps with their teachers,” a boy said. “Do the teachers
organize the work and all the other things in the camp?”
“No, they don’t. A meeting of all members of the
camp decides all important questions. The teachers help,
of course.”
“And what comes next?”
“The pupils help the farmers. There is a competition
who works better,” Vasya Belov said.
After some more questions and answers the pupils
of Form 8 A decided to go to a work and rest camp next
summer.
1 ordinary ['D:dinri] — обычные; 2 senior ['si:nja] pupils —

старшеклассники; 3 spare time — свободное время
1. What was new for you in Vasya Belov’s story? Have

you heard about work and rest camps? 2. What do pupils
do in a work and rest camp? 3. What is your idea of a
good rest? Do you prefer to do some work before going
to play games? 4. Why did the pupils of Form 8 A decide
to go to a work and rest camp?
14. Read the sentences and choose theones with the nouns in
the possessive case (See RG, § 3):
a) 1. Victor’s my younger brother.

2. Victor’s shoes are too small for me.
3. Victor’s come to see us.
9
b) 1. My friend’s got a letter from his aunt.
2. We shall meet at my friend’s.
3. My friend’s going to join the army.
▲ 15. а) Перепишите предложений, употребляя данные в скобках

слова и словосочетания в притяжательной форме. Прочитайте
написанное (См. RG, § 3):
1. You can find ... toys in the corner of the room, (my
younger daughter) 2. The ... room is on the first floor.
(teachers) 3. Where is .. newspaper? (yesterday) 4. We
received ... letter only two days ago. (Igor Ivanov) 5. The
... meeting took place in our school hall at 6 o’clock.
(parents) 6. What is the ... name? (new teacher).
f f l б) Выполните задание 2 домашнего чтения.
§ 4
16. Read and answer the questions:
1. Do you live in the country or in a town?

2. Wherfe does your house stand?
3. Is your house large (small, new, tall, old, low)?
4. How long have you lived in this house?
5. How many flats are there in your house?
6. How many rooms are there in your flat?
7. How many people are there in your family?
8. Who are they?
business ['biznis]: Are you here on business or for pleasure?

I am here on business, not for pleasure. My mother’s
office receives a lot of business letters every day.
find [faind] (found [faund], found): Please help her to
10
find her book. At last they found their way in the
forest.
fly [flai] (flew [flu:], flown [floun]): We flew to Sochi;
on a TU-134. My friend has flown in a plane. My
grandfather likes to say, ’’How time flies!”
passenger ['paesindja]: People who travel by ship or
train are passengers. Passenger ships are very good
for summer travels,
pleasant ['plezant]: This picture is very pleasant to the
eye. It was pleasant to sit in the sun.
port [po:t]: We took a bus and went to the port. The
port workers cleaned the ship,
railway [Teilwei]: You can see people working near the
railway. My father is working on the railway,
station ['steijn]: A station is a stopping place for trains.
Let’s go to the station before we are late for our train.
18. Read and compare (See RG, § 4):
The A (a n )—
Bring me the chair! Bring me a chair!
Boris, wash the plates! Lena, bring plates,

please.
Конкретный смысл Общий смысл
11
The A (a n )—
Pass me the salt, please. I don’t want salt.

Конкретный смысл Общий смысл
19. Read and say why we use or do not use the articles with the
words underlined:
1. I shall buy one of the newspapers. 2. He met a young

woman with a girl. 3. “Water the flowers and then pick
the fruit,” the mother said. 4. Did you enjoy the concert?
5. His sister is at the market buying fruit, vegetables
and other things. 6. What a fine day it is!
20 . а) Прочитайте текст и подготовьте описание своей поездки
в город или в деревню.
Misha’s Trip
Last summer Misha Sergeyev of Form 8 A went to
another town to visit his uncle’s family.
It was a modern town but not large. Its streets were
straight and the small square in the centre was very
beautiful.
Looking at the address on a piece of paper Misha
crossed a green street and stopped near a new building.
It was his uncle’s house.
When the door on the second floor opened, Misha
saw his uncle.
I visit piece building ready already

• people beautiful other another
12
“Oh, Misha! We’re so glad to see you! How did you
find your way?” Uncle Dima asked.
“Well, it wasn’t ' difficult,” Misha answered. “I’ve
already travelled with my parents and I know how to
find a road, a street or an interesting building in a town.
Ask people and they’ll explain how to get to any place.”
б) Прочитайте и перепишите предложения, подчеркните си

ней чертой существительные, имеющие общий смысл, и крас
ной — имеющие конкретный смысл (См. RG, § 4):
1. In the street he met a young woman with a girl.

2. “I shall have meat and potatoes,” the boy said. 3. Take
a piece of paper and write down the new address of your
uncle. 4. What is the name of the lake? 5. Have you
pictures of the places where we were last summer? 6. There
were plates, cups and bottles on the kitchen table.
§ 5

agree [a'gri:]: Do you agree that our stadium is better
than yours? Has he agreed to help you?
booking-office ['bukirjpfis]: There is a very small
booking-office at our station. Can you tell me where
the booking-office is?
catch [kaetfl (caught [ko:t], caught): He caught the
train at the last moment. My sister has caught a cold,
she is ill now. Yesterday we had a fine catch of fish,
comfortable ['kAmfotobl]: I wear comfortable clothes and
shoes when I take a trip to the country. The chairs
in our flat are very comfortable,
possible ['posibl]: Come as quickly as possible. I’ll help
you if possible. This is only one of many possible answers.
13
seat: My aunt says that she will have a good seat at
the theatre. My grandmother seated herself on the
sofa near the window to watch TV.
ticket ['tikit]: We buy a ticket on a bus, a tram, at the
cinema or theatre. Where have you put the cinema
tickets?
22 . Read and learn the expressions to use them in discussions:
How right you are! I’m afraid you are wrong.

I think so. I don’t think so.
I agree (with you). I disagree.
I can’t quite agree.
23 . Look at the pictures and describe the house and the yard.
24 . Read and say why we use the definite article (See RG, § 5):
1. “Where is Paul?”
“He is in the bedroom.”
3. “What did the doctor 4. “Put the butter into the

say!1 refrigerator.”
5. The boy who lives next door to us is my classmate.
6. Mary, go to the kitchen and turn off the gas.
7. I have read the novel David Copperfield by Charles
Dickens.
8. The rose is one of the most beautiful flowers.
I — Указание на объект. II — Ссылка на известное. III —

Дополнительная конкретизация. IV — Логическое включение
в число известных. V — Родовая характеристика.
25 . а) Прочитайте и перепишите предложения, поставив в скоб

ках после каждого существительного с определенным артик
лем номер типовой ситуации (См. RG, § 5):
I. Put the bag on the shelf. 2. Where is the hotel we

are staying at? 3. I like to watch mountains in the light
of the rising sun. 4. We shall meet at the railway station
15
near the booking-office. 5. Have you found the tickets?
6. The train for Saratov leaves at seven o’clock.
Ш б) Выполните задание 3 домашнего чтения.
§ e
26 . Read and use in situations: .
boat [bout]: Are you going to Volgograd by boat or by

plane? When does the boat leave?
book: My father booked a seat on a plane yesterday.
We shall try to book theatre tickets tomorrow,
hiking ['haikir)]: Hiking is very popular in our school.
We met many hikers on the roads last summer,
own [oun]: We live in our own house. I have a room
of my own.
plan: Where do you plan to spend the summer? She
likes to make plans for the future. I told him about
our plan and he agreed to it.
promise ['promis]: I can’t give you the book, I’ve promised
it to Vera. He promised me to be here at 6 o’clock.
He has given me his promise,
suitcase ['surtkeis]: We use a suitcase for carrying clothes
and other things. I carried my aunt’s suitcases to her
room.
27. Read and act:
Holiday Plans
“Hello, Liza. This is Jane speaking.”
“Hello, Jane. How are you?”
“I’m all right. And what about you?”
“Fine. I’m back from my boat trip to St. Petersburg.
Have you had your holiday this year yet?”
16
“Not yet. I’m taking it at the end of September.”
“Where are you going?”
“I’ll spend two weeks in the South. I’m looking
forward to lying in the sun and swimming in the sea.”
“How are you going to get there — by car?”
“No, by air. Well, Liza, can you look after my doggy
for the time, please?”
“Sure. It’s a nice little thing. I wish you a pleasant
trip.”
“Thank you very much.”
28 . Read the funny story and say what you would do in such a
situation:
What Is My Address?
An English to u rist1 came to Paris. It was his first

visit there. On the same day he sent a telegram to his
wife who was in London. In the telegram he told her
the address of the hotel where he was staying. He also
told her that he was quite well.
As he was in Paris for the first time he wanted to go
sightseeing. After dinner he went for a walk and then
decided 2 to go to the theatre to see a new play. It was
very late when the play was over. It was time to go home.
But at that moment he realized 3 that he could not
get to the hotel; he did not remember either the name
of the hotel or the address. The Englishman was at a
loss4, he did not know what to do. Suddenly he
remembered sending a telegram to his wife that morning.
So, late at night his wife got a very strange 5 telegram:
“Please send me my address at once”.
1 tourist ['tuarist]; 2 decide [di'said] — решать; 3 realize

• [Tialaiz] — представлять себе, (ясно) понимать; 4 to be at a
loss — растеряться; 5 strange [streind3 l — странный
17
29 . Read and say why we use the indefinite article (See RG, § 6):
1. “That’s a stadium.” 2. “I need a tie, please.”
3. “This is Boris, a friend 4. “I need a metre and

of mine.” a half.”
5. I shall be back in an hour.
6. I have a letter from an English penfriend.
7. We spent a month by the Black Sea.
8. A friend is coming to visit me.
I — Называние объекта, причисление его к классу.

II — Указание количества.
▲ 30 . а) Подготовьте описание деревни, в которой вы живете или

в которой вы побывали.
б) Прочитайте и перепишите предложения, поставив в

скобках после каждого существительного с неопределенным
артиклем номер типовой ситуации (См. RG, § 6).
1. It was a dark night. 2. Let me have your book for a

day or two. 3. A year ago I went to Nalchik with my
friends. 4. What a fine day it was! 5. My father gave
me a stamp album as a birthday present.
18
§ 7
carriage ['kaerids]: We were in the first carriage and
our friends went into the next carriage. There are
fifteen carriages in the train,
excursion [iks'kotjn]: An excursion is always interesting.
We went to Novgorod on an excursion train,
heavy ['hevi]: The school-bag is too heavy for this little
girl. We did not go for a walk because of the heavy
rain.
pack: I have packed my things. Have you packed your
suitcase? The man carried something in a pack on
his back.
platform ['plaetfotm]: When we came to the railway
station, the platform was full of people. They were
on the platform waiting for the train,
see off (to): My mother saw me off at the railway
station. I saw my friend to the door and showed him
the way out.
32 . Read the text and ask questions on it:

Planning a Family Holiday
This evening the Stogovs are discussing where to
go for their summer holidays.
“You know, Dad,” Boris says, “you promised to take
us to the seaside.”
“Yes,” Lena agrees with Boris, “I think it’s a splendid
idea. We can go to Odessa by train and then from Odessa
to Sochi by ship. A trip by ship is wonderful!”
“I agree that it’s a very good idea,” Victor Niko-
" layevich says. “But you must remember that there are
very many people who want a nice sea trip. I think it’s
19
too late to book a sea trip in the middle of summer.
What about going to Moscow for a holiday? Our friends
in Moscow have promised to show us the city when we
go there. Don’t you agree?”
“Well,” Vera Ivanovna says, “I like this idea very
much, but how shall we get there? Shall we go by plane
or by train?”
“Let’s go by plane,” says Boris. “These train journeys
are so long.”
“Isn’t it too late to book seats on the plane?” asks
Lena. “I hope we can still get tickets for the train. And
I think a train trip is so pleasant.”
“All right then,” Boris agrees with her. “We’ll go to
Moscow by train.”
“Well, that’s decided,” Father says. “So you children
help Mother to pack the things and I’ll see if I can get
tickets for tomorrow.”
And so tomorrow all the Stogovs will be at the
station waiting for their train to Moscow. They will see
people on the platforms getting on trains, meeting their
friends or seeing them off. Father will carry the heavy
suitcase and Boris and Lena will only have two small
suitcases.
33 . Read and speak about the trips:
1. It is possible that your friend will come in the evening

to your place after a short trip to another town. What
will you speak about?
2. During your summer holidays you can make a trip to
the seaside or down (up) a river. Which do you prefer?
Why?
I pleasant pleasure heavy idea full fruit suitcase
business wonderful journey friend people
20
34 . Read and say why we use no article before the underlined
nouns (See RG, § 7):
1. This is salt. 2. “What does that

woman do there?”
“She sells newspapers,
magazines, books,
postcards, stamps, and
other things”.
3. “What rainy weather 4. “You must stay in bed.”

we are having!”
5. How do you prefer to travel, by train or by boat?
6. The farm has pig-farms and cattle-farms.
I — Называние объекта, причисление его к классу (с исчис

ляемыми существительными в форме множественного числа).
II — Распредмечивание.
3 5 . а) Прочитайте и перепишите предложения, поставив в скоб

ках после каждого существительного без артикля номер
типовой ситуации (См. RG, § 7):
. 1. She is very much interested in biology. 2. Does he

go there on business or for pleasure? 3. You need fresh
air, fruit and vegetables. 4. His mother is in hospital,
she is ill. 5. You can see cows, sheep and pigs in the
farm yard. 6. Is he at home or at work?
б) Выполните задание 4 домашнего чтения.
§ 8
36 . Read and answer the questions:
1. How many members of your family usually discuss
where to go on the summer holidays?
2. Where do your parents promise to take you when
summer comes?
3. Do your parents agree with you when you take part
in planning the family holidays?
4. What kind of ideas about family holidays do you like
best of all?
5. What places does your family choose to go to in
summer?
6. How do you prepare for a summer trip? What do
your parents do?
7. What are your duties during a journey? How do you
help your parents?
37. Read and say in Russian what situations the following sentences
can be used in:
1. (a) He is not in town.

(b) I think we can spend a day in the town.
(c) Is there a town on the river?
2. (a) How did you spend the day?
(b) I need a day or two for this kind of work.
(c) He worked day after day with no results.
22
3 8 . (a) Look at the picture and answer the teacher’s questions,
(b) Look at the picture and describe it.
3 9 . Read the funny story and say what you think of it. Do you
play jokes on your friends?
A Journey with Mark Twain

Mark Twain, as everybody knows, was a famous
American writer. He wrote many stories which are still
popular in many countries today. Mark Twain was also
famous in his days as a speaker. In his speeches •, Mark
Twain always liked to tell funny stories. He also liked
to listen to funny stories and to play jokes2 on his
friends.
One day, one of Mark Twain’s friends said he had
lost his mbney and asked Mark Twain to pay his train
fare 3 for him.
“But I haven’t enough money to pay both your fare
and mine,” Mark Twain said.
“Well, that’s too bad,” his friend said. “What shall
I do then?”
“I’ll tell you what we can do,” Mark Twain said. “We
can get on the train and when the conductor4 asks the
passengers for the tickets, you can get under my seat.”
Later, however, when the conductor came to ask for
. the tickets, Mark Twain gave him two tickets — one for
himself and one for his friend. Then Mark Twain explained:
23
“My friend here is a very strange 5 man. When he
travels on a train, he does not like to sit on the seat.
He prefers to lie on the floor under the seat.”
1 speech — речь;2 joke [ёзоик] — шутка; 3 fare [fea] — плата

за проезд; 4 con d u ctor [kan'dxkta] — кондуктор; 5 strange
[streind3 ] — странный
4 0 . а) Прочитайте текст и подготовьте объяснение, почему упот

реблен артикль с подчеркнутыми словами (Cm.-RG, § 5, 6):
Where Is My Ticket?
An old writer who is very popular in England is
travelling by train. When the ticket-inspector 1 comes and
asks him for his ticket, the old writer begins to look for
it in his pockets 2, in his bag and suitcase but cannot
find it.
“I can wait,” the ticket-inspector says, who knows
the writer very well. “I can come again at the next
station.” But at the next station it is just the same. The
old writer cannot find his ticket.
“That’s all right,” the ticket-inspector says. “That’s
all right,”
“Oh, but I must find my ticket,” says the man.
“I want to know where I am going to.”
1 ticket-inspector [in'spekta] — билетный контролер;

2 pocket ['pakit] — карман
б) Перепишите предложения, вставляя артикли там, где

нужно. Прочитайте написанное.
1. It was ... nice place with ... green trees near ... river.
2. May I go out with ... dog for ... quarter of ... hour.
3. Vitya is playing ... football in ... yard. 4. They spoke
much about ... modern literature and art. 5. I have ...
idea of going for ... walk as far as ... station. 6. Shall
we go to Tula by... train or by... bus?
§ 9
41 . Read and act:
1. At the Booking-Office
Passenger: Excuse me. Can you tell me where the
booking-office is?
Railway worker: Yes, sir. There it is, that window on
the right. There’s “Booking-Office” written over it.
Passenger (to the booking-office clerk *): Can I have two
tickets for the morning train to Edinburgh 2?
Clerk: Yes, sir. What class?
Passenger: Second class, sleeper3.
Clerk: Let me see... Just a minute. Yes, sir.
Passenger: Here’s the money.
Clerk: Here you are. Half a pound change, please. The
train leaves from platform 3, at eleven thirty-five.
Passenger: Thank you.
2. Booking Tickets
Passenger: I want to fly to London on the 10th of
October.
Clerk: I’ll just see what there is.
Passenger: I want an economy class and I’d prefer the
morning.
Clerk: Yes, there are some tickets: Aeroflot flight 4 103
leaves the Sheremetyevo airport at 10 o’clock.
Passenger: What time have I got to be there?
Clerk: The coach 5 leaves for the airport at 8 o’clock.
What’s your name?
Passenger: Willow, Jonathan Willow.
Clerk: Spell it, please.
25
Passenger: J-o-n-a-t-h-a-n W-i-ll-o-w.
Clerk: Here you are.
Passenger: Thank you.
1 booking-office clerk [klak] —билетный кассир; 2 Edin

burgh ['edinbora] — Эдинбург; 3 sleeper — спальный вагон;
4 flight — полет; рейс; 5 coach [kout,f] — туристский автобус
42 . Read and say:

1. Your mother says, “We leave tomorrow, but I haven’t
begun to pack yet! I’m just going to pack.” What
kind of things will she pack for travelling?
2. You have a plan for Sunday, but your brother (sister)
says, “I’m against your plan. I have another plan.”
Why is your brother (sister) against it? What is his
(her) plan for Sunday?
4 3 . Look at the pictures, read and answer the questions:
1. Is the bus station as modern as the theatre building?

2. Where are the buses, in front of the station or in
front of the theatre?
3. Which is the biggest, the bus station, the theatre or
the building near the theatre?
4. Are there more people in the square in front of the
theatre than in front of the bus station?
5. Where can you see more trees?
6. In which picture can you see fewer people?
26
4 4 . Read and answer the questions (See RG, § 8):
1. Which is the coldest month in the year?
2. When is it hotter, in July or in August?
3. Is June as long as July?
4. When are the nights shorter than the days?
5. Is September as rainy as October or isn’t it so rainy?
6. Which is the most beautiful season in your place?
7. Is the summer sunnier this year than it was last year?
8. Which exercise is more difficult for you, this one or
Exercise 43?
▲ 4 5 . а) Выпишите слова, относящиеся к теме “Путешествие”, и
прочитайте написанное:
boat, journey, hiking, to go in for, to pack, exhibition,

to travel, team, to see off, to look after, plane, passenger,
booking-office, to agree, airport, trip, to try on, to fly,
heavy, carriage, port, department, to book, platform, form,
leave, catch, book, to promise, comfortable, to plan,
possible, seat, suitcase, journey, ticket, station, train,
railway.
§ Ю
4 6 . Read and act:

Short Conversations
1
“I’m afraid we’ll be late for the train.”
“I don’t think so. We have twenty minutes left.”
“Let’s take a taxi.”
“Taxi! Taxi!”
“Yes, sir?”
“We want to go to Victoria station.”
27
“All right. Is that your luggage 1 over there?”
“Yes, thank you. How much is the fare?”
“Ah, it’ll be about ten pounds.”
2.
“Taxi! Are you free?”
“Yes, madam. Let me help you with your luggage.
Where to?”
“To the airport, please. How long will it take us to
get there?”
“I think we’ll get there in thirty minutes.”
“Come on, then.”
1 luggage ['Ugid3 ] — багаж
47 . Ask your deskmate questions about an excursion (a trip) you

made last summer.
4 8 . Describe what you see

through the windows of the
train.
4 9 . Read and describe your journey using the questions as a plan:
1. Have you travelled this year?

2. When did you make your journey?
3. Where did you go?
4. Did you travel by train, by sea or by air?
5. Did many people come to see you off?
6. What did you see on your journey?
7. How long did your journey last?
8. What people did you meet on your journey?
9. Have you a lot of pictures of the places you visited?
50 . Read and speak:
1. Tell the class which is the best season of the year
and why you think it is better than the other seasons.
2. Ask a girl if books on literature are as interesting as
novels, what books she prefers and why.
3. Ask a boy who likes football which is his favourite
football team and who is the best player in that team.
51. а) Прочитайте и подготовьте описание вашего города (вашего
села):
Say if there are more than 5 thousand people living there,

which street is the most beautiful, which is the best
building, which river is the nearest, and where it is best
to spend holidays.
б) Перепишите предложения, употребляя глаголы, данные
в скобках, в нужной форме. Прочитайте написанное.
1. Are you going ... to Novosibirsk? (to fly) 2. ... you

... the things? (to pack) It is time to go to the station.
3. If we hurry up, we ... the train, (to catch) 4. I am
going ... my friends who are leaving for Vladivostok, (to
see off). 5. Yesterday I ... to go hiking, (to promise)
6. ... you ... to prepare a report about our cosmonauts?
(to agree).
§ И
52. Read and act:
Talk on a Journey
“We can see a lot of things through the carriage
window, can’t we?”
“Oh, yes! It’s very interesting and all things are
changing very quickly.”
“See that village far away near a lake? Isn’t it
beautiful?”
“And there is a dark forest behind the village. The
villagers can go to the forest very often. It’s bad that
we have no forest near our town.”
“Look! Some boys and girls are swimming in the
river. But the others are working in the field.”
“I think they are from a work and rest camp.”
“Those large buildings must be a factory. A train is
coming out carrying machines to other parts of the
country.”
“Yes, there’s another factory. We’re coming to a
large city.”
53. Look, read and compare (See RG, § 23)
1. There is a boy sitting in the
arm-chair reading a newspaper.
2. The boy sitting in the arm-chair
is reading a newspaper.
3. The boy is sitting in the arm
chair reading a newspaper.
PARTICIPLE I
i
read + -ing reading
30
54 . Read and say what the participles mean.
1. She is packing her things.
2. My brother is travelling in the mountains now.
3. The boy beginning the game is the best player in
the team.
4. The wind blowing from the west will bring rain.
5. The passengers stood in the carriage looking out of
the windows.
6. An old woman is at the market selling fruit.
55 . Read and give Russian equivalents of the underlined words:

1. The man buying a newspaper is our history teacher.
2. The boy stood in the bathroom brushing his teeth.
3. The workers are building a new hospital in our
street.
4. The boys coming to the skating-rink will play hockey.
5. He has gone to the library carrying three books.
6. Nina Petrovna is sitting at the teacher’s desk rehding
a text.
.
▲ 56 а) Перепишите предложения, вставляя предлоги там, где
нужно. Прочитайте написанное:
1. I don’t agree ... you, 1 am afraid you are wrong.

2. Do you agree ... our plans to go ... an excursion ...
the country?
3. Which do you like better, travelling ... boat or ...
plane?
4. It is only two day’s journey ... Moscow... Tomsk.
5. They went to the airport to see their grandmother ....
6. We are planning ... a short trip for the summer.
Щ б) Выполните задание 6 домашнего чтения.

31
§ 12
57. Read and act:
It Was Great
“Hi, John. How are you? I’m glad to see you.”
“Hi. I’m quite all right. And how are you? I haven’t
seen you for ages.”
“I’m fine. I’ve been on my summer holiday in the
South.”
“Oh, I see. When did you come back?”
“I came back only at ten this morning.”
“I hope you had a good holiday. Did you travel by air?”
“Yes, of course. I usually go by air on business trips
or when I travel for pleasure.”
“Did you enjoy your trip?”
“Yes, it was great!”
58. Read the funny story and ask your deskmate questions on it.
The Conductor’s Mistake
Once Mark Twain travelled in France 1 by train. He
wanted to go to a small town near Paris 2. It was very
late at night, he was very tired 3 and he wanted to sleep.
He asked the conductor to wake him up when they got
to the town, and went to sleep. It was early morning
when he woke up, and the train was already in Paris.
Mark Twain was very angry. He went up to the
conductor and said, “I asked you to wake me up. Why
didn’t you do so? I’m very angry with you.”
The conductor looked at him for a moment and then
said, “You may be very angry, sir, but not so angry as
the American whom I put off4 the train instead 5 of you.”
1 France [frcuns] — Франция; 2 Paris ['paeris] — Париж;

3 tired [taiod] — усталый; 4 put off — высаживать; 5 instead
[in'sted] — вместо
32
59 . Read and discuss together:
1. Many people travel every year. Do they travel for
pleasure only or is there something else?
2. Say what people can see travelling by land, by water,
in the mountains.
6 0 . Read the sentences and say which of the underlined words

are participles:
1. When I visited my aunt last year, I saw a new building

near her house. 2. His writing was very difficult to read.
3. She ate her supper watching a film on TV. 4. I saw
a bookshop near the turning. 5. The visiting football team
played very well. 6. The boy swimming so quickly is our
champion.
▲ 61. а) Прочитайте текст письма и подготовьте сообщение о том,

как Лена провела летние каникулы:
Lena Writes to Her Penfriend

Flat 10,
16 Gagarin Street,
Verkhovsk,
Russia
September 5th, 1994
Dear Mary,
I am very glad to write to you again. In this letter
I want to tell you about my summer holidays.
During the first week, I went hiking with some boys
and girls from our form. We visited places where Soviet
go — went — gone get — got — got

sleep — slept — slept do — did — done
• wake — woke — woken put — put — put
2 А. С тарков и др. 33
people fought against the German fascists. We met old
people who took part in the fighting. They told us about
heroes of the Great Patriotic War who gave their lives
to defend our country. We put flowers on the tombs 1
of those who did not come back from the war.
In the middle of July, my father, my mother, my
brother and I made a trip to Moscow, where we stayed
for a month. I saw a lot of interesting things at exhibitions
and in museums. I enjoyed a play at the children’s theatre
and went to another theatre with my parents. Of course,
we went to Red Square, made a short trip down the
Moskva River and went on excursions to different places
of interest.
Now school has begun again and I am glad to be
back with my friends. I hope you will write and tell me
about your holidays.
Your friend,
Lena
1 tomb [tu:m] — могила
б) Прочитайте и перепишите предложения, подчеркните

выделенные слова красной чертой, если они выступают в
роли существительных, зеленой — в роли глаголов, а синей
— в роли прилагательных:
1. The room was light and high. 2. Turn off the electric
light, it is already light. 3. Promise not to tell anybody
about the news. 4. Can you give a promise not to say
a word about what I am going to tell you? 5. The suitcase
is light. I can carry it to the bus stop. 6. We went on
a pleasure trip down the Volga.
I come brother mother month another country

• fought course great theatre visit river live
34
§ 13
1. Your deskmate is writing on the blackboard underlining
some words. Who told him to do that?
2. There are a lot of children in your form wishing to
learn well. What about you?
3. In the second half of the match your team played
much better than in the first, winning the game. Who
won the game?
4. When you came from school, your mother was at
home working in the kitchen. Did you help her? What
did you do?
6 3 . (a) Read the text and answer the questions.

(b) Pick out the international words and give their Russian
equivalents:
Hiking About the Country
A long walk in the country is very interesting. Such
a walk is called a hike. And when you go for a walk in
the country, you say that you are going on a hike. There
are a lot of hikers on a warm sunny day.
Why is hiking a nice thing for all people — young and
not so young? What is good about a long country walk?
Well, a hike is a walk for pleasure in the open
country, and when you plan a hike, you think about
pleasure and exercise.
If you want to see the countryside, you must spend
part of your summer holidays on hikes. But you must not
walk very quickly if you want to enjoy your hiking trip.
Hiking is nice because you need not think about
I country young other another pleasure

• ■ learn people beautiful saw because
35
tickets, time-tables and other things. What you need is
a rucksack 1 with all the things you will use on a hike.
Some boys and girls visit places of historical2
traditions3 or places where people fought during the
Great Patriotic War.
1 rucksack ['глкэаек]; 2 historical [his'torikl]; 3 tradition

[tra'difn]
1. What is good about hiking? Do hikes help physical

training? 2. Hiking helps to enjoy beautiful places. What
else can you enjoy on a hike? 3. What can you learn
on a hike? 4. Have you been on a hike? What places
are the most interesting? 5. What places known for their
historical traditions have you visited?
64 . Describe a journey you have made using the words:
1) to invite 3) enjoyable 5) to pack 7) different
2) to plan 4) to book 6) passenger 8) pleasure
6 5 . Look at the pictures (p. p. 36—37) and make up a story.
к. 66. а) Напишите 8 вопросов своему другу о его (ее) поездке
(походе).
§ 14
67 . Read and analyse:
(See RG, § 24)
Children, stop talking!
1. Travelling is very interesting in any season. 2. My

favourite sport is skiing. 3. I like swimming. 4. Thank
you for ringing me up. 5. Go on reading the text.
6. I prefer walking in the forest.
GERUND
talk + -ing - talking

37
.
68 Read and give Russian equivalents of the underlined words:
1. I like reading books about travelling. 2. We are thinking

of going on a hike during our holidays. 3. Did your
mother agree to your going on this trip? 4. They spoke
about visiting their friend. 5. I don’t like walking slowly.
6. Did you enjoy going to the exhibition? 7. Escuse me
for not coming. 8. She preferred staying at home.
6 9 . Read and say:
Proverb-. BUSINESS BEFORE PLEASURE.

It is pleasant to have a rest after you have finished your
work.
Business must always come before play and other pleasures.
How do you spend your time after school? When do you
rest?
70 . Read the funny story and act it.

A Frenchman in London
A Frenchman 1 once travelled in England. He could

speak Enjglish a little, but he did not know 'many words.
One day he stayed at a small country hotel. He
wanted a cup of coffee and some eggs.
He sat down at a table in the dining-room. The
w aiter2 came and asked him what he wanted. But the
Frenchman could not remember the English word “eggs”.
Suddenly, he looked out of the window and saw a
cock 3 in the yard. He pointed to the cock and said:
“What do you call that?”
“A cock, sir.”
“What do you call a cock’s wife?”
“A hen, sir.”
“What do you call a hen’s children, then?”
“Chickens, sir.”
38
“And what do you call chickens before they are
bom 4?”
“Eggs, sir.”
“Very well. Now bring me two eggs and a cup of
coffee, please.”
1 Frenchm an — француз; 2 w aiter — официант; 3 cock —

петух; 4 be born — родиться
71. а) Прочитайте текст и скажите, как Мэри Смит провела

лето.
Mary Smith Writes to Lena
37, High Street,
London, W8 7DN, England
September 15th, 1994
Dear Lena,
Thank you very much for your letter in which you
told me about your holidays. I was greatly interested to
read about your trip to Moscow and about your hiking.
I spent all the summer in London because my mother
was not well and I had to look after her.
At the end of August my brother and I went for a
few days to the seaside. The weather was fine, it was a
pleasure to watch the white ships on the blue sea. During
our visit the water in the sea was warm, and we liked
to swim in it.
My mother is better now. I hope your parents are
well.
With all my best wishes,
Mary Smith.
б) Напишите ответы на вопросы:
1. Do members of your family like to go on hikes?

2. Who is the organizer of your family hikes? 3. How
many kilometres can you go in a day? 4. What do you
do when you make a stop on a hiking trip? 5. How does
hiking help you to learn school subjects? 6. Do you think
hiking is good for your health? Is it a kind of sport?
§ 15
1. He could not do his The texbook is helpful in

homework without help. preparing his English lesson.
2. When people go to the We had an enjoyable holiday
Black Sea, they want to last summer.
enjoy a holiday.
help + -ful helpful
enjoy + -able enjoyable
Noun Adjective Verb Adjective

help helpful enjoy enjoyable
beauty beautiful read readable
peace peaceful answer answerable
hope hopeful eat eatable
meaning meaningful change changeable
73 . Read and say what the underlined words mean.
1. It was a peaceful summer day. 2. The text is quite

readable. 3. “I shall be answerable for what my son
does”, said the man. 4. The weather is very changeable
in spring. 5. A food is eatable if it is fresh. 6. He is
hopeful of catching the last train. 7. This discussion is
not very meaningful.
74 . Read the verse and learn it:
Falling Rain
Everything is shining wet 1
In rain, rain, rain,
9 Q
It falls with trickling , splashing sounds
Upon the window pane 4.
Everything looks very grey
In rain, rain, rain,
I love to see it hit the ground
And then bounce 5 up again.
1 wet — сырой; 2 trickling — капающий; 3 splashing —
плескающий; 4 pane — стекло (оконное); 5 bounce
[bauns] — подскакивать
75 . Read and say a few words about the excursion:

An Excursion to a Factory
A few days ago Form 8 A made an excursion to a
factory.
“I don’t think such an excursion can be interesting,”
one of the girls said before they went.
“You’re wrong,” another said. “It’s my father’s
factory. He says it’s small but very important and modern.”
When the boys and girls came to the factory, they
were met by one of the engineers.
“It was nice of you, boys and girls, to decide to
come to our factory. Our machine-building factory is new,
but it is known in many parts of the country. We make
machines for other factories. My name is Pavel Petrovich.
I’ll show you our factory and explain how the machines
are made.”
41
The excursion was very interesting. The children
could see how machines were made from beginning to
end. There were a lot of young workers who made very
important parts of machines.
“Is it very difficult to learn to make machines?” Vitya
Mikhailov asked.
“It’s not so difficult if you want to learn, and it’s
very interesting,” Pavel Petrovich answered. “The factory
needs workers. So when you leave school, we shall be
glad to see you here.”
76 . а) Напишите ответы на вопросы:
1. Have you been on an excursion this year? 2. When

did it take place? 3. Who took part in the excursion?
4. Where did you go? 5. What did you see on the way?
6. What did you learn from it? 7. What was the weather
like at that time? 8. How did you enjoy the excursion?
ffl б) Выполните задание 8 домашнего чтения.
§ i6
77. Do the tasks:
1. Describe the place you visited in summer. Tell the
class what you liked there most of all.
2. Speak about the people you met during your trip.
Describe how you met them, what they are, where
they are from.
3. You are going to the country next Sunday to spend
one other another could young new

few learn machine building
42
the day camping near a lake. Discuss what you will
do during the day.
4. Tell the class what is good about hiking.
78 . Read and say:
Proverb: BETTER LATE THAN NEVER.

It is better to come late than never to come at all, or
be late in doing something than never to do it.
What do you think about another English proverb which
says that it is better never to be late?
79 . Read and make dialogues as in the example:
Example: “My grandmother is forgetful sometimes.”

“Do you want to say that she forgets to do
things?”
“Yes, she often forgets where her things are.”
1. I think this text is understandable.
2. The boys in our form are helpful.
3. That is a very colourful picture.
4.The bread was not very fresh but still eatable.
5. A man told us that the water in the river was not
drinkable.
8 0 . Learn the English folk song:

I Saw Three Ships Come Sailing By
I saw three ships come sailing by,
Sailing by, sailing by;
I saw three ships come sailing by
On New Year’s Day in the morning.
And what do you think was in them then?
In them then, in them then;
And what do you think was in them then
On New Year’s Day in the morning?
43
Three pretty girls were in them then
In them then, in them then;
Three pretty girls were in them then
And one could whistle *, and one could sing,
The other could play on the violin,2
Such joy there was at the wedding
1 whistle ['wisl] — свистеть; 2 violin [vaia'lin] — скрипка
▲ 81. а) Прочитайте текст и подготовьте окончание рассказа:

с
On a hot summer day some boys went for a walk

in the forest. It was cool in the forest and they enjoyed
their walk very much.
When there was no more road, they decided to stop
for a short rest. Then each of them went to look for a
good place. The trees were tall and there was no sunlight.
The forest was very dark.
One of the boys heard something. He stopped and
looked at the thick grass behind a large tree.
“Boys! Quickly! There’s something here!..” he shouted.
б) Перепишите предложения и напишите после каждого из

них, какой частью речи (noun, adjective, adverb, numeral)
являются выделенные слова.
1. Przhevalsky was a great traveller. 2. The train will

start at eighteen munutes to four. 3. It was raining
heavily. 4. The weather was changeable and we had
to put our raincoats on. 5. The child was sleepy and
the mother sent her to bed. 6. We enjoyed the peaceful
evening near the lake. 7. Their tradition was to meet
on the 9th of May every year.
44
§ 17
82 . Check yourself:
Fighting in the Dark
Many years ago two Englishmen who liked to travel
very much went to a small town in the country. Their
names were Dick and Tom.
After a day’s trip they saw the town in the evening.
It was dark when they came to a small hotel. They asked
for a room with two beds. The owner 1 of the hotel
showed them a room and gave them a candle 2 because
there was no lamp in that room.
When they were on the way totheir room, Dick
dropped 3 the candle. It was very dark.
In the room they took their clothes off and went to
bed. The beds were very big, and by mistake they got
into the same bed, Tom from one side, and Dick from
the other.
After some time Dick said, “You know, Tom, there
is a man in my bed. Here are his feet near my head.”
“Yes, Dick, there is a man in my bed too. His feet
are very big and they are near my head too. What shall
we do?”
“Let us push 4 them out of our beds.”
They began to push each other.After some time
Dick and Tom were on the floor.
“Dick!” Tom shouted. “My man is stronger than I.
He has pushed me down on the floor.”
“I am on the floor too,” Dick answered, “I think we
must go and tell the owner of the hotel about it. We
must have our own room without other travellers in it.”
1 owner ['оипэ] — хозяин, владелец; 2 candle ['kaendl] — све

ча, 3 drop — ронять; 4 push [puj] — толкать
45
agree v fly V port n
boat п heavy adj promise v
book v hiking rt railway n
booking-office n journey n seat n
business n own a see off v
carriage n pack v ship n
catch v passenger n station n
comfortable a plan n, v suitcase n
enjoyable a plane n ticket n
excursion n platform n train n
fare n pleasant a travel v
find v possible a trip n
Вы должны уметь:
О п и с ы в а т ь начало учебного года, летние каникулы

{пребывание в летнем лагере), посещение других
городов (деревни) летом, экскурсии, прогулки, по
году летом, путешествие летом (поездом, самолетом,
в автомашине), знакомство с достопримечательнос
тями, впечатления от путешествия;
р а с с п р а ш и в а т ь , о летних каникулах, о жизни
в летнем лагере, о посещении других городов (де
ревни), о путешествиях летом, о впечатлениях от
путешествий;
у п о т р е б л я т ь в речи артикли сообразно ситуациям;
п о н и м а т ь и у п о т р е б л я т ь в речи причастия
настоящего времени и герундии;
п о н и м а т ь все это в речи собеседников, а также
понимать короткие тексты в исполнении учителя;
ч и т а т ь и п о н и м а т ь усвоенные устно слова;
п о н и м а т ь при чтении слова, образованные при
помощи суффиксов -ful, -able;
ч и т а т ь в с л у х короткие тематические тексты и диа
логи, построенные на усвоенном устно материале;
ч и т а т ь п р о с е б я и понимать короткие рассказы
и отрывки из произведений английских и амери
канских авторов, прибегая в случае необходимости
к словарю.
Part II
Unit 2
§ 1
1. Learn the names of the countries and their capitals:
Countries Capitals
Great Britain ['greit 'britn] London I'Undan]
United States of America Washington ['waflgtan]
[ju:'naitid 'steits av a'merika]
Canada I'kaenada] Ottawa I'atawa]
Australia [as'treilja] Canberra ['kaenbara]
New Zealand ['nju: 'zi:land] Wellington ['weligtan]
France [frams] Paris I'paeris]
Germany ['d3a:mani] Bonn (ban]
Italy ['itali] Rome [roum]
Spain I'spein] Madrid [ma'drid]
China ['tjaina] Peking [,pi:'kio]
India ['india] Delhi ['deli] '
Japan [d3a'paen] Tokyo ['toukiou]
2. Read and act:

1. In a Moscow Street
„Excuse me.“
„Yes?“
„Can you spare me a minute, please?"
„Sure. What can I do for you?"
„Can you tell me where I can buy a map of the
Moscow Underground?"
“You can buy it at a stall. Look, there’s one just
near here — across the road.”
“Don’t mention it.”
2. At a Stall
“Hello.”
“Hello.”
“Have you got maps of the Moscow Underground?”
“Yes, here’s a map of the Underground.”
“Thank you. Can you tell me the way to the nearest
Underground station?”
“Why, yes. Go straight ahead and take the second
street to the right.”
“Thank you very much for you help. Good-bye, now.”
“It’s a pleasure to help. Bye.”
3. At the Underground Station
“Excuse me.”
“Yes?”
“How can I get to the Bolshoi Theatre?”
“Well. Let me think ... Take the Ring Line and at
the Paveletskaya Station change for the Zamoskvoretskaya
Line. Get off at the Teatralnaya Station and take the
escalator on the right.”
“Thank you. You’ve been a great help.”
“Not at all.”
3. Make up a dialogue on the situation.

A foreign visitor asks you to show the way to places
of interest in your city (town). You explain how to get
there by the Underground, by bus or trolleybus.
4 . Read and learn the poem.

Winter Morning
Ogden Nash
Winter is the king of showmen !,
Turning tree stumps 2 into snowmen
And houses into birthday cakes
And spreading3 sugar over lakes.
49
Smooth 4 and clean and frosty white,
The world looks good enough to bite 5.
That’s the season to be young,
Catching snowflakes 6 on your tongue 1.
Snow is so snowy when it’s snowing,
I’m sorry it’s slushy 8 when it’s going 9.
1showman — постановщик зрелищ;2 stump — пень;3 spread

fspred] — расстилать; 4 smooth — гладкий; 5 bite — кусать,
откусывать; 6 snowflake — снежинка; 7 tongue [Ug] —
язык; 8 slushy I'sUJi] — слякотный; 9 going — (здесь) тает.
5. а) Прочитайте и напишите числа словами (См. RG, § 9):
3; 13; 33; 18; 40; 14; 79; 1; 11; 55; 2; 12; 20.
102; 1,000,000; 247; 1,376; 389; 52,100.
а б) Выполните задание 9 домашнего чтения.
§ 2
6 . Learn the names of people of different nationalities and their
national languages:
People Languages
Englishman, Englishwoman, English
the English
American [a'merikan] English
Canadian [ko'neidjan] English,
French (in the province
of Quebec [kwi'bek])
Australian [os'treiljan] English
New Zealander ['nju 'zirlanda] English
German ['d 3a:m 8n] German
Frenchman, Frenchwoman, French
the French
People Languages
Italian [i'taeljan] Italian
Spaniard ['spaenjad], Spanish
the Spanish ['spaenij"]
Chinese [tjai'ni:z] Chinese
Japanese Ызэерэ'пкг] Japanese
7. Read artd discuss:
Ask your classmates what holidays our people celebrate,

when and how they celebrate the holidays. Don’t forget
to discuss all the holidays which are celebrated in January,
February, March and May.
8 . Read and learn the expressions to use them in .discussions:
I believe he is here. 1 don’t believe he is here.

I suppose so. I suppose not.
I’m sure of it. I’m not so sure.
Certainly. Certainly not.
9. Read and reply making use of the expressions in the exercise
above:
1. The.weather is going to change for the better.
2. It’s pleasant to come back to school after the summer

holidays.
51
3. I’m sure you can easily do your English homework.
4. They say “The Aquarium” is going to give a concert

in our town.
5. We can go to the South next summer.
6. We must take a bus not to be late for the concert.
7. We shall have a New Year party.
8. Do you think we can go to the skating-rink today?
10. а) Прочитайте шутку и скажите, что вы знаете о Конан

Дойле.
A Detective
A French taxi-driver once played a joke on Sir Arthur
Conan Doyle. The man drove 1 Sir Arthur from the station
to the hotel and when he received his fare2 he said,
“Thank you, Mr Conan Doyle.”
“Why, how do you know my name?” Sir Arthur
asked.
“Well, sir. I saw in the papers that you were coming
from the south of France to Paris. Your appearance 3 told
me that you were English; I could see that your haircut 4
was quite French. I put two and two together and
guessed 5 that it was you.”
“That is very clever. Have you no other facts?”
“Well," the man said,” there is also the fact that
your name is on your suitcase.”
1 drive (drove, d riven ) — отвозить на машине; 2 fare [fea] —

плата за проезд; 3 appearance [a'piarans] — внешность;
4 haircut I'heakAt] — стрижка; 5 guess Iges) — догадываться
б) П рочитайте и напишите даты словами (См. RG, § 10):
2/1; 2 3/II; 8/III; 12/IV; 1/V ; 4 /V I; 9/V II; И /V III;

13/IX; 5 /Х ; 7/X I; 31/X II.
§ 3
both [bou9]: Those girls are both sitting at one desk.

Both my friend and I went to the library yesterday,
central ['sentral]: My house is in the central part of the
town. Let’s go to the central shops to look for a
birthday present,
main: The main road to the state farm is near our house.
The main thing to remember is to speak English every
day.
monument ['monjumant]: There is a monument to Peter
the Great in Voronezh. We saw a lot of monuments
in Moscow.
palace ['paelis]: A palace is a large and splendid building.
I have read a children’s story about a girl who lived
in a beautiful palace,
sight [sait]: The weather was fine when we went out
to see the sights of the town. I like to show the
sights of our town. I know this girl by sight: I know
who she is, but I have never spoken to her.
sightseeing ['sait,si:ig]: It’s interesting to go sightseeing
in a new town. During our visit to Moscow we went
sightseeing every day.
underground ['Andagraund]: There are underground
railways in many great cities of Russia. Travelling by
the underground you can get to a far place quickly.
53
12. Read the text and say what you have seen (want to see) in
Moscow:
To Moscow on Holidays
One Sunday in December Tanya Sedova asked her

brother, “Vova, do you know that both Dad and Mum
will have their holidays next January?”
“Yes, I do. I’ve heard them ask Granny 1 if they
could go to a holiday home 2 and leave us with her. Our
dear granny agreed, of course.”
“Well, but aren’t we going to visit Moscow during
our own school holidays?”
“I hope Dad hasn’t forgotten his promise. Let’s ask
him about it.”
When dinner was over, Vova asked, “Well, Dad,
what about your promise to take us to Moscow during
our winter holidays?”
“Oh, I remember it very well. Mum and I are planning
a family trip to Moscow during the first part of our
holidays, and then we’ll go to a holiday centre. Granny
will stay with you if you help her about the house.”
“Wonderful!” Tanya said. “There’s going to be an
exhibition of Turner’s pictures next month in Moscow.”
“What we must all visit,” Evgeny Mikhailovich said,
“is the Tretyakov Gallery and the Pushkin Museum of
Fine Arts. I visited both of them when I was a schoolboy
many years ago.”
“Do you remember that I’m very interested in the
have — had — had take — took — taken

do — did —done go — went — gone
leave — left — left get — got — got
forget — forgot — forgotten be — was, were — been
54
theatre?” Svetlana Georgievna asked. “I hope we’ll get
tickets to the Kremlin Palace.”
Vova said, “Nobody asks me, but I want to see
something, too.”
“What is it?” his mother asked.
“Well, I have picture postcards showing the main
sights of Moscow. I want to see monuments and palaces
and the most beautiful underground stations.”
“We’ll go sightseeing as soon as we arrive3 in
Moscow,” his father said.
1 granny ['graenij (=grandmother) — бабушка; 2 holiday

home (holiday centre) — дом отдыха; 3 arrive [a'raiv] —
прибывать
13. Read and act:

Short Conversations
1
“I believe sightseeing in Moscow is very interesting.”
“It certainly is! You can see with your own eyes
everything you have read and heard about the city.”
2
“My sister says you can see all Moscow monuments
and sights in a week.”
“I don’t believe you can. There are too many
monuments and sights for one week.”
3
“A famous singer is going to give a concert in the
Kremlin Palace.”
“I don’t think we can get there. The tickets are too
expensive.”
“Oh, what a pity.”
55
4
“I suppose there’s a new exhibition of modern art
in the museum.”
“I’d like to go there.”
“I’m sure we shall get tickets to the museum.”
“I’m not so sure. There are too many people wishing
to see the new exhibition there.”
14. Look at the picture, read and answer the questions:
1. Are all the people on the platform leaving for Moscow?
2. How many parents are seeing their children off?
3. What are the people in the carriage and on the platform
telling each other?
4. Where is the leader of the excursion?
5. What is he doing?
▲ 15. а) Перепишите предложения, употребляя глаголы, данные в

скобках, в Present Continuous. Прочитайте написанное:
1. The parents ... in the South now. (to travel) 2. What

... you ... to do during your winter holidays? (to plan)
3. I ... not ... to spend the summer in town, (to go)
4. The boy ... his things in a suitcase, (to pack) 5. The
plane ... over the high mountain now. (to fly) 6. When
... the train for Vladivostok ...? (to leave).

§ 4
t
cultural f'kAltJaral]: There are some cultural centres in
our town. The new club is one of the cultural centres
in this village,
gallery ['gaelari]: People from all corners of the world
come to the Tretyakov Gallery. As it was very difficult
to get good seats for the concert, we sat in the gallery,
industrial [in'dAstriol]: They live in an industrial part
of the country. There are a lot of industrial workers
in our town.
Motherland ['mAbolond]: What books about the history
of our Motherland have you read? Everybody must
. be ready to defend our Motherland,
political [pa'litikl]: My brother reads many newspapers
and he can discuss political questions. Moscow is the
political centre of our country,
proud [praud): I am proud that he is my friend. He is
proud of his good marks. I am proud of my father.
We are proud to live in St. Petersburg,
since [sins]: We have done nothing since breakfast. I
have lived in this town since 1975. We have had this
dog since last autumn. Where have you been since
12 o’clock?
whole [houl]: I didn’t see him the whole day. We had
to wait the whole hour.
17. Read and discuss:

I. You are proud that one of your classmates is your
friend. Why are you proud of this friendship?
•2. “Oh, we have done nothing since Mother went!” said
your sister. What did you have to do?
57
3. When your friend saw you in the evening, he said,
“I have spent the whole day looking for you.” Was
that day in winter or in summer? What did you do
the whole day?
4. Your aunt says, “Our roses are a wonderful sight this
year.” Why does she use such words speaking about
her roses?
18. (a) Look at the pictures and say what the people in them are
doing.
(b) Look at the pictures and ask questions.
19. Make up a dialogue on the situation:
You have got a new student in your group. You

want to go to his (her) house but you do not know the
address. You remember that your deskmate is his (her)
best friend. You ring your deskmate up to know the
address and ask him (her) how to get there.
▲ .
20 а) П рочитайте диалог и скаж ите, что вы из него поняли.
This conversation is between a policeman and a
visitor who has come in a car to England from another
country.
Right or Wrong
The policeman 1 stops the car.
P. (holding up his hand): Stop.
V.: What’s the matter? 2
P.: Why are you driving3 on the right side of the road?
V.: Do you want me to drive on the wrong side?
P.: You are driving on the wrong side.
V.: But you said I was driving on the right side.
P.: That’s right. You are on the right, and that’s wrong.
You must keep to the left. The right side is the left.
V.: It’s like a looking-glass. I’ll try to remember. Well,
I want to go to Bellwood. Will you tell me the way?
P.: Turn left at the end of this road.
V.: Now let me think. Turn left. In England left is right,
and right is wrong. Am I right?
P.: You’ll be right if you turn left! But if you turn right,
you’ll be wrong.
V.: Thank you. Now I understand.
1 policeman [po'liisman] — полисмен;2 What's the matter? —

В чем дело?; 3 drive — ехать на машине
б) Перепишите предложения, вставляя was или were.
Прочитайте написанное:
1. When he ... in St. Petersburg he tried to see as much

as possible. 2. We ... very glad to take part in the
excursion to the exhibition. 3. Where ... you when I rang
you up? 4. There ... a lot of people on the platform
waiting for the train. 5. What ... the weather like
yesterday? 6. It ... not very cold, but it ... windy.
59
§ 5
advise [od'vaiz]: I shall do as you advise me. The school
doctor advised me to go home and stay in bed. Our
friends advised us what to see in Moscow,
bridge [brid3]: There is a railway bridge near our village.
You can cross the Moskva River by many bridges,
district: Many boys and girls of our school took part
in district competitions. He spent a week in the district
hospital.
easy ['i:zi]: It was not easy to carry the bag. It’s not
very easy for me to tell you this. Take it easy,
economic [,i:ka'nomik]: Economic geography will be a
new subject for my sister next year,
several ['sevralj: Several of the children in our house
go to the same school. My father makes several
business trips to Moscow every year,
situated ['sitjueitid]: My friend’s school is situated not
far from the town park. My grandparents live in a
village situated between a river and a hill,
view [vju:]: There is a view of a lake from this window.
This place is not interesting, there is no view from here.
22. Read and speak:
1. Russia is a great industrial country. What industrial
countries with English-speaking population do you know?
2. You may be proud of yourself when you get a good
mark. When is your mother proud of you?
3. It is seven years since you began going to school.
What subjects have you learned since then?
4. During your stay in Moscow you travelled much by
underground. Where did you go? What did you see
there?
60
.
23 Read the tex t and ask questions on it:
Moscow, the Capital of Our Motherland
Of all towns and cities in Russia, the largest and
the most important is the Hero City of Moscow, the
capital of our country.
The history of Moscow began in the year 1147, and
since then the city has always been very important in
the life of the whole country.
Moscow is not only the political centre. It is also
the centre of the industrial and cultural life of Russia.
Moscow has thousands of factories. What they make
is not used in the capital only. Different machines, cars,
watches, clothes, toys, sweets and very many other things
go to all parts of the country.
There are a lot of libraries in Moscow. TheState
Library, for example, is one of the biggest in theworld.
It has millions of books, magazines and newspapers.
The museums, art galleries, theatres and monuments
make our capital a world cultural centre. Every day
thousands of people visit the Memorial of the Great
Patriotic War, the Pushkin Museum of Fine Arts and the
Tretyakov Gallery. And who has not heard of the Bolshoi
Theatre? All people hope to visit it long before coming
to Moscow.
Moscow is also a great transport 1 centre. Trains
and planes come to the capital every day from all parts
of Russia and from other countries. Our capital is a port
of five seas.
We are proud of Moscow.
1 transport I'traenspoit]
I city visit river machine magazine

• • theatre museum
61
.
24 Read the proverbs and find their R ussian equivalents:
1. There is no place like home.

2. Out of sight, out of mind.
3. One mao, no man.
4.An hour in the morning te worth two in the evening.
5. As the tree, so the fruit.
A 26. а) Прочитайте и перепишите предложения, напишите по-
русски в скобках после каждого выделенного слова,
образованного при помощи суффикса, его перевод:
1. I’m sure you’ll have an enjoyable holiday in St.

Petersburg. 2. During the peaceful years, our people
built many towns, factories, and farms. 3. The weather
in this part of the country is changeable, now it is
raining, now the sun is shining. 4. We are thankful
for all you have done to show us the sights of the old
city. 5. It is advisable to go sightseeing with somebody
who knows the history of the place. 6. A map of Moscow
is a useful thing for a newcomer.
§ в
26 . Read the text of Exercise 23 and answer the questions:
1. What is Moscow?
2. Since what time has Moscow been very important in
the life of our country?
3. What can you say about Moscow as an industrial
centre?
4. Which famous Moscow museums do you know?
5. Which are the most popular Moscow theatres?
62
6. Why can we say that the cultural life of Moscow is
rich?
7. What can you say about Moscow as a transport
centre?
8. What are the people of our country proud of when
they think or speak about Moscow?
27. Read and act:

Sightseeing in Moscow
“Is this your first visit to Moscow?”
“Yes, it’s the first time I’ve been here.”
“Are you enjoying your visit?”
“Oh, yes, very much, thank you. What do you think
I must see first?”
“Well, you must go to Red Square and see the
Kremlin.”
“And there are many other views which I know from
pictures and photos...”
“You know, it won’t be so easy to see them all.
They’re situated in different parts of the city, you cannot
see much in one day.”
“I think I’ll take a trolleybus because then I can see
all the interesting buildings on the way to the Memorial
of the Great Patriotic War.”
28. Name places in Moscow and St. Petersburg connected with
the Great Patriotic War.
29. Read the funny story and say what you think of it.
An American in London
An American tourist got on a bus in a London street
and began to talk loudly to the bus conductor.
“What is the name of that nice little place there?”
“The Law Courts 1,” the conductor answered.
63
“And how long did it take to build it?” asked the
American.
“I can’t say it, sir, but I think it took ten years.”
“Oh, in America we build very quickly. We could
do it in a month.”
Then they came to St. Paul's Cathedral 2.
“Is that the famous old St. Paul’s?” came the Americah’s
question. ’’And how long did it take to build it?”
“I’ve heard it took the builders six or seven years,”
said the bus conductor.
“Seven years! Six months’ work in America. We
build very quickly.”
Soon they came to another famous building.
“And what fine house is that, my boy?” said the
American.
“Don’t know,” answered the conductor. “It wasn’t
there when I passed three hours ago.”
The American did not know what to say. He stopped
asking questions. The conductor was glad.
1 Law Courts [ ' I d : 'ko:t[ — судебная палата; 2 St. Paul’s

Cathedral [sant 'po:lz ka'6i:dral] — Собор Святого Павла
3 0 . а) Прочитайте текст и скажите, что нового вы узнали из

него о Лондоне. Обратите внимание на произношение
следующих собственных имен:
British ['britifl, the Houses of Parliament ['palamant], Hyde

[haid] Park, the Thames [temz], Trafalgar [tra'faelga] Square.
London
London is the British capital and one of the biggest
cities in the world.
The oldest part of London is called the City. It is
small, but it is very important. Two thousand years ago
a town was built here. For hundreds of years people lived
and worked there, but now very many of the old houses
are gone. Thousands of people come here every morning
to work in large offices.
To the east is the large area called the East End.
This is London’s poorest part, where people of all colours
live. The very large riverside docks 1 in the East End
make London one of the three largest ports in the world.
To the west are the fine shops and theatres of the
area known as the West End. This part is best known
to rich tourists 2. Oxford Street with its great department
stores is the favourite street for shopping. In the West
End there are beautiful parks too. The largest of all
London’s parks is the Hyde Park.
The Houses of Parliament are along the bank 3 of
the Thames and Parliament Square is one of many London
squares. Some of them are small, others are large and
busy4, like Trafalgar Square.
1 riverside dock — док на берегу реки; 2 tourist ['tuaristj;

3 bank [baeqk] — берег реки; 4 busy ['bizi] — зд. оживленный
б) Выпишите слова, относящиеся к теме «Москва», и

прочитайте их:
city, carriage, palace, capital, possible, monument, district,

booking-office, journey, main, bridge, boat, north, several,
underground, easy, whole, sightseeing, political, industrial,
port, south, Motherland, both, to rest, to discuss, heavy,
seat, to agree, station, own, gallery, to catch, since,
economic.
year near theatre area great beautiful one

colour come other city live riverside
§ 7
31. Read and speak about Moscow:
1. Moscow is a port of five seas. The biggest Volga
ships, for example, bring people to the capital. Can
you go from Moscow to St. Petersburg by ship?
2. A trip down the Moskva River gives you a fine view
of Moscow. As you go along you see famous buildings
and bridges. What else can you see?
3. Red Square is very beautiful on the 9th of May. What
makes it so beautiful?
4. When you came to Pushkin Square during your visit
to Moscow, a man from another country asked you,
“Who is this monument to?” What did you tell him
about Pushkin?
32 . Look at the pictures and ask questions.
Red Square
Moskva Hotel Tretyakov Gallery

66
.
33 Do the task:
Tell the class all you know about the places of interest
in Moscow or St. Petersburg.
34. Read and say:
Proverb: LIVE AND LEARN.
This is usually said by someone who has learned something
which he did not know before. As long as you live there
• will be new things to learn.
What will you do to learn new things?
к 35. а) Напишите своему воображаемому другу, который живет
в Москве, б вопросов о столице.
ш б) Выполните задание 12 домашнего чтения.
§ 8
I am learning a poem I was learning a poem yesterday
by Nekrasov now. evening.
We are walking We were walking home when
home. the rain began.
They are playing They were playing football in the
football in the yard. yard in the afternoon.
It is snowing. It was snowing at 8 o’clock.
PAST CONTINUOUS
was + doing
were (Participle I)
37. Read and give Russian equivalents of the underlined words:
I was watching a TV concert at 5 o’clock.
The children were sleeping when Father came home from
work.
67
He was working at that time.
They were doing their homework when I rang them up.
It was raining all day yesterday.
The weather was changing in the evening.
I was going to watch the world championship on TV.
38. Read and pick out the sentences with the Past Continuous:
a) 1. I was leaving when he came.
2. I was asked questions about my school.'
3. I was at the seaside last summer.
4. There was a meeting of the English club a week
ago.
b) 1. New factories were built in all towns.
2. All were happy when the war was over.
3. There were illuminations in all the streets.
4. They were dusting the rooms and washing the floor
all morning.
39. Read and act:

Short Conversation
“I haven’t done much sightseeing yet. Please tell me
what there is to see in Moscow!”
“A lot of things. You can go on an excursion to see
the city.”
“What excursion do you advise to go on?”
“Well, you can join an excursion which begins in
Red Square. It will take you to all interesting sights of
Moscow.”
40. а) Прочитайте текст и скажите, что нового вы узнали из
него о Вашингтоне. Обратите внимание на произношение
the United States of America [ju:'naitid 'steits av a'merika],

George Washington ['d3 o:d3 'wajigtan], Lincoln ['ligkanj.
Washington
Washington is the capital of the United States of
America. It has been the seat of the American
government 1 since 1800. George Washington, the first
American president2, chose the place where the city now
stands to build the capital, and the city was named after
George Washington.
Washington has a lot of interesting things to see
and it is difficult to find a park, a square or an open
area there without a monument or a memorial 3. The
best-known ones are the Lincoln Memorial and the Wa
shington Monument.
Washington has many other famous buildings and
monuments — the Library of Congress 4, the Capitol 5,
the National6 Gallery of Art and others.
The Capitol rises in the centre of the city. Not far
from the Capitol is the Library of Congress, which is the
largest library in the USA. The National Gallery of Art
is one of the finest picture galleries in America.
The White House is the home of the president.
Tourists usually see only one, the smaller part of
Washington — its north-west district, where rich people
live. They are not taken to the slums 1.
Washington has always been the place of working
people’s demonstrations. They come to the capital to
protest against unemployment8, and to take part in
demonstrations against war, or for their rights.
1 American government [a'merikan 'gAvanmant] — аме

риканское правительство; 2 president ['prezidant];
3 memorial [mi'motriall; 4 Congress ['kaggres] — конгресс;
5 Capitol ['kaepitl] — Капитолий, здание Конгресса США;
6 national ['naejanl]; 7 slum — трущоба; 8 unemployment
[,Anim'plDimant] — безработица
69
в скобках, в Past Continuous или в Past Indefinite. Прочи
тайте написанное (См. RG, § 19):
1. The train ... when he ... to the platform, (to start,

to run) 2. It ... when we ... to the village, (to rain, to
get) 3. They ... a lot of interesting things when they ...
in the south, (to see, to travel) 4. They ... in the sea
when dinner-time .... (to swim, to come) 5. I ... the
room when the telephone ... (to leave, to ring) 6. Where
... you ... when I ... you yesterday? (to go, to see).
§ 9
He was reading a book He was not sleeping at that
at 11 o’clock. time.
It was raining all day It was not raining at night.
yesterday.
They were having a They were not having a
music lesson at 10 physical training lesson at
o’clock. that time.
We were learning our We were not watching TV
history lesson in the when Mother came home
evening. from work.
He was reading abook at 9o'clock
He was 0 sleeping at that time

42 . Read and compare (See RG, § 19):
“What were you doing at 5 o’clock yesterday?”
“I was doing my homework.”
70
“Was your sister learning her lessons?”
“No, she wasn’t. She was helping Mother to wash
the dishes.”
He was reading a book at 9 o'clock
he sleeping at that time
What was he doing at 9 o'clock
43 . Read:
Were you sleeping well all night? Yes, I was.
What were you doing at 2 o’clock yesterday? I was
walking with my little sister in the park.
How long was it snowing yesterday? It was snowing all
the morning.
Were you watching TV when they showed a new film?
No, I wasn’t. I was helping my sister to clean the flat.
4 4 . Read the text and say what our people and people from other
countries want to see in Moscow:
People Meet in Moscow
Some Verkhovsk people are in Moscow. They have
only been here for two days, but they have already seen
and learned a lot of interesting things. They have had a
look at some of the sights, they have visited an art
exhibition, they have been in the Kremlin.
Now they are at the Stadium in Luzhniki. There is
a football match. Boris Stogov’s father has just talked to
. some of the people who came to Moscow from other
countries. They have told him something about their own
71
countries and what they have seen in Moscow. They
have visited several museums and are planning to go to
the Bolshoi Theatre. This morning they visited the
Ostankino television tower *. They went up and from
there saw the capital below 2 them.
“We’re also on a visit here,” Victor Nikolayevich
said. “How do you like our capital?”
“Oh, it’s splendid!” one of the men answered. “This
Palace of Sports, for example, is very large and so useful.”
“Yes, that’s right,” Victor Nikolayevich answered.
“We’ve come to Moscow to see the sights, to visit famous
museums and to go to some theatres. We have already
heard a very good concert at the Chaikovsky Concert Hall.”
“And we are going to visit the Tretyakov Gallery.
We are very interested in Russian art,” the man said.
“We’ll go there by underground. The Moscow underground
is the most beautiful. It’s always pleasant to get off the
train at a station. Many stations are like underground
palaces. What else can you advise us to see in Moscow?”
“Well, you must go to the Memorial of the Great
Patriotic War.”
1 tower [tauo] — башня; 2 below [bi'lou] — внизу
▲ 45. а) Опровергните утверждения в письменной форме и про

читайте написанное:
1. Не was living in Lipetsk with his parents at that time.

2. They were planning to go on an excursion to the
factory. 3. They were taking part in a concert at that
time. 4. They were crossing the street when the lights
changed to red. 5. The children were sleeping when the
parents came home from the concert. 6. The hockey
players were attacking the goal.

72
§ 10
4 6 . Read and answer the questions:
1. What was your mother doing when you came home
from school yesterday?
2. Whatwere you doing yesterday evening?
3. Were you doing your homeworkat 8 yesterday eve
ning?
4. It was snowing yesterday, wasn’t it?
5. Where were you going when you met your friend in
the street yesterday?
6. What were you and your friends talking about when
the bell rang before this lesson?
47 . Read and describe your visit to Moscow using the questions
as a plan:
1. Have you been to Moscow?

2. When did you go there and how long did you stay
there?
3. Where did you stay?
4. Can you describe the centre of Moscow?
5. What Moscow monuments did you see?
6. Which are the most beautiful parks and squares in
Moscow?
7. What can you say about the Moscow Metro?
48 . Read and discuss using the expressions of Exercise 8 (p. 51)
1. When the first day of your stay in Moscow ended
and you were ready to go to bed, your aunt who lives
in Moscow, said, “I advise you to start early.” Why
did you have to get up early next morning? Where
were you planning to go? Was it far from your aunt’s
home?
2. Moscow is the main cultural centre in our country,
73
but there is much cultural work done in your town
(village) too. Where is the cultural work done? Who
takes part in this work?
3. Some people have come to your city to see the sights.
Where will you advise them to start? Why? What will
you tell them about the sights of the city?
4. The main street in the centre of your town is interesting
for sightseeing. What can you see on the right side
and on the left side of the street?
49. Read and give short answers using mine, yours, his, hers,
ours, theirs, its (See RG, § 11):
1. Whose book are you holding, yours or your friend’s?
2. Whose hair is darker, yours or your mother’s?
3. Your bag is in your desk. Where is your teacher’s?
4. Whose desk is in the corner of the classroom, yours
or your friend’s?
5. Whose family is bigger, yours or your friend’s?
6. What colour are your eyes? And your father’s?
7. Dubna is not a very big town. What about the town
where you and your family live?
50. а) Прочитайте текст и скажите, что нового вы узнали из
него о Нью-Йорке. Обратите внимание на произнесение
New York ['nju:'jo:k], the United States of America [ju:'naitid

'steits av a'merika], Broadway l'bro:dwei], Harlem ['hcclam],
the United Nations Organization [5э ju:'naitid 'neijnz
,D:ganai'zei.fn].
New York
New York is one of the largest cities of the world
with a population of more than eight million. It is situated
on several islands and has five districts. There are many
bridges between all the districts.
New York is the main seaport and the financial *,
political and cultural centre of the United States of
America. The big capitalists of the USA have their offices
in Wall Street.
Another famous street is Broadway, which is the
longest street in the city. Many businessmen make money
there. They have restaurants2, music halls, theatres,
cinemas and shops. New Yorkers can buy clothes, shoes,
food, vegetables, fruit and a lot of other things there.
But life is not easy in New York for those who are
not rich. It is very difficult to find work.
In Harlem, where Black Americans usually live, life
is the most difficult. There are a lot of unemployed3
here — more than in any other district of New York.
If you watch TV, you can see the United Nations
Organization building in New York. It is on the bank of
the East River. In the main hall there is a m odel4 of
the first Soviet sputnik.
1 financial [fai'naenfall — финансовый; 2 restaurant ['restrog];

3 unemployed Unim'phid] — безработный; 4 model ['modi]
б) Напишите по одному вопросу к каждому предложению,

начиная их словами, данными в скобках. Прочитайте на
писанное:
1. We were packing our things the whole day.

(How long ...)
2. They were flying over the city at that time.
(Where ...)
one money other world shoe

j buy busy business businessman
island restaurant
75
3. We were helping the farmers to gather the harvest
when it began to rain. ( What ...)
4. They were travelling in Karelia in the middle of July.
( When ...).
5. The people were meeting the winners of the world
championship. (Who ...).
6. The children were playing football when the bell rang.
( What ...).
§И
51. Read the text and say what Hero Cities you have visited and
what you saw there:
Moscow, a Hero City

In the autumn of 1941 the fascists came near to
Moscow. The government called on 1 the people to help
the Red Army to defend the capital. One hundred and
twenty thousand M uscovites2 went to the front. The
people of Moscow were on duty day and night, ready to
defend factories, offices and houses. The city’s factory
workers did not leave their machines, they worked day
and night.
The Red Army men defending Moscow fought to the
last for their Motherland. The fascist army could not take
Moscow, the fascists were defeated 3 in December of the
same year.
The Red Army victory at Moscow was very important
for the Soviet people and their army. Now they could
see their future victory in the Great Patriotic War.
Moscow is a Hero City because its population and
the Red Army men defended our capital like heroes.
People from all parts of our country and other
countries come to visit the places where the heroes of
76
1941 fought. They bring flowers to those who defended
Moscow and their Motherland.
1 call on — призывать кого-либо; 2 Muscovite ['mAskavait] —

москвич; 3 defeat [di'fi:t] — разгромить
52. Read the questions and make a story:
Have you been to one of the Hero Cities? When was

that? How did you get there? Where did you stay? What
was the city like? Did you go sightseeing there? What
did you find most interesting there? What did the city
look like in the day time and at night? What places of
interest did you visit there? Is the cultural life there rich?
What can you say about the city? Did you enjoy your
visit there?
, 5 3 . Look at the pictures (p. p. 77— 78) and answer the questions
(See RG. § 12):
Is there any sugar on the Are there any cows in the

table? farm yard?
Is there any bread on the Are there any farmers
plate? there?
What can you see on the What can you see there?
table?
near year ready

V could would should fought country
come front other autumn
77
Is there anything in the Is there anybody in the
woman’s left hand? room?
Is there anything in the Is there anybody in the
woman’s bag? corridor?
What is there in the bag? Who is in the room?
Who is in the corridor?
5 4 . Read and answer the questions (See RG, § 11):
1. What do you do at 7.30 in the morning?

2. What do you do after that?
3. Did you enjoy yourself at the theatre when you and
your friend were there last? What about your friend?
4. What did your friend buy himself (herself) not long
ago?
5. Do you do homework yourself or does anybody help
you?
6. Does your younger brother (sister) dress himself (her
self) or do you help him (her) to dress?
55. а) Перепишите предложения, вставляя mine, yours, his,

hers, ours, theirs. Прочитайте написанное (См. RG, § 11):
1. That is our classroom. That classroom is ... 2. This

is your ice-cream. This ice-cream is ... 3. This is my
sister’s money. This money is ... 4. That is the ninth
form’s basketball team. This team is ... 5. Those are my
birthday presents. Those birthday presents are ... 6. This
's my father’s present. This present is
2 б) Выполните задание 14 домашнего чтения.
§ 12
5®* £>о the tasks:
i . Ask your classmate who has been to Moscow or St.

Petersburg what places of interest he (she) visited,
what he (she) saw there and what he (she) liked.
Ask your classmate who has been to the capital of
your republic, what he (she) saw there, what he (she)
liked most of all and why.
3. Tell your friend how to get to places of interest in
your town (city) and say what he (she) will see there.
Speak about the situations:
1. You and your friend have decided to go to Moscow

on a three-day excursion. You make a plan of what
you are going to do and to see in the capital.
2. You are going to visit the capital of your republic.
You ask your friend who lives there about the places
of interest in the city.
3. You have friends from another town. They are inter
ested in your place and you answer their questions
about your town (city).
Read and say:
Proverb: THERE IS NO TIME LIKE THE PRESENT.

The present is the best time for doing anything that you
have to do.
You may have no time on another day.
What is it that you never leave till tomorrow?
79
59. Look at the pictures, read and answer the questions using
little, a little, few, a few according to the situation:
How much milk is there in

the glass and in the bottle?
How many apples are the girl and the woman carrying?
60. Напишите ответы на вопросы и прочитайте написанное

(См. RG, § 12):
1. Have you any book of poems by Yesenin? 2. Can you

find anything to read about the life of Jack London?
3. Do you know anything about the history of the Olympic
Games? 4. There are some interesting sports competitions
this week, aren’t there? 5. Have you any idea how to
prepare a holiday concert? 6. Is there anybody standing
at the door?
§ 13
61. Check yourself:
A Sad Story
Three men arrived 1 in New York for a holiday. They
went to a very large hotel and took a room there. Their
room was on the forty-fifth floor.
In the evening, the three men went to the theatre
and came back to the hotel very late.
“I’m sorry,” the man on duty at the hotel said, “but
our lifts are not working tonight. If you don’t want to
walk up to your room, you will have to sleep in the
hall.”
“No, no,” one of the three men said, “no, thank you.
We don’t want to sleep in the hall. We shall walk up
to our room.”
Then he turned to his two friends and said, “It is
not easy to walk up to the forty-fifth floor, but I think
I know how to make it easier. I shall tell you some
jokes; then you, Andy, will sing us songs; then you,
Peter, will tell us an interesting story.”
So they began to walk up to their room. Tom told
them many jokes. Andy sang some songs. At last they
came to the thirty-fourth foor. They were very tired 2.
“Well,” said Tom, “now it’s you turn, Peter. Tell us
a long and interesting story with a sad 3 ending.”
“I shall tell you a story,” said Peter. “It’s not long,
but it’s sad enough. We have left the key 4 to our room
in the hall.”
1arrive [a'raiv] — прибывать; 2 tired [taiad] — усталый;
3 sad — печальный ; 4 key [ki:] — ключ
advise v gallery n several a

both a, proti industrial a sight n
bridge n main a sightseeing n
central a monument n since cj, prep
cultural a Motherland n situated a
district n palace n underground n
easy a political n view n
economic a proud a whole a
81
опис ыв а т ь Москву как политический, экономичес

кий и культурный центр страны, достопримечатель
ности столицы, пребывание в Москве и впечатления
от нее;
р а с с к а з ыв а т ь кратко о Лондоне, Вашингтоне,
Нью-Йорке;
р а с с п р о с и т ь о Москве, о ее достопримечательнос
тях, о поездке в столицу и о впечатлениях от этой
поездки;
у п о т р е б л я т ь в речи глаголы в Past Continuous;
п о ни ма т ь все это в речи собеседников, а также
читать и по нима т ь усвоенные устно слова;
читать в с л у х короткие тематические тексты и диа
читать про с е б я и п о ни ма т ь короткие рас
сказы и отрывки из произведений английских и аме
риканских авторов, прибегая в случае необходимости
к словарю.
Part III
Unit 3
§ i
1. Read the text and say how people in our country see the New
Year in:
New Year in England
In England the New Year is not so popular as in
our country. Almost nobody celebrates New Year’s Day
in the South of England. People go to bed at the usual
time on New Year’s Eve К But in some parts in the
North and in Scotland 2 it is a great holiday.
How do English people celebrate the New Year?
Well, usually there is a New Year party, either a
family party or one held by some young people. This
usually begins at eight o’clock in the evening and ends
in the early hours of the morning.
Another popular way of celebrating the New Year is
to go to a New Year’s dance. Many hotels and dancing
halls hold a dance on New Year’s Eve. The hall is
decorated, there is much music and everybody is very
happy.
The most famous3 celebration is in the centre of
London where people gather and sing.
The 1st of January, New Year’s Day, is now a
holiday, people do not go to work. They send New Year
postcards and some people give presents to each other.
New Year’s Day is the time for making New Year
• resolutions 4, to decide to do or stop doing something in
the new year. For example, Mary Smith’s New Year
83
resolution, as she writes in her letter to a friend, is not
to talk at the lessons any more.
1New Year’s Eve [i:v] — предновогодний вечер; 2 Scotland

['skotland] — Шотландия (часть Великобритании); 3 famous
['feimas] — знаменитый; 4 resolution Lreza'luijn] — решение
(что-то делать)
2. Read and speak about the way you celebrated the New Year
using the questions as a plan:
1. What kind of New Year party did you have at school?

2. Did you help to prepare it?
3. Did you enjoy yourself at the party? What didyou
like?
4. Did you have a family party on New Year’s Eve?
How many people were there at the party?
5. What did you wish each otherat 12 o’clock?
6. How long did you watch the New Year concert on
TV?
7. How did you spend your time on the 1st of January?
3. Read and discuss together:
1. Some boys and girls make good resolutions, but they

do not always carry them out. What kind of resolution
can you advise them to make on the 1st of January
next year? What are your resolutions?
2. Do you think that your friend must make a New Year
resolution? What must he (she) decide to do or stop
doing?
some other another country young hour

I most hold
year early great people new either
84
.
4 Read and speak:
1. Tell the class what you were doing when the clock
showed 7 in the morning?
2. Say what you did from 7 till 9 o’clock yesterday
morning.
3. Ask your classmates what they were doing at different
times of the day yesterday.
4. Describe what all the members of your family were
doing when you came home from school yesterday.
5. Ask your classmate what he (she) did last Sunday.
▲ 5. а) Напишите три формы следующих глаголов и прочитайте
написанное:
to begin, to blow, to build, to cost, to fight, to grow, to

hold, to lay, to leave, to meet, to run, to sell, to send,
to shine, to sing, to spend
§ 2
1. How did you begin your winter holidays?

2. What did you do every day?
3. How many books have you read? Which of them did
you like best of all?
4. What films have you seen? What kind of excursions
have you been on?
5. Did you take part in sports competitions? What were
your results?
6. Did you leave your town (village) to visit other places?
What did you see there?
7. What did you help your parents to do about the house?
85
7. Read and speak about your winter holidays:
1. Say what you can do during winter holidays in town

and in the country.
2. Say what open air games you can play during your
winter holidays.
3. Tell the class what makes winter holidays interesting.
4. During winter holidays many children go to sports
clubs and sports camps. Say what they do there.
8 . Read and learn the poem:
Afternoon in February
Henry W. Longfellow
The day is ending,
The night is descending l;
The marsh is frozen 2,
The river dead.
Through clouds like ashes 3
The red sun flashes 4
On village windows
That glimmer 5 red.
The snow recommences 6.
The buried fences 7
Mark no longer
The road o’.er 8 the plain 9
1descend [di'send] — спускаться; 2 the marsh is frozen —

болото замерзло; 3 ash — пепел; 4 flash — вспыхивать;
5 glimmer — мерцать; 6 recommence ['rkka'mens] — вновь
начинать(ся); 7 the buried ['berid] fences — погребенные за
боры; 8 o’er = over; 9 plain — равнина
86
.
9 Read and use in situations:
coast [koust]: The Black Sea coast is a very good place

for summer holidays. The village is on the south coast,
differ ['difa]: Nylon differs from silk. The two brothers
differ very much,
eastern ['i:stan]: I don’t go to the eastern part of the
city very often,
western ['westan]: Western winds bring much rain in
our part of the country,
northern ['na:5an]: The northern part of England has
some mountains,
southern ['sAban]: Southern England has a lot of beautiful
gardens.
lie [lai] (lay [lei], lain [lein]): Don’t lie in bed all
morning! The book lay open on the table. The cat
has always lain on the sofa,
ocean ['oujnj: I saw a film about an island in the ocean.
The Atlantic Ocean is in the west,
temperature ['tempritja]: My brother had a high tem
perature. The temperature in winter is never very low
in this part of the country.
▲ 10. а) Составьте короткий рассказ о своих зимних каникулах.

В этом вам помогут вопросы упражнения 6.
б) Прочитайте следующие фразы и напишите их в виде

запрещений по образцу (См. RG, § 14):
Образец: Open the door.— Don’t open the door.
1. Drink this water. 2. Hang the picture up. 3. Think

about it. 4. Cross the street. 5. Ring me up. 6. Forget
what I said. 7. Sweep the floor. 8. Turn to the right.
87
§ 3
11. (a) Look at the pictures and ask each other questions.
(b) Look at the pictures and describe the boy’s winter holidays.
........ KlfflD-L.

agriculture ['аедпклИ^з]: Modern agriculture needs many
machines. He was interested in agriculture and read
a lot of books on it.
call [кэ:1]: Please call your sister to the phone! What is
your dog called? I shall call on him tomorrow,
cover ['клуэ]: You must cover your head. Snow covered
the ground. The book needs a new cover,
develop [di'velap]: The people of our country worked
very much after the war to develop industry and
agriculture. Our town developed out of a small village.
88
flow [flou]: Many rivers flow into the sea. After the
concert the people flowed out of the hall,
hill: There are no high hills in our district. Scotland is
a very hilly country, there are a lot of hills there,
industry ['indastri]: What is the main industry in your
town (district)? The cotton industry is highly developed
there.
region [ТЫзэп]: The centre of our region has many
factories. There are a lot of forests in this region.
13. Read the text and give some interesting facts about our country.
Practice reading the following:
Europe ['juarap], Asia ['eija].

Our Country, Russia
Part I
Our country, which is called the Russian Federation 1
is one of the largest countries in the world. It lies both
in Europe and Asia. The shortest distance 2 from west
to east is more than nine thousand kilometres, and the
shortest distance from north to south is more than four
and a half thousand kilometres. Russia is bounded b y 3
twelve countries on land, and it is washed by three
oceans. The largest seaports are Murmansk, St.
Petersburg, Vladivostok. The Baltick Sea coast is a popular
place for people who prefer to spend their holidays at
the seaside.
The climate of our country differs from one part to
another. "The eastern part of the country is warmer in
summer than the western part, but the winter is much
colder in the east. Some northern and southern parts are
very cold or very hot.
Some parts of the country are covered with mountains
and hills. Large regions in the north, in the south and
in the east are not very good for man and few people
89
live there. It is difficult to develop agriculture and industry
in these regions, but many young people go there to
build new towns, factories, railways and canals 4.
Russia has many rivers. Twenty of them are more
than one thousand kilometres long. They flow into seas
or oceans carrying ships and boats to large and small
ports to develop new industrial centres.
1federation Lfeda'reijn]; 2 distance ['distans] — расстояние;

3 bounded ['baundidj. by — граничит с; 4 canal [ka'nael]
Part II
Russia is divided into territories 1 and regions. Then
there are autonomous2 republics, autonomous regions
and national areas 3.
All nationalities of our country differ from each other,
they speak different languages, but all people have equal 4
rights. All nationalities of Russia speak proudly about the
industrial and agricultural development of their republic
or national area. They are especially proud of cultural
progress 5: all children go to school; besides, there are
institutes and universities. Many famous people work in
national republics.
Russia is a great industrial country. We produce
heavy machines, agricultural machines, airplanes, lorries
and cars, tractors, refrigerators, railway carriages, ships
and boats, TV and radio sets. These are only a few
examples of the products which factories send to all parts
of Russia and to other countries.
Today the country has a developed agriculture.
1territory ['teritari] — край (административно-территориаль

ная единица); 2 autonomous [a/tonamas]; 3 autonomous
area ['earia]; 4 equal [Tkwal] — равный; 5 progress
t'prougres]
90
A 14. а) Перепишите предложения, употребляя глаголы, данные в
скобках, в нужной форме. Прочитайте написанное (См. RG,
§ 15):
1. What sport ... he ... in for? (to go) 2. Usually we ...

our summer holidays in the south, (to spend) 3. She ...
to read poems, (to prefer) 4. What ... you most of all?
(to interest) 5. He ... not ... warm boots in cold weather.
(to wear) 6. How much ... it... ? (to cost).
§ 4
15. Read the text and say a few words about the Hero City you
want to visit:
Hero Cities
During the Great Patriotic War the people of our
country fought heroically 1 defending their Motherland.
The fascists were defeated 2 near Moscow and near Le
ningrad, near Tula and in Stalingrad (now Volgograd).
And they suffered heavy losses 3 at the walls of Kiev,
Odessa, Sebastopol, Kerch, Novoroksiisk, Murmansk,
Minsk, Smolensk and Brest Fortress4. That’s why all
these cities were named Hero Cities.
Today these Hero Cities are visited by many people
from our country and from abroad. They go there to see
the places of heroic 5 struggle. They leave flowers at the
foot of the monuments to those who did not come back
from the war.
one some cover another country young

southern both four great ocean area
91
When schoolchildren and young people visit a Hero
City, they learn how to love their country, how to fight
for its happiness.
1heroically [hi'rouikali] — героически; 2 defeat [di'firt] —

разгромить; 3 suffered I'sAfad] heavy losses — понесли тя
желые потери; 4 fortress ['fo:tris] — крепость; 5 heroic
[hi'rouik] — героический

belong [bi'lor)]; Who does the house belong to? The book
belongs to me. Which sport club does he belong to?
consist [kan'sist]: Our flat consists of three rooms. The
football team consists of eleven sportsmen,
agricultural [,аедп'кл1Цэгэ1]: The farmer bought some
new agricultural machines. Our little town is situated
in an agricultural area,
language ['laer)gwid3]: My brother is learning two lan
guages. The English language is spoken in many
countries.
national ['naejnl]: Alexander Pushkin is Russia’s greatest
national poet. This national park is popular with young
people.
nationality [,naeJVnaeliti]: Different nationalities live in
Russia. What is your nationality?
poor [риэ]: They were very poor. She is poor in physics.
The weather has been very poor this summer; we
have had little sun.
right [rait]: Working people have to fight for their eco
nomic and political rights.
17. Read and answer the questions. Speak about Russian Federation
1. What is the full name of our country?

2. Where does Russia lie?
92
3. How many oceans is our country washed by?
4. What can you say about the climate of our country?
5. What parts of the country are covered with mountains?
6. Where is it difficult to develop industry and agriculture?
7. What are people of our country proud of?
18. Read and say what you did:
1. On Saturday your mother told you to open the window,

dust the things in the room and wash the floor. Say
what you did.
2. Yesterday morning you promised your mother to go
home earlier, take your younger sister out, walk with
her in the park and bring her home. Say what you
did.
▲ 19. а) Прочитайте и выучите английское стихотворение.

Сравните его с переводом, сделанным С. Я. Маршаком.
Horse Shoe Nail
For want of a nail 1

The shoe 2 was lost,
For want of a shoe
The horse 3 was lost,
For want of a horse
The rider4 was lost,
For want of a rider
The battle was lost,
For want of a battle
The kingdom 5 was lost,
And all for the want
Of a horse shoe nail.
1 n a il — гвоздь; 2 sh oe — зд. подкова; 3 horse — лошадь;

4 rider — всадник, седок; 5 kingdom ['kirjdam] — королевство.
93
Гвоздь и подкова
Не было гвоздя — Конница разбита,
Подкова Армия
Пропала. Бежит.
Не было подковы — Враг вступает
Лошадь В город,
Захромала. Пленных не щадя —
Лошадь захромала — Оттого, что в кузнице
Командир He было
Убит. Гвоздя.
в скобках, в нужной форме (См. RG, § 16):
1. ...your team ... or ... the game last Saturday? (to

win, to lose) 2. How ... the last match ...? (to end )
3. He ... not ... for me after the lessons yesterday, (to
wait) 4. Who ... the history Museum yesterday? (to
visit) 5. ... Katya at the summer camp last year or two
years ago? (to be) 6. The 22nd Olympic Games ... place
in the USSR in 1980. (to take).
§ 5
20. Read the text and explain why we call some cities twin cities.
Practise reading the following:
Coventry ['kavantri], Manchester ['maentjista], Plymouth

['plimaG].
Twin Cities
In 1942, the people of Stalingrad (now Volgograd)
received a telegram from England. The people of Coventry,
a town very much destroyed2 by fascist bombs, sent
their greetings to the heroic defenders of the city. They
proposed 3 friendship to the people of that city.
94
Today, many cities have friendly relations 4 with cities
in other countries. Moscow has friendly relations with
more than 50 other capitals. St. Petersburg is the twin
city of Manchester; and Plymouth, another English city,
is the twin city of Novorossiisk. Novgorod, Petrodvorets,
Rostov-on-Don, Sochi, Kaluga, Yaroslavl and other cities
are also twin cities of towns in other countries.
Such cities organize exhibitions, visits, festivals,
sports competitions and meetings in which young people
take an active part. They send each other films, books
and pictures about the life of their people.
Friendship between the people of twin cities helps
world peace.
1twin cities — породненные города, города-побратимы;

2 destroy [dis'troi] — разрушать; 3 propose [pra'pouz] — пред
лагать; 4 relation [ri'leijn] — отношения

become [Ы'клт] (became [bi'keim], become [Ы'клт]):
Many people become interested in sports. He has
become a good sportsman. It became darker. The days
are becoming longer,
besides [bi'saidz]: It’s too late to go for a walk now;
besides, it’s beginning to rain. What did you buy
besides these books?
development [di'velapmant]: The newspapers write much
about the development of our country,
especially [is'pejoli]: It was especially interesting to go
to the Museum of the Great Patriotic War. I like our
place, especially in spring,
famous ['feimss]: The place is famous for its beautiful
gardens. His father is a famous doctor,
95
produce [pra'dju:s]: We must produce more wheat and
vegetables. What is produced at that factory?
product ['prodAkt]: Food products are sold in the market.
You can buy different farm products at our market.
22. Read and answer the question:
Is the territory of Russia large? What are the names of

the largest rivers? Where do they flow? Where are the
highest mountains in the country? What regions of Russia
have a hot (cold) climate? Can you name some new towns
which were built not so long ago in the north and in the
east? How can you show that Russia is a highly developed
industrial country? What is grown and produced in our
country? How many republics does Russia consist of?
What republic (region, territory) do you live in?
23. Read and do the tasks:

1. Your lessons are over. Say what you and your friends
will do (and will not do) in the afternoon and in the
evening?
2. Your are going to spend your holiday with your friend.
Ask him (her) what he (she) will do next Sunday.
24. Read and answer the questions (See RG, § 17):

1. What will you do if it rains on Sunday?
2. What will you put on if the weather changes for the
worse?
3. What will your mother say if you do not buy her
what she has asked you to?
4. Where will you go when you have to buy food?
5. When will you get up if you have to go toschool
earlier?
6. Who will cook you dinner if your mother is ill?
A 2 5 . а) Перепишите предложения, вставляя глаголы, данные в
§ 17):
1. ... you ... me that magazine? (to show) 2. I ... to

the doctor tomorrow, (to go) 3. I hope he ... back in an
hour, (to be) 4. We ... not ... at school after the lessons
tomorrow, (to stay) 5. When ... the train ...? (to start)
6. We ... at the bus stop at a quarter to four, (to meet).
§ в
2 6 . Read the text and make a plan of the text:
The L^nd of Krasnodar
The Krasnodar territory is divided into districts; it
has 27 towns and many villages which are called
„stanitsas".
The Krasnodar territory is washed by the Black Sea
and by the Sea of Azov, it consists of highlands 1 and
lowland 2. In the lowland the climate is dry 3 and in the
mountains it is wet 4 and cool. The mountains are covered
with forests.
The main river is the Kuban, which flows into the
Sea of Azov. There are a lot of small lakes in the
highlands.
The population consists of many nationalities. The
largest towns are Krasnodar, Sochi, Armavir and
Novorossiisk.
The Krasnodar territory has highly developed industry
and agriculture which produce a lot of different products.
The holiday centres on the coast, especially Sochi, are
visited by millions of people both from our country and
from abroad.
1highland — нагорье; 2 lowland — низменность; 3 dry —

сухой; 4 wet — влажный
27. Read and speak about your region:
1. Tell your classmates what mountains, rivers, lakes,
forests there are in your region (territory).
2. Tell the class about the climate of your region (territory)
and the weather in different seasons in your place.
3. Say what is grown in your region, and what is harvested
in your area and sent to other places.
4. Say what is produced at the factories in your region
and sent to other places.
5. Tell the class about the places of interest in your
region you can show your visitors.
28. Read and speak about your region (territory, national area)
1. What is your region called?

2. What is the main city of your region?
3. What-do you know about the main city of your region
(territory, national area)?
4. How does your region differ from other parts of our
republic?
5. What are the economic centres of your region?
6. Are they very important for other parts of the country?
7. What is produced in your region?
29. Read and tell your classmates about your district (town):
A. 1. What is your district called?
2. Is your district large or small?
3. What is the centre of your district?
4. Is it a town or a large village?
98
5. Which villages in your district do you know?
6. Is there a farm where you live? What is its name?
7. What do the farmers grow?
8. Who are the best farmers known for their labour?
В. 1. Is your town big or small?
2. How many districts are there in your town?
3. Is it an industrial centre?
4. Are there many factories in your town (district)?
5. What do they produce?
6. What is your town (district) famous for?
7. What do you know about the past of your town
(district)?
8. Why is it interesting to go sightseeing in your
town (district)?
30. Read and speak:
Explain how people can get to your district from the

centre of your region;
what kind of agricultural products your district
sends to other places;
what your region is famous for;
what the cultural life of your region is like.
▲ 31. а) Подготовьте описание вашего района.
б) Перепишите предложения, употребляя глаголы, данные в
§ 19):
1. The family ... the whole Sunday, (to ski) 2. What ...
she ... that evening? (to wear) 3. It ... to rain when he
... the office, (to go, to leave) 4. What ... the children
... in the forest? (to do) 5. The telephone ... when he
... the door, (to ring, to open) 6. He ... not ... when
the parents ... home late in the evening, (to sleep, to
come).
99
agricultural a differ v northern a
agriculture n eastern a ocean n
become v especially adv poor a
belong v famous a produce v
besides adv, prep flow V product n
call v hill n region n
coast n industry n right n
consist v language n southern a
cover v N lie v temperature n
develop v ^ national a western a
development n nationality n
Unit 4
§ i
1. How do you usually spend your free time?
2. Do you like to dance and do you go to the disco?
3. Do you sing? What songs do you like?
4. Do you enjoy listening to modern pop groups?
5. What TV programmes do you like best?
6. What films do you want to see on TV?
7. How much time do you spend watching TV?
8. What do you usually do at weekends?
2. Read and act:
Have a Good Time
“Hello, Bill. What’s the hurry »?”
“Hello, Dick. I’ve got to meet my sister. We are
going to the theatre.”
“The theatre! Do you often go?”
100
“Yes, we usually go every month. What about you?”
“Well, I don’t often find time, I’m afraid.”
“Look, there’s a good comedy on next week. We
could all go together. Shall I book seats for next Saturday?”
“That’s a good idea. I’ll see if I’m free next Saturday
and ring you tomorrow.”
“Fine. I must be off now. Bye!”
“Bye! Have a good time.”
1hurry [Ълп] — спешка
3. Make up a dialogue on the situation:
Your friend has come to see you. You are discussing

how to spend your weekend. One of you likes to go to
the cinema, the other prefers the disco.
4. Read and answer the questions using the Present Continuous

and the Present Indefinite:
1. Do you go to school?
2. Are you going to the blackboard?
3. Who is sitting on your right?
4. Who is teaching you?
5. Who teaches you Russian?
6. What do you do at your English lessons?
7. What are you doing?
8. What do schoolchildren do during the break?
5. а) Перепишите предложения, употребляя глаголы, данные в
§ 18):
1. What ... you ... for, dear? (to look) 2. Where ... you
... to spend your Sunday? (to go) 3. They ... not ... fruit
and vegetables in that department now. (to sell) 4. She
... a new coat on. (to try) 5. The sun ... brightly, but
101
the wind ... still .... (to shine, to blow) 6. Who ... for
the bus at the stop? (to wait)
§ 2
6 . Read and learn the expressions to use them in discussions:
Everyday
Sentences
The play is wonderful! The play is terrible!

The acting is splendid! The acting is poor!
The singing is excellent! The voice is awful!
The performance is brilliant! The performance is dull!
7. Read and reply making use of the expressions in the exercise
above:
1. “I’m fooking forward to seeing this play.”
2. “I enjoy listening to The Beatles. And what about

you?”
3. “I like going to the theatre. And what about you?”
4. “Sometimes I switch off the radio when I hear some

modern songs.”
5. What is your impression of the play you saw on TV

last night?
102
8 . Read the jokes and say which you like more:
1
Bernard Shaw got an invitation 1 to see a new play.
After the performance the producer2 asked the writer:
“What is the difference between comedy, drama and
tragedy?”
“Young man,” Bernard Shaw answered, “the fact
that you don’t know the difference between comedy,
drama and tragedy is for me comedy, for the spectators —
drama, and for you — tragedy.”
2
At a concert one of the spectators turned to a man
by his side to say about his impressions of the singing
of the woman on the stage.
“What a terrible voice 3! Do you know who she is?”
“Yes,” was the answer, “she is my wife.”
“Oh, I beg your pardon. Of course, it’s not her voice.
It’s the song she has to sing. I wonder 4 who wrote that
awful song?”
“I did”, the man said.
1 invitation [,invi'teijn] — приглашение;

2 producer [prs'djirsa] — режиссер; 3 voice — голос;
4 wonder ['wAnda] — интересоваться, хотеть знать
9. Read and answer the questions using the Present Perfect
and the Past Indefinite:
1. Did you see the film on TV last night?
2. Has it stopped raining get?
3. Whendid you come home from school yesterday?
4. Have you had your breakfast yet?
5. Have you brought all your textbooks?
6. Did you have a good time last Sunday?
. 7. What did you do during your last break?
8. Have you done all your homework?
103
.
10 а) П рочитайте шутку и подготовьте ее пересказ.
Mark Twain and the Inspector
One day when Mark Twain was fishing, a man came
and watched him.
“Good morning!” the newcomer said.
“Good morning!” Mark Twain said. “Splendid weather
we’re having, isn’t it?”
“Yes, it is,” the newcomer said. “Are you catching
any fish?”
“The fishing is very good here. I caught three fish
there yesterday in about an hour”.
“Is that so?”
“Yes, and I’m very fond of fish.”
“By the way said the man, “do you know who I
am?” /
“No, I haven’t any idea,” Mark Twain said.
“Well, I’m a fishery inspector 2,” the man said. “And
fishing is out of season.”
Mark Twain was silent a minute. Then he said: “By
the way, do you know who I am?”
“No, I don’t."
“We’ll, I’m the biggest liar3 in this country.”
1by the way — между прочим; 2 fishery inspector — ин

спектор рыбного надзора; 3 liar [laid] — лгун

в скобках, в нужной форме. Прочитайте написанное (См. RG,
§ 20):
1. When we ... on holiday, the weather ... awful (to be,

to be). 2. Last Sunday he ... up at 9 o’clock ... his
breakfast and ... for a walk (to get, to have, to go).
3. I ... my exercise-book and I can’t do the exercise (to
lose) 4. They ... many museums when they were in
Moscow (to visit) 5. “Hello, I ... you for three years.”
(not to see). 6. “... you ... my dog? I can’t find him."
(to see)
§ 3
We had already finished our dinner when Father came
home from work.
Yesterday I found the pen I had lost earlier.
I went to the library after I had done my homework.
The rain had stopped before I went out.
When I came home, my brother had already gone to
the cinema.
PAST PERFECT
done
had +
(Participle II)
The pupils on duty had dusted the desks before the

lessons began.
He had not finished his work by 6 o’clock.
After he had finished the book, he went to the library.
I had not seen my friend before I came to school.
He had finished his work by 6 o'clock
He had not finished his work by 6 o'clock

105
13. Read and pick out the sentences with the Past Perfect:
a) 1. I had to go shopping because we had no bread at
home.
2. She had laid the table before we washed our hands
and faces.
3. We had only three lessons last Saturday.
b) 1. He bought a new watch as he had lost his old one.
2. They had to take a trolleybus because they were late.
3. We had a lot of walks and excursions in the country.

actor ['aekta]: A man who acts in a play is an actor.
This man is a well-known actor,
actress ['aektris]: My favourite actress is taking part in
the performance today. Alisa Freindlikh is famous as
a film actress.
applaud [a'pb:d]: When he finished his story all the
children began to applaud. The people applauded the
singer for five minutes,
ballet ['baelei]: Ballet is a performance by dancers. My
sister is a member of the school ballet,
bell: We came to the classroom as the bell rang, and
the teacher was already there. We had several minutes
before the first bell when we entered the theatre,
box-office ['bakspfis]: When we came to the box-office,
all tickets were sold out. You can still buy tickets at
the box-office.
cloakroom ['kloukru:m]: We saw our friends leaving
coats and hats in the cloakroom. Go to the cloakroom
and take off your coat,
comedy ['kamadi]: I prefer comedy to tragedy. My
favourite comedy actor is Andrei Mironov,
drama ['drama]: I am interested in drama. Which do
you like better: music or drama?
106
A 15. а) Перепишите предложения, употребляя слова, данные в
скобках, в нужной форме (См. RG, § 20):
1. The train ... not ... to the station yet. (to come) 2. The
traveller said, “I ... the beautiful view of the countryside”.
(to enjoy) 3. The city ... greatly ... since the war. (to
change) 4. “... you ... your friends to the birthday party?”
the mother asked her daughter, (to invite) 5. Lucy asked
her friend, “Where ... you ... all this time?” (to be)
6. ... you ... our new district in the south-west? (to see)
§ 4
Had they come home before 9 o’clock? Yes, they had.
Had he been to the cinema before he went with you
last week? No, he hadn’t.
By what time had you done your homework? 1 had
done my homework by 7 o’clock.
Who had done all that by the time I came back? We
had.
He had finished his work by 6 o'clock

г ж т
his work by 3 o'clock 9•

[H ad] he finished
What had he done by 6 o'clock •
107
17. Read the sentences and ask your deskmate for information:
1. By Monday the boys had made a trip down the river.
2. The girl came to school and remembered that she had
left her history book at home.
3. He had waited for half an hour before the postman
brought fresh newspapers.

interval ['intaval]: There was an interval of ten minutes
between the two parts of the concert. Trains leave
this station at intervals of half an hour,
opera ['эрэгэ]: I like opera because there is much music
and singing in it. The opera season usually begins in
autumn.
orchestra ['a:kistra]: We have an excellent school or
chestra. Do you want to play in the orchestra?
perform [рэЪ :т]: What play will be performed tomor
row? Our football team performed very well in the
match yesterday,
performance [pa'fa:mans]: The next performance is at
eight o’clock. The actor’s performance of Khlestakov
was very good,
rise [raiz] (rose [rouz], risen ['rizn]): The sun rises in
the east. The children rose when the teacher went in.
A new building has risen behind the school,
show: Let’s go out and see a show or a film. What
television shows do you usually watch?
stage [steid 3]: Our seats were near the stage. An English
comedy was staged in our school by the tenth-formers,
tragedy ['traed3adi]: You can see both comedies and
tragedies in our theatre. Their trip to the seaside
ended in a tragedy when one of the boys could not
swim back.
108
19. Read and act:
Short Conversations
1
“It seems to me that theatre performances begin at
seven in all theatres.”
“It doesn’t seem to me. Theatres differ from each
other.”
2
“There are no tickets at the box-office. Why is it so
difficult to get tickets for this performance?”
“In my opinion the play is very popular, everybody
wants to see it.”
3
“W hat’s on in town tonight?”
“Let’s have a look at the newspaper.”
4
“I say, Victor, what makes you go to the theatre in
the morning?”
“Why, I like performances for schoolchildren."
5
“Have you ever seen him playing in comedies?”
“Yes, many times. He’s a fine comic actor and I enjoy
a good laugh.”
20. а) Прочитайте текст, скажите, какие пьесы вы хотели бы

посмотреть, и объясните свой выбор:
Let Us Go to the Theatre

When the last lesson was over, Svetlana Mikhailovna
came into the classroom and said, “Boys and girls, let’s
' go to the Children’s Theatre on Sunday! You’ll see a
good play there.”
“The Children’s Theatre is for small children,” Vera
Petrova said. “What kind of play are we going to see?”
“Well, this play is not for small children,” Svetlana
Mikhailovna said, “I hope that you, eighth form pupils,
will like it very much. The author of the play is a popular
children’s writer. The play is called My Friends.”
“What is it about?” Vitaly Menshikov asked.
“It’s about young people. The main idea of the play
is that a good friend will always help you in a difficult
situation.”
“Oh, we want to see it! It must be interesting!”
several children shouted. “Where can we get tickets?”
“Here they are!” Svetlana Mikhailovna said, “I’ve
brought them from the theatre.”
6) Перепишите предложения, употребляя глаголы в Past

Perfect. Прочитайте написанное (См. RG, § 21):
1. She said she had lived in Riga. 2. He wrote that his
younger brother had come home from the army. 3. She
knew that the children had gone to bed. 4. He had been
at home by that time. 5. Breakfast had been ready by
9 o’clock. 6. They had come back before supper.
§ 5
bill: What have you read in the new theatre bill? Let’s
prepare a concert bill for the school performance,
choir ['kwaia]: Our school choir will give a performance
tomorrow. My sister sings in a students’ choir,
folk [fouk]: The best dance in the show was “Kazachok”,
a beautiful folk-dance. Our teacher promised to organize
a Russian folk-song choir.
programme ['prougraem]: The concert programme
consisted of modern music. What was your programme
for your visit to St. Petersburg?
recite [ri'sait]: I like to recite Lermontov’s poems. What
poems will you recite at the party?
row [rou): I like a seat in the first row. We have a row
of trees in the schoolyard,
variety [vo'raioti]: There is no variety theatre in our
town. You can see a variety concert on TV today.
22. Read the text and ask your deskmate questions about the
theatre:
Our Theatre
We have a beautiful theatre in our town. It is a
modern building not far from the centre of the town.
Our theatre shows dramas, tragedies and comedies.
Sometimes operas or ballets are shown too by theatres
of other cities. Opera singers and ballet dancers are very
popular in our town.
Here is something about what you can see in our
theatre.
When you go in, you see the box-office, where we
buy tickets. Then you come to the cloakroom, where we
leave our coats and hats. Opposite the cloakroom you
can see the doors to the hall.
Shows at our theatre start at 7. Nearest to the
spectators 1 is the place where the orchestra sits, and
above that is the stage. The performance begins when
the third bell has rung. If the spectators enjoy the
other another some sometimes come

I . above coat cloakroom theatre hear near
beautiful building buy orchestra ballet
ill
performance, they applaud the actors and actresses on
the stage.
During the intervals the spectators go to eat a cake
and drink a glass of lemonade 2. As they eat or walk,
they discuss the performance and how the actors have
played.
After the end of the performance the spectators rise
from their seats and go to get their coats and hats. You
hear them say: “I enjoyed the performance very much”,
“The performance was splendid”, “The actors and actresses
performed very well”.
1 spectator [spek'teita] — зритель; 2 lemonade [lema'neid]
23. Read and say what verb forms we use in the sentences (the
Past Indefinite or the Past Perfect):
1. The children had gone to bed before the parents came

home from the theatre. 2. They had a talk with the
director of the school. 3. The old friends remembered
how they had fought during the Great Patriotic War.
4. The museum had a picture by Repin. 5. When we
were in Pskov we visited the places where we had lived
a year before. 6. By the 9th of May the people had
decorated the buildings with flags and slogans.
24. Read and say what the results of the actions' are now:
1. The pupil on duty has opened the windows.
2. I have left my exercise-book in the desk.
3. You haven’t read the text at home.
4. The weather has changed for the better.
5. I haven’t listened to the radio recently.
6. He has joined the army.
▲ 25. а) Напишите по одному вопросу к каждому предложению,
начиная их словами, данными в скобках. Прочитайте
написанное (См. RG, § 21):
1. Не had visited the Tretyakov Gallery by that time.

{What ...)
2. She had shown us the central part of the city by 5
o’clock. {By what time ...).
3. She had bought all the things for dinner by 12 o’clock.
(Had ...).
4. By that time they had seen most of the Winter Palace
in St. Petersburg. (Had ...).
5. By September the farmers had gathered all the harvest.
{By what time ...).
6. By 8 o’clock the daughter had prepared breakfast.
{Who ...)
ffl б) Выполните задание 20 домашнего чтения.
§ в

circus ['sa:kas]: All my family like to spend an evening
at the circus. Tomorrow I shall go to the circus to
see a new performance,
group [gru:p]: That group of boys and girls are all
members of our school choir. The children were stand
ing in the yard in small groups,
impression [im'prejn]: His work made a good impression
on us. I cannot remember the boy; he made no
impression on me.
113
newsreel ['nju:zri:l]: The news of the day or week is
shown in a newsreel. There is always a newsreel
before the main film in our cinema,
real [rial]: He is a real friend to me. This is real coffee,
will you drink a cup?
27. Read and act:
At the Box-Office
“What is on 1 this evening?”
“Spartacus.” 2
“Oh, will you give me two tickets, please?”
“I’m sorry, there are no tickets left.”
“For which shows are there tickets left?”
“We have seats for Stone Flower on Sunday and
for Spartacus on Tuesday and Thursday.”
“Well, give me two tickets for Spartacus on Tuesday,
please.”
“Here you are. Tuesday, at 7 o’clock, seats numbers
17 and 18 in the twelfth row.”
1What is on? — Что идет (в театре, кино)? 2 В диалоге

упоминаются названия балетных спектаклей: Spartacus
['spcutakos] — «Спартак»
28. (а) Look at the pictures and ask each other questions.
(b) Look at the pictures and describe the theatre.
114
29. Read the funny story and say what you think of it. Ask your
deskmate about the story.
Mark Twain Goes to the Opera

Mark Twain, the famous American writer, was once
invited 1 by a friend to the opera. He agreed to go.
The friend was very rich. He and his wife had their
own box at the opera.
During the opera the friend’s wife talked all the time.
She also talked very loudly. She talked so much that it
was often difficult for Mark Twain to listen to the opera.
When the opera was coming to an end, the friend’s
wife turned to Mark Twain and said:
“Oh, my dear Mark Twain! I want you so much to
be With us again at the opera next Friday. I’m sure
you will like it — it will be Carmen."
“Thank you very much,” Mark Twain said. “That
will be fine. I’ve heard you in today’s opera, but I have
never heard you in Carmen."
1 invite [in'vait] — приглашать
▲ 30. а) Прочитайте текст и скажите, что нового вы узнали о теат

ре в Лондоне.
The Theatre in London

The English have loved the theatre since the days
of Shakespeare L London, with its thirty or more theatres,
is the centre of the drama 2. A Londoner will always pay
a visit to the theatre on a birthday or an anniversary.
And people from other parts of the country visiting London
will never go back home without going to the theatre.
In the early evening, if you come to the West End
of London, you can see groups of people sitting or standing
115
near the theatres. They are waiting for tickets for the
opera or ballet.
1 Shakespeare ['jeikspia] — Шекспир; 2 drama — здесь это

слово обозначает: театральное искусство

в скобках, в Past Indefinite или Past Perfect. Прочитайте
1. My grandmother ... that she ... never ... to Moscow

before, (to say, to be) 2. He ... that he ... his hat at
the cloakroom, (to remember, to leave) 3. She ... that
she ... a good rest at the seaside a month before, (to
write, to have) 4. The travellers ... to the hotel, ... their
luggage there and ... for a walk in the town, (to come,
to leave, to go) 5. Yesterday I ... a letter from my friend,
from whom I ... not ... for a long time, (to receive, to
hear) 6. We ... in yesterday’s newspaper that a group
of doctors from other countries ... to Moscow to take
part in a conference, (to read, to come).
§ 7
31. Speak about the theatre:
Ask your deskmate if he (she) likes to go to the
theatre.
Ask him (her) what he (she) likes better: operas,
ballets or plays (dramas, tragedies or comedies).
Ask your deskmate the title of the play he (she)
saw last at the theatre or on TV and what it was about.
Ask him (her) the names of the characters of the
play and the actors and actresses who played them.
32. Read the funny story about Bernard Shaw, a famous English
dramatis:. Speak about your impressions of the play you saw
at the theatre or on TV last.
Bernard Shaw’s Answer
One day a new play by Bernard Shaw was performed
In London for the first time. Everybody wanted to see the
author after the performance, and when Shaw appeared 1
on the stage, he was received with great enthusiasm2.
When there was no more applause 3, a very loud voice 4
was heard from the gallery.
“The play was bad, Mr Shaw!”
When Bernard Shaw heard these words he looked
up and smiled.
“I quite agree with you, sir,” he said. “But what are
we two against so many?”
1 appear [a'pia] — появляться; 2 enthusiasm [in'9ju:ziazm];

3 applause [a'pbiz] — аплодисменты; 4 voice — голос
33. Read and speak about the theatre (club). The questions below
will help you:
1. Have you a theatre (club) in yourtown (village)?

2. Wha: street is it in? •
3. Wha: kind of building is your theatre (club)?
4. How many seats are there in it?
5. Wha: do they show in your theatre (club)?
6. Wha: performances do you like to watch?
34. Describe a theatre (club) you have been to and your last visit
to the theatre (club).
▲ 35. а) Перепишите предложения, вставляя пропущенные слова,

и прочитайте написанное.
. 1. Wha: new ... is on at the Variety Theatre? 2.What

is your ... of the performance? 3. What is nexton the
117
... of the concert? 4. At the end of the play the people
warmly ... the actors. 5. Our seats were in the eleventh
... . 6. On the way to the opera house they read the ...
to know what ... were going to sing in the ... .
Q б) Выполните задание 21 домашнего чтения.
§ 8
36 . Read and act:
Short Conversations
1
“What do you think of the play?”
“It’s one of the best comedies I have ever seen.”
“But I prefer plays of another kind.”
“Well, next time try to choose something better."
2
“Who is your favourite ballet-dancer?”
“Oh, Maksimova, of course.”
“But she does not dance very often now.”
“No, but I often see her in films or on TV.”
3
“Please, Mum, tell me how you know what is on
at the cinemas and theatres?”
“I read our newspaper, listen to the radio and look
at the bills where I can see them.”
4
“Did you enjoy the show?”
“Yes, I did. The acting was very good. It was a
splendid performance.”
“Did you like the music in the play?”
‘j'Oh, yes! It made a great impression on me.”
37. Read and tell your deskmate about your last visit to the theatre
1. When did you go to the theatre last?

2. What play did you see?
3. Who was the play written by?
4. Was it a comedy or a tragedy?
5. Who took part in the performance?
6. Are they famous actors (actresses)?
7. Did you enjoy the play?
8. What was your impression of the play?
38. Ask your classmate about his (her) impression of the play
he (she) saw last.
39. Do the tasks:

1. Tell your friend how you bought cinema tickets.
2. Tell the class what concert you saw on TV some days
ago.
3. Ask your classmate if he (she) likes the circus and
what circus performers he (she) likes.
4. Ask your friend if he (she) likes to see a ballet and
what he (she) likes most of all.
4 0 . Read the sentences and say in which of them the verbs are in
the active voice and in which in the passive (See RG, § 22):
1. We were told to stop and not to cross the street when

the light was red. 2. The man stopped us and told us
not to cross the street. 3. We asked the travellers many
questions about their country. 4. They were asked a lot
of questions about their journey. 5. Wheat is grown in
many regions in Russia. 6. All the children have got
good marks for history. 7. The exhibition of Russian art
was opened on August 3 in the museum. 8. Victory Day
is celebrated in our country on May 9.
119
41. а) Прочитайте программу и составьте программу вечера,
который прошел в вашей школе:
Programme
1. A poem by Mayakovsky.
Recited by Kolya Smirnov, Eighth Form.
2. Say, Do the Russian Want a War? — A song.
Words by Yevtushenko, music by Kolmanovsky.
Sung by the Choir.
Soloist Nadya Sokolova, Seventh Form.
3. Russian Folk-Dance.
Performed by the Seventh-Form Dance Group.
4. Russian Folk-Songs.
Performed by the Eighth-Form Folk-Song Group.
Interval
5. English folk-song Are You Going O ff to War, Billy
Boy?
Sung by pupils of the Eighth Form.
6. Play after Mark Twain.
Tom — Sasha Dimitriev, Eighth Form.
H u с k — Vanya Streltsov, Eighth Form.
B e c k y — Rita Kravchenko, Eighth Form.
Dancing

в скобках, в нужной форме. Перечитайте написанное (См.
RG, § 22):
1. The name of Gagarin ... by millions of people in all

countries, (to know) 2. The heroes of the Great Patriotic
War ... at the station with flowers, (to meet) 3. How ...
the towns and villages ... before the 9th of May? (to
decorate) 4. What seas ... Russia ... by? (to wash) 5. This
question ... not ... at the last meeting, (to discuss)
6. Potatoes ... not ... in this part of the country, (to grow).
§ 9
.
42 Read the tex t and describe the concert:
Lena Writes About a Concert
Flat 10,
16 Gagarin Street,
Verkhovsk,
Russia
February 27th, 1995
My Dear Mary,
Many thanks for your last letter. Winter is now
ending and soon it will be spring, with bright sunny
weather.
I want to tell you about a concert which was given
in our school a week ago by the pupils of the seventh
and eighth forms. First, one of the boys recited a poem
by Mayakovsky.
After that there was a song about peace. It was
sung by the school choir, and the soloist 1 was a girl of
the seventh form. Then came Russian folk-dances and
folk-songs. They were very well performed by groups
from the seventh and eighth forms, and we all enjoyed
them. When the folk-dances were over, we had a short
interval, and then a group of boys and girls from my
class sang the English song Are You Going O ff to War,
Billy Boy? I think we sang it well because all the
spectators 2 applauded. After that, three children from the
eighth form acted a scene 3 after 4 a story by Mark Twain.
It was performed very well, and I enjoyed it very much.
give — gave — given think — thought — thought

tell — told — told have — had — had
' sing — sang — sung send — sent — sent
121
After the concert we had dancing, and the music
was played by a very good dance orchestra.
I am sending you the programme of our concert in
English.
Now I shall wait for another letter from you.
Your friend,
Lena
1 soloist ['soulouistj; 2 spectator [spek'teita] — зритель;
3 scene [si:n] — сцена; 4 after a story — зд. по рассказу
4 3 . Read and learn the song by The Beatles, a well-known English

pop-group.
Rain
John Lennon,
Paul McCartney
If the rain comes they run and hide 1 their heads.
They might as well be dead 2,
If the rain comes, if the rain comes.
When the sun shines they slip 3 into the shade 3,
And sip 4 their lemonade 5,
When the sun shines, when the sun shines.
Rain, I don’t mind 6,
Shine, the weather is fine.
I can show you that when it starts to rain,
Everything’s the same,
I can show you, I can show you.
Rain, I don’t mind 6,
Shine, the weather’s fine.
Can you hear me that when it rains and shines,
It’s just a state of mind 7,
Can you hear me, can you hear me?
1 hide — прятать; 2 they might as well be dead [ded] — они
могли бы быть мертвыми; 3 slip into the shade — юркнуть
в тень; 4 sip — потягивать; 5 lemonade [Дегпэ 'neid]; 6 I don’t
mind [maind] — я не возражаю; 7 state of mind — состоя
ние, настроение
.
44 Look at the pictures and ask each other questions.
45. Read the sentences, point out participles and give their Russian
equivalents:
1. Here is a letter written by my grandmother. 2. Put
the washed dishes in the cupboard. 3. The book taken
out from the library is very interesting. 4. The bread
brought in the morning is still fresh. 5. Have you seen
the hat bought by your sister? 6. The picture described
by the schoolchildren was hanging on the wall.
▲ 46. а) Напишите третью форму глаголов и прочитайте
to sell, to make, to try, to rise, to buy, to find, to choose,
to bring, to lose, to know, to give, to keep, to meet, to
take, to grow, to show, to recite, to win, to discuss, to
perform
§ ю
47. Read the text and speak about the programme of the concert:
Variety Show
While on a visit to Moscow, the Stogovs went to a
variety show. It was difficult to get tickets. Vera Ivanovna
and Lena had waited an hour at the box-office a week
before the show.
123
At last they were sitting in their places in the hall.
They had good seats not far from the stage.
During the first part of the concert singers and
dancers performed scenes from operas and ballets. They
gave a splendid performance and all the spectators enjoyed
it and applauded very much.
In the second part of the show after the inteval,
folk-songs and folk-dances were performed. Folk and
modern songs were sung by a choir. There was also a
man on the stage who told jokes.
When the show was over, Vera Ivanovna asked her
family how they had enjoyed it. “Oh, I had a wonderful
time,” Lena said. “I preferred the scenes from operas and
ballets.”
Boris said he had enjoyed the jokes best of all, and
his father said he had enjoyed the whole show, but he
had preferred the folk-dances and folk-songs.
“Well,” Vera Ivanovna said, “I am happy that you
all enjoyed the show. I must say that I had a very nice
time too.”
48 . Read and act:
Talking About the Cinema

“What is on at your cinema today?”
“Haven’t you seen the programmes in the newspapers
or on the cinema bills? They are showing a film about
Peter the First after Alexei Tolstoy’s novel.”
“Which part is on today?”
“Parts one and two, one after the other.”
“What time do the shows start?”
“At 10 o’clock, 2 o’clock, and 6 o’clock.”
“Shall we go?”
“No, I’ve seen it. Let’s go and see A Passenger
Without a Ticket at the Rossiya.”
“Who plays in that film?”
“Some young actors and actresses. It’s an interesting
comedy.”
“Good. Let’s go.”
4 9 . Describe a concert at your school using the programme of

Exercise 41.
5 0 . Read the sentences, point out participles and give their Russian
equivalents:
1. How much is fifteen divided by three? 2. The streets,

decorated with flags, were full of people. 3. The trip,
enjoyed by everybody, was short but very interesting.
4. Victory Day, celebrated on the 9th of May, is a great
holiday. 5. What will you do with the vegetables grown
in your vegetable garden?
▲ 51. а) Прочитайте текст и скажите, что нового вы из него

узнали. Обратите внимание на произнесение следующих
собственных имен:
Piccadilly [,pikd'dili], Leicester Square ['lesta'skweaj.
Mary Writes About the English Theatre

34, High Street,
London, W87DN
England
March 25th, 1995
Dear Lena,
I want to thank you for your last letter which I
found very interesting. I think I shall start this letter
with something about going to the theatre in England.
I wonderful whole folk choir

• • scene ballet variety
125
People say here that the theatre is having difficult
times. Many towns have no theatre. Dad says it is
because there is little money for provincial 1 theatres. At
the same time there are still many lovers of the theatre,
and amateur dramatics 2 are popular in some areas.
As you know, Christmas 3 is a great holiday here.
During the Christmas season you can see many shows
for children called pantomimes 4.
Another thing is the circus. Many parents take their
children to see a circus performance.
You may ask me about theatres in London where I
live. Well, London is rich in theatres. Some of them are
very famous. The best theatres are situated in a very
small area, near Piccadilly and Leicester Square Under
ground stations.
If you want to know more about our theatres, I shall
tell you more when I write again.
Yours, Mary Smith
1 provincial [pro'vinjal]; 2 amateur ['aemato] dramatics
[dra'maetiks] — художественная самодеятельность, драм
кружки; 3 Christmas ['krismas] — Рождество; 4 pantomime
['paentamaim) — представление для детей (на Рождество в
Англии), 'пьеса-сказка
б) Напишите ответы на вопросы:
1. What theatre have you in your town? 2. Have you

any club at your place? 3. How many seats has it?
4. What performances can you see on the stage of the
club (theatre)? 5. What concerts do they have at the
club (theatre)? 6. They show films at the club, don’t
they? 7. What do you prefer to see at the club (theatre)?
some something other another

love theatre people area
126
§ 11
52. Read the text and ask your deskmate questions about the
holiday:
Festival of Spring and Peace

International 1 Women’s Day, March 8, is a day of
international solidarity2 of women. This holiday has a
long history. In 1910 an international conference3 of
women socialists decided to celebrate International Wo
men’s Day every year. The first celebration in Russia
was organized in 1913.
Now in our country women have equal rights with
men. They are very active in industry, agriculture, political
and cultural life.
Children call International Woman’s Day ’’Mother’s
Holiday”. This day is celebrated both
at home and at school. School
children prepare for their mothers
presents made with their own hands.
Concerts are organized and beautiful
invitation cards 4 are sent to parents
and teachers. When they come, they
are greeted by one of the best pupils.
The parents wish the children
success 5 and happiness 6 and then
a concert takes place.
1international Linta'naejnal];2 solidarity [,soli'daeriti];

3 conference ['kanfarans]; 4 invitation [,invi'tei,fn] card —
пригласительный билет; 5 success [sak'ses] — успех;
6 happiness ['haepinis] — счастье
127
53. Read and speak about the International Woman’s Day
celebration:
1. How is the International Women’s Day celebrated at

your mother’s work?
2. What kind of presents made by themselves do children
give to mothers and women teachers?
3. What kind of school wall newspaper comes out for
the International Women’s Day?
4. What part do you take in the family preparations for
the 8th of March?
5 4 . Look at the pictures (p. p. 128— 129) and make up a story.
128
1. How many cinemas are there in your city?

2. Which is the nearest cinema?
3. What is on at this cinema?
4. What is the price of cinema tickets?
5. What shows do you like to go to?
6. What film did you see last?
7. What was the newsreel about?
8. Did you enjoy the film?
5 6 . а) Напишите ответы на вопросы:
1. Which do you prefer, the circus or the theatre? 2. What

concerts do you like? 3. When were you at a concert?
4. What kind of concert was it? 5. What was on the
programme? 6. What was your impression of the concert?

§ 12
57. Read and analyse (See RG, § 29):
1. The children were happy They fought for the

to get New Year presents. happiness of their
people.
2. Thank you for your help. The child was quite
helpless.
happy + -ness happiness
help + -less helpless
Adjective Noun Noun Adjective

happy happiness help helpless
cold coldness colour colourless
ill illness life lifeless .
fresh freshness end endless
58. Read the words and say what they mean and what words they
derive from:
hopeless, richness, priceless, numberless, homeless, dark

ness, brightness, nameless, coolness, greatness
5 9 . Read and discuss together:
1. You want to learn to perform some modern dances.

Where can you learn? Where are dances performed?
130
2. Your friend has seen an excellent performance. He
says that the performance was wonderful. What
questions about the performance will you ask?
3. One of your classmates wants to be an actress. What
must she do to become a good actress? What actress
do you like best? Can you give the names of some
great Russian actresses?
6 0 . Read and say:
Proverb: BE SLOW TO PROMISE AND QUICK TO

PERFORM.
When you are asked to do something for other people,
think well if you can do it. But after giving a promise
you must carry it out. Tell how you remember to carry
out your promises. You don’t forget them, do you?
▲ 61. а) Прочитайте текст и скажите, что нового вы из него узнали.
The Cinema in England

When people go to the cinema in England, they
usually say that they go to ’’the pictures”. Cinemas begin
to show films in the afternoon. There is usually one main
film, a shorter film, a film showing the news of the day
and some small pieces from a new film of the next week.
Many cinemas in small English towns have closed 1
because people like to stay at home to watch TV. But
in the cities the cinemas are often full. The prices of
cinema seats in London are higher than the prices in
other parts of the country.
Cinemas in England are usually larger and more
comfortable than the theatres. There in often a restaurant,
and it is possible for some people to spend a pleasant
afternoon and evening there. Sometimes they have
concerts there. In some towns in England the cinemas
are not open on Sundays.
131
Dick and Bob, two English schoolboys, enjoy films
about countries very different from their own. When they
were younger, they enjoyed cowboy2 films. Now they
do not enjoy these films so much because they do not
find them very interesting.
This evening the boys saw a film on one of
Shakespeare’s plays. It was interesting to see how the
film differed 3 from the play. The film was very fine, but
the boys thought that the play at the theatre was better.
1 close [klouz] — закрываться, 2 cowboy ['kauboi] — ковбой;

3 differ ['difa] — отличаться.
б) Напишите слова, образовав их с помощью суффиксов

-able, -ful, -less, -ness; (см. RG, § 29)
to agree, friend, to enjoy, to count, to thank, price, peace,

sweet, help, dark, to change, correct, great, to understand.
§ 13
62. Read the text and say what a hobby is, what hobbies are very
popular and what your hobby is:
A Hobby for Everybody

A hobby 1 is something that people like to do when
they are not at their usual work. It is something done
for pleasure. Some newspapers write that there are more
than one thousand hobbies to spend one’s free time.
Of course, you enjoy doing something in your free
time. Perhaps2 it is collecting stamps, because that is
beautiful real hear pleasure great one

j done some something nothing other
another group could course machine
132
one of the most popular hobbies; it can be a great help
in geography, history and some other subjects.
Some people like to photograph 3. Other hobbies are
collecting coins 4, beautiful stones, toys, different tickets.
If you are interested in music, you may begin
collecting tape-recordings 5 of operas, folk-musik or jazz6
concerts.
Well, it is very difficult to describe all the hobbies
known in the world. The main thing is that all of them
must be useful.
Choose an interesting hobby and enjoy it!
1hobby I'hobi] — увлечение, любимое занятие, хобби; 2 per

haps [po'haeps] — может быть; 3 photograph ['foutagrcuf] —
фотографировать, фотография; 4 coin — монета; 5 tape-
recording [ri'kordig] — магнитофонная запись; 6 jazz [d3 aez]
1. What do you think about going in for sport as a

hobby?
2. How useful is the hobby of going to the cinema
(theatre)?
3. Why do many young people enjoy going to dances?
4. Do you think listening to music is a more difficult
hobby than drawing?
5. What is good in collecting picture postcards?
6 4 . Speak about the situations:
1. You want to go to the theatre. You meet your friend

and ask him (her) what is on at the theatre and what
he (she) prefers to see.
2. You have decided to go to a concert with your friend.
She (he) does not want to go. Try to make her (him)
go with you.
133
65. Read the words, say what words they come from and what
they mean:
brotherless, badness, bigness, brightly, buyer, changeable,

changeless, colourful, colourless, countable, dancer,
drawing, defender, drinkable, dusty, freshly, freshness,
friendly, gardener, helper, healthy, numberless, opening,
peaceful, poorly.
▲ 66. а) Ответьте на вопросы:
1. When did you go to the cinema last? 2. What film

did you see? 3. What was the newsreel about? 4. Did
you enjoy the film? 5. What did you like about the film?
6. Which famous actors or actresses acted in the film?
7. What are your favourite films?
§ 14
1. What is your hobby?

2. When did you first become interested in this hdbby?
3. What does it give you?
4. What do your classmates collect?
5. How many friends of yours are interested in photo
graphy?
6. What do they photograph?
68 . Read and speak about performances:

1. You have been to a concert and enjoyed the
performance very much. Who took part in the
performance? What did you like best of all?
2. There are theatre (concert) bills in the streets of your
134
town. What do they say? Do you know what play is
being performed this week?
3. You are at a cinerrla box-office to buy a ticket. Many
other people are standing there too. What do they
say about the film they are going to see?
4. There is a fine show (a good play) at the theatre. Do
members of your family speak about getting tickets
for this show? Do you think it is possible? Why (not)?
6 9 . Describe your visit to the cinema and the film you saw there.
70. Read the story told by Jerome K. Jerome, an English writer,

and say what you think of it.
A Good Lesson
One day a rich lady asked a well-known singer named
Corney to come and sing to her guests after dinner. But
she did not want him to sit down at the table; she
ordered dinner for him in the kitchen together with her
servants *. The singer said nothing. After dinner he rose
and said:
”My good friends! I want to sing to you.”
The servants were very glad. And so he sang to
them. There was no piano in the kitchen, of course, and
he sang without an accompaniment 2.
At ten o’clock the lady asked the singer to come to
the drawing-room 3. The guests were sitting there after
dinner waiting.
”We are ready, Mr Corney,” the lady said.
’’Ready for what?” Corney asked.
’’For your songs.”
’’But I have already sung,” Corney answered.
’’Already? When did you sing and where?”
”An hour ago, in the kitchen.”
’’But this is impossible4!” the lady said.
”1 do not know why you were not there,” Corney
135
said, ’’but I always sing to the company 5 with which I
have dinner.”
And with these words he left the drawing-room.
1servant ['sa:vant] — слуга;2 accompaniment [э'клтрэштэпО;

3drawing-room I'dmrjrum) — гостиная;4 impossible [im'posobl]—
невозможно; 5 company ['клтрэш] — общество, компания
71. Read the words and say what words they come from and what
they mean:
pleasurable, priceless, questionable, pointer, questionably,

rainless, readable, politically, restless, restful, roadless, salty,
runner, sleepy, silky, snowy, soapy, stony, thinly, under
standable, warmly, waterless, winner, windless, woolly.
§ 15
72. Check yourself:
The Early Days of the Cinema

The cinema gives pleasure to millions of people, but
when we go to see a film, we do not often think of the
men who made it possible.
One of the first cinema films was made by Edison *,
a great American engineer. He also made a machine to
show films.
Some people in France made another machine which
could show films too. The first real film show took place
in Paris in 1895. A group of thirty-three people saw a
short film about a train coming to a railway station.
In 1903 one of Edison’s engineers joined all the
known and interesting films into one, to make a longer
picture. The people who saw it liked it and asked for
more; and so more films of this kind were made.
136
The watchers could see the actors in the film doing
something and talking, but they could hear nothing.
Words on the screen 2 explained the situation and what
the actors and actresses were saying. Usually music was
played during the showing of a film.
Now, millions of people go to the cinema, but very
few of them think about the great work that is done to
make a really good film.
1Edison ['edisn]; 2 screen [skri:n] — экран
actor п comedy n performance n

actress п drama n programme n
applaud v folk-song (-dance) n real a
ballet n group n recite v
bell n impression n rise v
bill n interval n row tl
box-office n newsreel n show n
choir n opera n stage n
circus n orchestra n tragedy n
cloakroom n perform v variety n
о п и с ы в а т ь проведение Нового года дома и в школе,
зимние каникулы, развлечения, посещение театра,
концерта, кино, впечатления от постановок, концер
тов, фильмов, радио- и телепередач, самодеятель
ность в школе и хобби;
р а с с к а з ы в а т ь о нашей стране, о своей области
(своем крае), областном (краевом) центре, районе;
р а с с п р а ш и в а т ь о проведении Нового года и зимних
каникул, о развлечениях, о посещении театров, кон-
137
цертов, кино, о впечатлениях от постановок, кон
цертов, фильмов, радио- и телепередач, о хобби;
у п о т р е б л я т ь в речи глаголы в P a st Perfect;
понимать п р и ч т е н и и слова, образованные
с помощью суффиксов -ness, -less;
ч и т а т ь п р о с е б я и п о н и м а т ь короткие рас
сказы и отрывки из произведений английских и аме
риканских авторов, прибегая в случае необходимости
к словарю.
Part IV
Unit 5
§ 1
1. Where do you live?

2. What is your address?
3. Is your family a large one?
4. What are your parents?
5. Have you any brothers and sisters?
6. How old are they?
7. You have grandfathers and grandmothers, haven’t you?
8. Where do they live?
9. What do they do?
10. Have you any aunts and uncles?
2. Read the funny story and say how poor the family is.
A “Poor" Family
It was a little American boy’s first day at a new
school. As his mother said goodbye to him, she said,
“Don’t tell anyone that we are rich.”
“All right, Mum,” he said.
The first task the teacher gave each schoolboy was
to write about his family. The rich boy remembered what
his mother had said and wrote:
“My family is poor. We live in a poor house in a
poor district. My father says that it is better to be poor
than to be rich because rich people have a very difficult
. life. They, must always think about getting more money
and they don’t get much sleep.
139
Everybody in our house is poor. The maids 1 are
poor, the chauffeur 2 is poor, so are the watchman 3 and
the gardener.”
1maid — прислуга, горничная; 2 chauffeur ['joufal — шо

фер; 3 watchman — охранник, сторож.
3. Read and say;
Proverb: YOU KNOW A MAN BY HIS FRIENDS.

If we know your friends, we can say what you are because
friends like to do the same things.
Tell what you and one of your friends like to do together.
1. I took out an interesting travel book from the library.

2. Please book me two plane tickets for Chita for the
15th. 3. They preferred to travel by train. 4. They are
showing War and Peace after Tolstoy’s novel at the
“Rossiya”. 5. What time does the first show start? 6. The
actors and the actresses played their parts well. 7. There
are intervals between the acts of the play. 8. He acts
the part of Hamlet well.
5. а) Прочитайте и перепишите предложения, подчеркните вы

деленные слова красной чертой, если они выступают в роли
существительного, и зеленой — в роли глаголов.
1. What interests you most of all? 2. Our interests

are different. 3. We wish you a happy New Year. 4. He
has not much wish to go to the circus. 5. You are our
last hope, you must help us. 6. We hope to see you
soon.
б) Выполните задание 25 домашнего чтения.

§ 2
.
6 Read the English verse and learn it by heart:
Solomon Grundy
Solomon Grundy
Born on Monday,
Christened 1 on Tuesday,
Married 2 on Wednesday,
111 on Thursday,
Worse on Friday,
Died on Saturday,
Buried 3 on Sunday.
This is the end
Of Solomon Grundy.
1christened ['krisnd) — крещенный; 2 marry ['maeri] — же

ниться; 3 bury {'beri] — хоронить.
1. Your grandmother says that her life was very full.

What did she do besides work?
2. Your grandfather says that mathematics was not his
best subject. What are your best subjects?
3. Last summer your mother went back to places dear
to her childhood. What did she see there? Who did
she meet?
4. Your sister said, “This is for you with best wishes
for a happy birthday.” What kind of present was it?
How did you like it? Why?
5. Your friend told you, “That is something you must
decide for yourself.” What did he (she) advise you to
decide for yourself? What do you think about it?
141
.
8 Read and say:
Proverb: NEVER PUT OFF TILL TOMORROW WHAT
YOU CAN DO TODAY.
If you have any task, do it today. If you leave it till
tomorrow, you may forget about it or not find time to
do it.
Say how you find time for everything.
1. We went to the seaside on a fine August day. 2. Our
history textbooks have a lot of stories about wars.
3. Farmers bring autumn fruit to the market in August.
4. We can see a lot of new modern houses in every
town and village of the country. 5. No news is good
news. 6. We have decided to go to the opera house. 7.
I am sure we shall enjoy the opera.
A 10. a) Подготовьте описание своей семьи.
б) Прочитайте и перепишите предложения, подчеркните вы
деленные слова красной чертой, если они выступают в роли
существительных, и синей — в роли прилагательных:
1. My father works at a radio factory as an engineer.
2. I like these early summer days when it is not very
hot. 3. He wants to go to St. Petersburg in early summer
when there are the “white nights” there. 4. The music
was played by a very good dance orchestra. 5. Then
there were songs and dances at the campfire. 6. What
was his examination mark for literature?
§ 3
II. Read and use in situations:
biography [bai'ografi]: I read his biography three years
ago. Biography is an interesting kind of literature; all
members of my family like it.
142
be born [Ьэ:п]: I was born in February, 1976. We lived
in another town when my younger sister was born,
childhood ['tjaildhud]: She likes to ask her father about
his childhood. My aunt taught her daughter from
childhood to speak English,
elder, eldest: ['elda, 'eldast] His elder sister’s name is
Ann. The eldest son in their family is going to be a
teacher. Which is the elder of the two sisters?
relative ['relativ]: I like to visit our relatives. My grand
father lost his relatives in the war.
12. Read and ask your deskmate:
when his (her) birthday is;

whether he (she) always has a birthday party;
whether he (she)had a birthday party this year;
who helped him (her) to prepare the party;
who came to the party;
what you did at the birthday party.
13. Read the text and say what you think of the boy:
The Villagers and the Boy
Some people who lived in a village had many fine
sheep. But there was a w olf1 who lived in theforest.
The wolf was always trying to catch the sheep and eat
them.
So the villagers gave money to a boy and said,
“Watch the sheep in the field all day. If you see the
wolf, shout to us for help!”
Very soon the boy ran to the village. “Help!” he
called. “Wolf! Wolf!”
Some men were working on a farm. They heard the
boy’s shouts.
“We are coming!” they shouted in answer.
But when they came to the boy, they could not see
the wolf. The sheep were eating grass.
143
The boy laughed as much as he could. “That was a
good joke,” he said. “There are no wolves here. You have
run for nothing2.” The men were very angry3 with the
boy.
The next day, the boy took the sheep to the other
side of the village. When he wanted to lie in the grass,
he saw a wolf. “Help!” he shouted. “Help! Wolf! Wolf!
A wolf is attacking the sheep!”
The boy ran to the village, shouting “Help! Help!”
But nobody came.
“This is another joke,” they all said.
The wolf killed many of the sheep. The men caught
the boy and punished 4 him for losing the sheep.
1wolf [wulf] — волк; 2 for nothing — напрасно, зря; 3 angry

['aeggri] — сердитый; 4 punish ГрлшЛ — наказывать.
1. The postman has brought a magazine and newspapers.

2. The sportsmen were warmly met by the spectators at
the stadium. 3. Saturday is our family’s wash-day.
4. Sholokhov is a world-famous writer. 5. All the people
in our country are peace-lovers. 6. Yesterday Mother
bought some beautiful tea-cups. 7. Soon a flower-show
will open in our town.
▲ 15. а) Перепишите предложения и напишите в скобках после
каждого выделенного слова его перевод:
1. There were two newspapermen present at the

meeting. 2. The Artek camp was often visited by well-
some come money other another

f nothing wolf lose could answer laugh saw
caught give live field hear heard
144
known actors, writers and poets. 3. It was a first-class
performance. 4. The fifteen-year-old boy was interested
in physics. 5. St. Petersburg is a big port and ship
building centre. 6. The population of the countryside
is becoming smaller.
§ 4
activity [aek'tiviti]: I have heard about his political activity

as a student. There are different kinds of children’s
activities at school,
enter ['enta]: How can I enter this building? My brother
entered the University last year,
education Ledju'keijn]: My sister wants to get an art
education. Some classmates will continue their edu
cation in other cities,
examination [ig/zaemi'neij"n]: We shall have an exami
nation in mathematics next year. I hope that the
examination questions in Russian won’t be difficult,
fond [fond]: I am fond of music. She is fond of reading
books.
graduate ['graedjueit]: My father graduated from the
university when he was 24 years old. They will work
at a big factory after they graduate from the institute.
1. When were you born?

• 2. What place were you born in?
3. What region is it in?
145
4. Are your parents workers or farmers?
5. Have you any brothers or sisters?
6. Where did you spend your childhood?
7. When did you begin going to school?
8. What form are you in?
9. Do you take an active part in the life of the school?
10. What kind of activity are you fond of?
18. Read, compare and give Russian equivalents of the underlined

words:
1. a) He always goes for a walk in the park in the

evening.
b) Go on reading the text!
c) She goes in for tennis and can play very well.
2. a) I have got an interesting book about travels in
Africa.
b) The mother gets up early in the morning to prepare
breakfast for the family.
c) We got on the trolleybus and went to the Palace
of Sports.
d) They got to the station too late and could not get
tickets.
e) We must get off at the next stop.
3. a) Look at the children over there, they are playing
in the road.
b) I am looking for my English textbook.
c) Who looks after your little brother when your
mother is at work?
4. a) He put the books on the shelf and turned off the
light.
b) Put your pens down and listen to me!
c) Don’t forget to put your scarf on.
146
19. Read the verse by a famous English writer. Say who the small
person is.
Six Serving Men
Rudyard Kipling
I have six honest 1 serving men 2 —
They taught me all I knew.
Their names are what and why and when
And how and where and who.
I send them over land and sea,
I send them East ans West;
But after they have worked for me,
I give them all a rest.
I let them rest from nine till five,
For I am busy then,
As well as breakfast, lunch and tea,
For they are hungry men.
But different folk 3 have different views;
I know a person 4 small
She keeps ten million serving men,
Who get no rest at all!
She sends them on her own affairs 5,
From the second she opens her eyes —
One million hows, ten million wheres,
And seven million whys!
1 honest ['onist] — честный; 2 serving man — слуга; 3 folk
[fouk] — народ; 4 person I'poisn] — человек, лицо; 5 affairs
[a'fea] — дела, занятия.
20. а) Подготовьте свою короткую биографию, ориентируясь на

вопросы упражнения 1.
б) Перепишите предложения, вставляя слова, нужные по
смыслу:
' 1. We went to the station to see ... our friends. 2. Take

... your raincoat and put ... your winter coat, it is cold
today. 3. Turn ... the light, it is dark in the room. 4. What
is ... at the theatre? 5. The girl tried the silk dress ...
and found it too long. 6. He picked the box ... and put
it on the shelf.
§ 5
able ['eibl]: He said he was not able to come. He hasn’t
been able to help us. If you want to join a choir, you
must be able to sing,
award [a'word]: He was awarded the first prize. He was
given the highest award at the exhibition,
order ['D:da]: Father’s orders are that you must be at
home by 10 o’clock. The doctor has ordered my
grandmother a week’s rest in bed.
serve [sa:v]: My father served in the army for two years.
His aunt serves at a hotel.
22. Read and answer the questions. Speak about your relatives
1. Is your family large or small?

2. Who are the members of your family?
3. Have you any relatives living in your town (village)?
4. Where were your parents born?
5. What education did they get?
6. Where did they graduate from?
7. Where do they work?
8. Did your father serve in the army?
9. Did your grandfather or grandmother take part in
the Great Patriotic War?
10. What are your uncles and aunts?
148
23. Read the text and give some more information about Gagarin’s
life:
Yuri Gagarin
(1 9 3 4 — 1 968)
Yuri Gagarin’s name, the name of the first
cosmonaut 1 is known to everybody. His life and work
are a great example to all young people.
Yuri Alexeyevich Gagarin was born in the village of
Klushino in Smolensk region on March 9, 1934, into the
family of a collective farmer.
In 1951 he finished a vocational school 2 in the town
of Lyubertsy, near Moscow, and at the same time he
finished an evening school.
When he was a schoolboy, his favourite subjects
were physics and mathematics. He read a lot of books.
Yuri Gagarin began to fly while he was a student
of a technical secondary school 3 in Saratov. He was a
member of an aeroclub.
In 1955, he entered a flying school. Two years later
he became a pilot and soon he joined the first group of
Soviet cosmonauts.
On April 12, 1961, Yuri Gagarin flew into space4
for the first time in history. He spent 108 minutes there.
When he came back in
his spaceship Vostok, he was
made a Hero of the Soviet
Union and awarded the Order
of Lenin and the Gold 5 Star
Medal.
Yuri Gagarin visited
many countries. Millions of
people saw him and listened
to him. They greeted him as
a great patriot of our country.
149
Yuri Alexeyevich Gagarin was commander6 of the
cosmonaut group, he prepared to fly in a new spaceship.
He did not go into space again, but people will always
remember him as the world’s first space pilot, a hero.
1 cosmonaut ['kazmanad]; 2 vocational [vou'keijanl] school —

ремесленное училище; 3 technical ['teknikal] secondary
['sekandari] school — техникум; 4 space — космос; 5 gold —
золото, золотой; 6 commander [ka'manda]
24. Look at the portraits and say what these people are famous for.
К. E. Tsiolkovsky S. P. Korolyov
25. Read the sentences and say if the underlined words are adverbs
or adjectives (See RG, § 25):
1. Lena, it’s late, you must go to bed. 2. We never come

late for our classes. 3. In 1957 he lived in the Far East.
4. How far from your school do you live? 5. They took
a fast train to Novosibirsk. 6. You speak English too
fast, I can’t understand you. 7. Alec’s answer was the
best. 8. I like this film best of all.
know — knew — known spend — spent — spent

read — read — read come — came — come
begin — began — begun make — made — made
become — became — become see — saw — seen
fly — flew — flown go — went — gone
150
▲ 26 . а)Прочитайте прилагательные и напишите соответствующие
им наречия (См. RG, § 25):
active, splendid, much, wonderful, different, late, correct,
early, pleasant, sweet, high, dear.
Щ 6) Выполните задание 27 домашнего чтения.
§ в
1. Who was the first pilot-cosmonaut of the USSR?
2. What is April 12th, 1961, famous for?
3. Why does everybody know that day?
4. What other cosmonauts do you know?
5. Who was the first woman cosmonaut?
6. How long did the last cosmonauts fly in space?
28. Ask your deskmate about his (her) relatives.
29. Read the funny story and say what you know about Newton.
Newton and the Egg
Newton, the famous scientist, was also a very absent-
minded 1 man. Once his servant 2 came to his laboratory
and brought an egg 3\ diich he wanted to boil 4 over his
lamp. Newton was busy thinking about some problem
and wished to be alone. He told her to go away. He said
that he could boil the egg later. So the servant gave
Newton her watch and told him to let the egg boil for
three minutes.
When the servant returned after a short time, she
was greatly surprised to see Newton with the egg in his
hand watching the water boil. She looked for her watch,
and saw that it was ... in the boiling water.
• 1 absent-m inded ['aebsant'maindid] — рассеянный; 2 servant —

служанка; 3 eg g — яйцо; 4 boil — кипятить.
151
.
30 Read and give Russian equivalents of the underlined words:
1. My grandfather took part in the house-to-house fighting

in Stalingrad during the Great Patriotic War. 2. After
joining the army he became a radioman. 3. A life-boat
came to the boy who could not swim and a strong hand
helped him to get into it. 4. As a boy he liked to read
books about far-away countries. 5. At first he was a
low-paid worker; then he began to receive more money.
31. Read and answer the questions (See RG, § 25):
1. How did you spend last Sunday?

2. Which, do you like more, hiking or travelling by bus?
3. Who swims best in your class?
4. Do you get up earlier or later than 7 o’clock?
5. How do you usually go to school, quickly or slowly?
6. Do you get to school quicker than your friend?
7. Who speaks English most correctly in your class?
8. Who reads better, you or your friend?
32. а) Прочитайте текст и скажите, что нового вы из него

узнали. Обратите внимание на произнесение собственных
имен:
David Livingstone ['deivid 'liviristan], Scotland ['skotland],

Africa ['aefrika], African ['aefrikan], America [a'merika].
David Livingstone
(1813— 1873)
Many men in the English-speaking world took an
active part in the exploration 1 of new lands. These
travellers of the past are known to everybody now because
we can see their names on the maps when we learn
geogrophy. David Livingstone was one of the pioneers of
exploration in Africa.
He was bom in Scotland.
His father was not rich and so
after a year or two in the village
school young David was sent
to a factory. There he began
work at six o’clock in the
morning and finished at eight
in the evening.
David had little money, but
he bought some school-books
and every night he studied
different subjects.
When he was nineteen, he began to study at a
university. He was learning to be a doctor.
In 1840 Livingstone went to Africa. Soon he began
journeys into new lands. During these journeys he
decided that the work of a doctor was very important
in Africa.
Livingstone made three great expeditions2. He
crossed Africa from the west to the east. He explored 3
rivers, lakes and large areas of land. In his expeditions
Livingstone was helped by African people, who were very
friendly.
Livingstone prepared and carried out his journeys
very carefully. He described everything he saw around
him and he put a lot of places on the map. His books
about African journeys are full of important information.
In Livingstone’s time African people were taken from
their homes and families and sent to America. There they
were sold and made slaves4. The great explorer was
against the slave trade 5 and he fought against it.
1 exploration [,ekspta'rei,fn] — исследование; 2 expedition

.[.ekspi'dijn]; 3 explore [iks'pb:] — исследовать;4 slave — раб;
5 trade — торговля.
153
б) Перепишите предложения, употребляя наречия, данные
в скобках, в нужной форме. Прочитайте написанное (См. RG,
§ 26 ):
1. The cold wind is blowng ... today than it did yesterday.

{strongly) 2. The pupils on duty come to school ... to
prepare the classroom for lessons, {early) 3. Who can
run ... , you or somebody else in your class? {fast)
4. Which do you like ... , hockey, football or basketball?
{much) 5. The sun shone as ... yesterday as today.
{brightly) 6. Who will come home ... , your father or
your mother? {soon).
§ 7
33 . Read the story and say what you think happened after the
birthday party.
The Broken Vase 1

There was once a young man who was in love with
a beautiful girl. The girl’s parents were rich, but the
young man was very poor. When the girl’s birthday was
coming, the young man wanted to make her a present.
He wanted to buy something beautiful for her, but he
had no idea what to buy. Beautiful things cost a lot of
money and he had very little. He went into a shop where
there were many nice things, but they were all too dear.
Then he saw a vase. The vase was so beautiful that he
could not take his eyes off.
learn year area great one some

I money young bought fought journey
study put there their to into too two
154
The ow ner2 of the shop saw this. “Why are you
so interested in that vase?” he asked. “Do you want to
buy it?”
“No, I can’t,” said the young man, and he told him
everything.
The owner of the shop thought for a moment and
then said, “I can help you. Do you see that broken vase
in the corner there? I shall order my servant to pack
the pieces and take it to the girl you love. When he
enters the room, he will drop 3 it.”
On the girl’s birthday everything happened 4 as had
been planned:' The servant brought the vase, and as he
entered the room, he dropped it. Everybody was shocked 5.
But when the vase was unpacked, the guests saw that
each piece had been packed separately 6.
1vase [vaz]; 2 owner ['ouna] — владелец; 3 drop — ронять;

4 happen — случаться; 5 shock — потрясать; 6 separately
['sepritli] — отдельно.
3 4 . Make up a dialogue on the situation:
Your friend has invited you and your deskmate to

his (her) birthday party. Discuss with your deskmate
what birthday present you will give him (her).
3 5 . Tell the class about your father’s (mother’s) life.
3 6 . Read the words, say what words they come from and give
their Russian equivalents (See RG, § 29)
redness, hairless, thankful, eatable, thinker, strongly, salty,

education, cleaner, seventeen, eighty, ninth, explainable,
speaker, readiness, hatless, forgetful, badly, thirteen, forty,
fiftieth, rosy, healthy, countable, collection.
155
▲ 37. а) Образуйте с помощью суффиксов новые слова, запишите
их и дайте письменный перевод каждого слова:
-ful: rest, watch, hand;

-less: friend, thought, hat, name;
-able: advise, drink, understand;
-ness: happy, thankful, collective.
§ 8
38. Read the questions and speak about the biography of a well-
known man or woman:
Is there a man or a woman whose life you want to take

as an example? Who is that man (woman)? What is he
(she)? When and where was he (she) born? How did he
(she) spend his (her) childhood? Where did he (she)
study? Where did he (she) work? What did he (she) do?
What was he (she) interested in? Why does everybody
know and remember his (her) name? Why do you want
to take his (her) life as an example?
1. Is your school large?

2. Is it a village school?
3. When did you begin going to school?
4. What school subjects are you especially interested in?
5. Do you learn well at school?
6. What do you do with your friendsafter school?
7. What do you do to help yourparents at home?
8. When will you leave school?
156
4 0 . Read the story and say what Edison’s inventions you know.
Edison’s First Invention
When Edison was a boy of fifteen, he worked as a
telegraph operator. He had to be on duty at night, from
seven o’clock in the evening till seven o’clock in the
morning. But at night there was never much work and
the telegraph operators usually slept. So the boss 1 ordered
each operator to give a signal every hour to show that
he was awake 2. Edison’s signals always came at the
same time, at the beginning of each new hour. That
surprised the boss. So one night he sent an inspector to
see how the boy was working. When the inspector opened
the door, he saw Edison sleeping in his chair. The inspector
was going to shake the boy when he saw a clock with
a mechanism 3 on the table near the telegraph apparatus.
He waited to see what would happen. When the hand
of the clock pointed to the hour, the mechanism began
to work and sent a signal.
The inspector went up to the boy and shook him.
Edison awoke 4. He was told that he had lost his job.
This story explains why the first of Edison’s invention
was never patented 5.
1 boss — хозяин; 2 awake [a'weik] — бодрствующий;

3 mechanism ['mekanizm]; 4 awoke [a'wouk] — проснулся (от
awake — просыпаться); 5 patent ['peitant] — запатентовать.
41. Read the words, say what they come from and give their
Russian equivalents:
agreeable, hopeful, hopeless, hopelessness, healthful,

gardener, needless, lateness, peaceful, fighter,
demonstrator, producer, correctly, visitor, dearly, soapy,
richness, sunless, colourful, readable, playful, drinkable,
ninetieth, graduation, examination, dusty, fruitfully.
157
A 4 2 . а) Прочитайте текст и скажите, какие изобретения сделал
Майкл Фарадей. Обратите внимание на произнесение соб
ственных имен:
Michael Faraday ['maikl 'faeradi], Humphry Davy ['hAmfri

'deivi].
Michael Faraday
(1791— 1867)
Michael Faraday was born in London in a poor family.

He did not learn much and spent a lot of time playing
in the streets when he was a small boy.
When he was fourteen he got some work in
a bookseller’s shop. It was important that he worked for
a bookseller. He read as many books as he could.
Some talks about science 1 were given at that time
in London. Faraday wanted to go to these talks, but he
had no money to pay. So his brother who was a working
man helped him with the money.
One day Michael went to a talk by Humphry Davy,
England’sgreatestscientist2 of the time. He liked it
so much that hetriedto get work in Davy’s laboratory,
but there was no work for him.
A few months later the great
scientist remembered the young
boy and Michael became Davy’s
laboratory assistant 3.
Working with Davy, Michael
Faraday received an important
education. Like Davy, he became
interested in electricity 4.
In those days scientists
knew little about electricity. Mi
chael Faraday spent long weeks
158
and months studying 5 it. At last he saw that electricity
could be made by a machine.
This was the beginning of all the great machines
that make electricity today. Without them we can have
no electricity. We can have no telephones, no radio and
no television. Each of these things is invention 6 made
for man by the work of Faraday and others with electricity.
Faraday studied different sciences, not only electricity.
Do you know about it? We hope you do.
1 science ['saions] — наука; 2 scienctist ['saiantist] — ученый;

3 assistant [a'sistant]; 4 electricity [ilek'trisiti] — электриче
ство; 5 study ['stAdi] — изучать, учиться; 6 invention
[in'venfn] — изобретение.
б) Напишите как можно больше производных слов,

образованных с помощью суффиксов -ful, -ness, -1у и
прочитайте написанное:
care — forget — hope —
fruit — great — help —
§ 9
4 3 . Read the text and say how May Day has become an international
workers’ holiday:
May Day
The 1st of May is the great international workers’
holiday. On this day working people of all lands show
their solidarity *.
London one some money brother

f other month fourteen could great learn
read give given receive machine
159
May Day was born in the United States of America
almost one hundred years ago and it became the world
workers’ holiday in 1889. First in America, then in
Europe 2, the workers began to meet on May Day to
fight for an eight-hour working day. In 1890 the first
May Day meeting was held in Hyde Park, London. So
many people came, one newspaper man thought “the
whole of London” was there.
Since that time May Day has became an inter
national workers’ day to demonstrate working-class
unity 3.
In England, people have often celebrated May Day
on the Sunday nearest to the first day of the month.
Now it is a public holiday4 and labour, organizations in
England can show their solidarity with the workers in
other countries on the first of May.
In Russia the first May Day marches and meetings
were organized on May 1, 1890. One of the May Day
marches (in Sormovo, in 1902) gave Maxim Gorky the
subject 5 for his novel Mother.
Nowadays May Day in our country is celebrated as
a holiday of true joyful spring.
1 solidarity [,soli'daeriti];2 Europe ['juarapj; 3 unity ['ju:niti] —

единство; 4 public ['рлЬПк] holiday — официальный празд
ник; 5 subject — тема, сюжет.
be — was, were — been fight — fought — fought

become — became — become hold — held — held
(^ begin — began — begun think — thought — thought
meet — met — met show — showed — shown
come — came — come give — gave — given
160
.
44 Read and learn the verse:
How Do You know It’s Spring?
Margaret Wise Brown
How do you know it’s Spring?
And how do you know it’s Fall
Suppose your eyes were always shut
And you couldn’t see at all,
Could you smell 2 and hear the Spring?
And could you feel the Fall?
1 fall — (амер.) осень; 2 smell — чуять, чувствовать запах
4 5 . Say if any famous or well-known man of woman was bom

(lived) in your place and what he (she) is famous for.
4 6 . Read the proverbs and find their Russian equivalents:
1. Every cloud has a silver lining1.

2. Everything is good in its season.
3. A good beginning makes a good ending.
4. All is well that ends well.
5. When two Sundays come together.
1 silver lining — серебряная подкладка,
k 47. а) Напишите кратко по-английски свою биографию,
щ б) Выполните задание 29 домашнего чтения.
§ ю
48. Read and analyse (See RG, § 30):
1. It was a pleasant It was unpleasant to be
warm morning with the out in cold rainy weather.
sun shining brightly.
2. The definite article is The indefinite article
used with the names of has two forms: “a” and
u ji
seas and oceans. an .
3. Please write a letter You have to rewrite this
when you get to Moscow. exercise, you have made
too many mistakes.
un- + pleasant unpleasant
in*(im-, il-, ir-) + definite indefinite
re- + write rewrite
49. Read the words and give their Russian equivalents:
reopen, unimportant, impossible, repay, uncomfortable,

replay, . unfinished, unable, rebuild, retell, remake,
unpopular, reorganize, unanswered, unwashed, resell,
unseen, inactive.
50. Read and say a few words about the biography of a famous
hero using the questions below:
1. Who is this man (woman)?
2. What kind of activity is he (she) famous for?
3. When did he (she) become a hero?
4. What do you know about his (her) childhood?
5. Where did he (she) get his education?
6. You take his (her) life as an example for yourself,
don’t you?
51. Read the English verse and compare it with the translation
made by S. Marshak:
Humpty Dumpty
Humpty Dumpty sat on a wall,
Humpty Dumpty had a great fall;
All the King’s horses and all the King’s men
Couldn’t put Humpty together again.
Шалтай-Болтай
Сидел на стене.
Свалился во сне.
Вся королевская конница, ^
Вся королевская рать
Не может
Шалтая,
Не может
Болтая,
Шалтая-Болтая,
Болтая-Шалтая,
Шалтая-Болтая собрать!
▲ 52. а) Прочитайте текст и подготовьте его краткий пересказ.

Обратите внимание на произнесение собственных имен:
William Shakespeare ['wiljam 'Jeikspia], Stratford-on-Avon
['straetfad on'eivnj, Romeo and Juliet ['roumiou and 'd3u:ljat],
William Shakespeare
(1564—1616)
Of course, you know the name of William Shakespeare
very well. He was one of the world’s greatest writers.
He was born in Stratford-on-Avon, a small English
town.
163
The Stratford school was
a difficult place at that time.
The pupils had to be at school
at six in the morning in the
warm seasons and an hour
later in winter. School days
were long, and only in the
holidays could William
Shakespeare have a real rest.
He went to the woods 1 and
to the river Avon.
But the best thing cf all
in Will’s life were groups of
actors who visited Stratford
from time to time. He watched them and knew that he
wanted to be an actor.
When William was twenty-one, he went to London.
He became an actor there and later he began to write
plays.
Shakespeare watched the new life and he showed
how differently people understood it. Life itself was shown
in his plays.
Shakespeare’s heroes are still on the stage. We go
to the theatre or cinema to meet them again and again.
William Shakespeare’s four hundredth birthday was
celebrated in 1964 all over the world. A beautiful stamp
of that year made in our country shows his portrait and
scenes 2 from Romeo and Juliet.
1wood [wud] — лес, роща; 2 scene [si:n] — сцена
real year theatre great beautiful

I hour four course could
group word world work visit river
164
6) Образуйте с помощью приставок новые слова, запишите
их и дайте письменный перевод (См. RG, § 30):
un-: real, able, pack, popular, pleasant;

re-: enter, о ^ а т г ё , open, do, pay;
in-(im -): possible, definite, active.
§ И
53. Read the text and ask your classmate questions on it:
Victory Day
The Great Patriotic War ended in May, 1945. That
spring day of May 9 went down in the history of our
country as Victory Day. It is celebrated by meetings and
marches. People bring flowers to the monuments where
war heroes lie. War veterans 1 tellyoung people how
they fought during the war to defend their country.
Victory was won at a high price. The people of our
country had to fight against the fascists from the White
Sea in the north to the Black Sea in the south. They
defended Moscow and Stalingrad and thousands of other
towns and villages. They
helped the peoples of many
other countries to become free
from fascism. The heroic Soviet
people not only defended their
own country, they saved 2 the
world.
But Victory Day is not
only a day to remember those
who did not come back from
the war. It is a day to be proud
165
of all progressive3 people who took an active part in
winning the victory over the fascists and helped the
Soviet Army.
At the same time, on Victory Day we not only
remember the past. We must think about the future and
defend peace.
1 veteran ['veteran]; 2 save — спасать; 3 progressive [pre'gresiv].
5 4 . Look at the pictures,

say what cities are
shown in them and what
they are famous for.
have — had — had

go — went — gone
become — became — become
bring — brought — brought
come — came — come
lie — lay — lain
take — took — taken
fight — fought — fought
think — thought — thought
win — won — won
be — was, were — been
166
5 5 . Read and discuss:
1. During a discussion in your class some boys and girls

agreed, others didn’t. What was the discussion about?
2. You prepared your pack for a journey. Where were
you going? What did you take with you?
3. Your father saw you off on the bus. Where were you
going?
4. Your grandmother spent the greater part of her life
in the country. What does she say about village life?
▲ 5 6 . а) Перепишите предложения, вставляя предлоги там, где
нужно. Прочитайте написанное:
1. Не became interested ... physics ... the age ... fifteen.

2. Jane was fond ... playing ... the piano, and Chaikovsky
most ... all. 3. She entered ... one ... Moskow institutes
... 1961 and graduated ... 1966. 4. The boy joined ... the
Red Army ... the age ... eighteen and served ... the army
... thirty years. 5. He was very fond ... swimming and
took an active part ... the sports life of the school. 6. He
was awarded ... a number ... orders and medals ... the
Great Patriotic War.
§ 12
57. Speak about the situations:
1. You are having a meeting of your club at which you

are making a report on a Russian writer. Tell the
class his biography.
2. You are ill and your friend has come to see you. He
(she) tells you that a new pupil whom he (she) knows
has come to your class. Ask him (her) what he (she)
knows about the pupil.
167
1. When will your classes be over?

2. What are you going to do in summer?
3. Have you decided what you are going to become?
4. Why have you chosen that profession?
5. What interests you in that profession?
6. What do you parents say about your future?
5 9 . Read the text and finish the story:
One day the pupils of 8A decided to invite 1 a labour

veteran to a form meeting. They wanted to hear about
his life and work.
“And what about war veterans?” Slava Kryukov asked.
“They tell interesting things about fighting at the front
during the last war.”
“What labour veterans say is very interesting too,”
Maya Chaikina said. “Besides, many labour veterans took
part in the war. They have a lot to say both about their
work and how they fought in the Soviet Army.”
So a small group of pupils went to Vladimir
Mikhailovich Polyakov, an old worker.
He greeted 2 the children in his flat and said, “I like
to meet young people, I’ll come to you with pleasure.”
1 in vite [in'vait] — пригласить; 2 greet — здороваться, при

ветствовать.
6 0 . Read the text and learn the song. Compare it with the Russian
translation.
The song “Auld Lang Syne b’ was written by Robert

Burns, the great Scottish poet. He wrote it in Scottish
dialect 2 to a traditional Scottish melody 3. The song has
been translated by S. Marshak.
According to the old tradition “Auld Lang Syne” is
168
sung on New Year’s Eve 4, when friends gather to see
in the New Year. During the Christmas holidays a large
brightly lit 5 Christmas tree stands on Trafalgar Square 6
in London. Thousands of Londoners come to Trafalgar
Square on New Year’s Eve, and when Big Ben strikes
twelve all join hands and sing “Auld Larig Syne”.
1 auld lang syne ['o:ld 'laer) 'sain] — старые былыевремена;

2 dialect ['daiolektj; 3 melody I'meladi];4 eve — канун;5 light
(lit, lit) — освещать; 6 Trafalgar Square [tra'faelga 'skwea] —
Трафальгарская площадь.
Auld Lang Syne

Should auld acquaintance 1 be forgot,
And never brought to mind?
Should auld acquaintance be forgot,
And days o’ auld lang syne?
Chorus:
For auld lang syne, my dear,
For auld lang syne.
We’ll tak’ a cup o’ kindness 2 yet
For auld lang syne.
And here’s a hand, my trusty 3 friend,
And gie’s a hand o’ thine,
We’ll tak’ a cup o’ kindness yet
For auld lang syne.
Chorus:
For auld lang syne, my dear,
For auld lang syne.
We’ll tak’ a cup o’ kindness yet,
For auld lang syne.
1 acquaintance [a'kweintans] — знакомый; 2 kindness

['kaindnis] — доброта, сердечность; 3 trusty — верный,
о’ = of; tak’ = take; gie’s = give us; thine = yours.
169
Старая дружба
Забыть ли старую любовь

И не грустить о ней?
Забыть ли старую любовь
• ' И дружбу прежних дней?
За дружбу старую —
До дна!
За счастье прежних дней!
С тобой мы выпьем, старина,
За счастье прежних дней.
И вот с тобой сошлись мы вновь,
Твоя рука — в моей,
Я пью за старую любовь,
За дружбу прежних дней.
За дружбу старую —
До дна!
За счастье прежйих дней!
С тобой мы выпьем, старина,
За счастье прежних дней!
▲ 61. а) Прочитайте текст и скажите, что вы из него узнали.

Robert Burns ['robat 'ba:nz], Scotland ['skotlandj.
Robert Burns
(1759— 1796)
Robert Burns is Scotland’s greatest poet.

His father, William Burns, was a small farmer. So
Robert spent part of his time every day helping on the
farm.
Robert learned from his father to love and understand
other people. From his mother, too, he learned something
very important. As she worked she often sang old country-
side songs. In the evening she
told the children popular folk
tales.1
William Bums was poor, but
he wanted very much to give his
children an education. Robert and
his brother went to school, but
they had to help their father with
the farm work, which left them
very little time for doing
homework.
Robert began to write poems
when he was fifteen years old. In his poems he described
with love and understanding everyday things and people.
When he was older, the readers received his first
book of poems. He was asked then to help in making a
book of old Scottish 2 folk-songs. He wrote new words
for many of the melodies 3.
Robert Bums wrote a lot of poems. They are full of
the heroes of his mother’s stories, and the farmers and
workmen of the countryside. They are full of life.
Today Burns’s work is known and loved by. millions
of people. He is dear to us, too.
1 folk-tale ['foukteil] — народная сказка; 2 Scottish ['skotif] —

шотландский; 3 m elody ['melodi].
б) Перепишите текст, вставляя артикли там, где нужно.

Прочитайте написанное:
... circus was visiting ... little town. There were ... dogs
on ... programme. After ... dogs had shown a number of
... tricks \ ... man who trained them said that one of ...
dogs could play ... piano. The dog sat on ... chair and
began to play wonderfully. Then one of ... spectators
17 1
shouted : “Cats!” ... dog jumped off ... chair and ran to
... place from which ... shout had come. ... piano went
on playing.
1 trick — трюк, фокус.
§ 13
1. You had to wait an hour at the railway station. Why

did you go there? How did you spend the hour?
2. After coming to a thick forest you continued your
journey on foot. What did you see?
3. Your friend said, “When we went to the sea last
year...” What did he say next?
4. “We spent the day in the country,” you told your
friend. What did you do there?
6 3 . Read and speak about your school life:
1. A new subject was introduced in the eighth form.

What can you say about that subject?
2. “I shall go to the library and then home,” your friend
said. Where was he? What was he doing there?
3. You know very little about a new boy. What questions.
can you ask him?
year dear learn great love

other mother brother something
countryside folk-tales do to word
world give receive full put
172
64. Read the story and give an example when you were not
punctual.
George Washington and His Secretary 1

George Washington, the first president of the United
States of America, had a secretary who was always late.
George Washington did not like people who were late.
One morning when the secretary came late as usual
he saw that Washington was already in his office and
was working. He wanted to excuse himself, so he said:
“I’m very sorry to be late, sir. My watch is wrong.”
George Washington said quietly 2:
“Yes, you must get another watch, and if that doesn’t
help, I must get another secretary.”
1 secretary ['sekratri]; 2 q u ietly ['kwaiatli] — спокойно.

1. “I’m not making much progress in English,” said your
classmate. What can you advise him to do?
2. The weather stayed bad for two days during the spring
holidays. What did you do?
3. You couldn’t see your friend on Sunday, but you
caught him by telephone. What was your conversation
about?
4. “I’ll join you gladly,” you told your friends. What
were they doing?
5. When you asked your father to buy something for you,
he said, “Well, I shall think about it.” Why did he decide
to think before agreeing to buy a new thing for you?
66 . а) Перепишите предложения, употребляя глаголы, данные
в скобках, в нужной форме. Прочитайте написанное:
' 1. By the time we ... to the circus the third bell ...
already ... . (to get, to ring) 2. When they ... in the
south last year they ... a lot of places of interest, (to
travel, to see) 3. In the morning they ... their tickets,
... their things and ... to the airport, (to buy, to pack,
to go) 4. I promise I ... everything to help that boy. (to
do) 5. We ... our plans and ... to Novosibirsk tomorrow,
(to change, to fly) 6. You ... not ... the English story if
you ... not ... the words, (to understand, to know)
m б) Выполните задание 31 домашнего чтения.
§ 14
67. Read and discuss with your friend your plans for the future:
Ask your friend whether he (she) decided to go on with

his (her) studies in the ninth form or to go to a vocational
or technical secondary school; why he (she) has decided
to do so; what his (her) parents think of it. Say if you
decided this question long ago; if you have changed your
plans and if your ideas of your future are different from
those of your friend. Say what your parents want you
to become.
68 . Do the task:
Tell the class what you are going to be when you leave
school and explain why you have chosen that profession.
6 9 . Read the funny story and say what you think about it:
You Should Know Foreign Languages *1
Once upon a time there lived a mouse in a mouse-
hole 2. One day the mouse sat up and listened attentively 3.
As he did so he heard someone bark 4.
“Now,” thought the mouse, “that must be a dog; I
may go out. I don’t think dogs eat m ice5.”
That was quite logical6, and the mouse went out.
But the moment he did so a cat jumped on him and ate
him.
Then the cat looked around and said:
“You see how important it is to know foreign
languages.”
1 foreign ['form 'laer)gwid3] — иностранный язык; 2 mouse*

hole — мышиная нора; 3 attentively [a'tentivli] — вниматель
но; 4 bark — лаять; 5 mice — мыши; 6 logical ['bd 3 ikl] —
логичный.
70 . Read the verse and note the difference between sounds and
letters. (Use a dictionary)
Sounds and Letters
When the English tongue 1 we speak,

Why is “break” not rhymed 2 with “weak”?
Will you tell me why it’s true,
We say “sew”, but likewise 3 “few”?
And the maker of a verse
Can’t rhyme his “horse" and “worse",
“Beard” sounds not the same as “heard”,
“Cord” is different from a “word",
“Cow” is “cow” but “low” is “low”,
“Shoe” is never rhymed with “toe”.
Wherefore 4 “done”, but “gone” and “lone”,
Is there any reason 5 known?
And in short it seem s 6 to me
Sounds and letters disagree.
1 tongue [tAol — язык; 2 rhyme [raim] — рифмовать, рифмо

ваться; 3 likewise ['laikwaiz] — таким же образом;
4 wherefore ['weafo:] — по какой причине, почему; 5 reason
I'ri:zn] — причина; 6 seem — казаться.
175
71. Read the w ords, say w hat w ords they com e from and give their
Russian equivalents:
countless, darkness, hairless, unfriendly, richness,

unwritten, reread, unclean, illness, homeless, rechange,
readiness, landless, unable, playful, drinkable, thickly,
singer, buyable, thinly, education, readable, sleepy,
coldness, adviser.
.
A 72 Прочитайте текст и скажите, что нового вы из него узнали.
Abraham Lincoln ['eibrahaem 'ligkan], Washington
['wo.fi Qtan].
Abraham Lincoln
(1809 — 1865 )
Abraham Lincoln was born on a farm. His father
was a poor farmer and the boy had to work much on
their small farm. Young Abe spent less than a year at
school. But he read a lot. “The things I want to know
are in books”, he said.
One day Abraham bought a book about laws 1 of
England. He studied it every day, and his interest in law
grew. He became a lawyer 2. His life became interesting
and useful. He knew how he could
help people, he tried to use the
law to defend them.
In 1846 Lincoln was elected 3
to Congress. There he said that he.
was against slavery 4. He said that
the black slaves 5 of America must
be free. He thought of a free
country for all the people.
Lincoln became very popular.
In 1860 he was elected President
of the United States of America.
176
His ideas about freedom for the black slaves were
good for the rich people of the industrial North. The
planters 6 of the South who exploited 7 those slaves were
against them. So a war between the North and the South
began. It was won by the North.
In 1864 Abraham Lincoln was elected President again.
But his enemies, who wanted to exploit the black slaves
as before, could not let Lincoln continue his good work.
A year later he was killed 8 in a theatre in Washington.
Abraham Lincoln’s traditions live in the struggle of
all progressive people in the USA.
1 law [b:] — закон; 2 lawyer ['b:js] — юрист; 3 elect

[i'lekt] — избирать; 4 slavery ['sleivsri] — рабство; 5 slave
[sleiv] — раб; 6 planter ['plants] — плантатор; 7 exploit
[iks'pbit] — эксплуатировать; 8 kill — убивать.
§ 15
73. Check yourself:
The Boy with the Best Idea

A long, long time ago a man with an elephant 1
came to a village. This was the first time the people of
the village had seen an elephant, and they wanted to
know the weight 2 of the elephant. But everybody had
different ideas about it. Each of them said that he was
right and the others were wrong.
They tried to think of a plan by which they could
know how much the elephant weighed 3. But they could
not find any.
I . year real idea people bought

1 thought could country young won
177
Then a boy said, “I have a plan and I can tell you
how much the elephant weighs; please let me try it.”
The people of the village did not want to listen to
the boy. “How can he find a plan when we, old people,
cannot?” they said. But they decided to let him try.
The boy first told them to put the elephant in a big
boat. The boy then made a mark on the side of the boat
where the water reached 4. Then he told them to take
the elephant out of the boat, and the boat rose in the
water.
After that, he collected some large stones and told
the people to put them in the boat. The boat began to
go down again till at last the water came up to the mark
on the side. This showed that the stones in the boat
were of the same weight as the elephant.
It was then very easy to weigh the stones. So the
people knew how much the elephant weighed.
1 elephant ['elifant] — слон; 2 weight [weit] — вес;

3 weigh [wei] — весить; 4 reach — доходить, достигать.
able а childhood ti fond a

activity п education n graduate v
award v elder (eldest) a order n, v
biography п enter v relative n
(be) born examination n serve v
р а с с к а з ы в а т ь о себе, своих родных и друзьях;
г о в о р и т ь о семье, об отношениях в семье, о жизни
известных людей нашей страны и стран английского
языка;
178
р а с с п р а ш и в а т ь о семье, отношениях в семье,
о жизни известных людей нашей страны и стран
английского языка;
п о н и м а т ь при чтении слова, образованные при
помощи приставок un-, in- (im -, il-, ir-), re-;
читать про себя и п о н и м а т ь короткие
рассказы и отрывки из произведений английских
и американских авторов, прибегая в случае необхо
димости к словарю.
IRREGULAR VERBS
be [bi:] was [ w d z ] , were [wa:] been [bi:n] быть
beat [bi:t] beat [bi:t] beaten ['bi:tn] бить
become [Ы'клт] became [bi'keim] become [Ы'клт] сделаться, стать
begin [bi'gin] began [bi'gaen] begun [Ы'длп] начинать(ся)
blow [blou] blew [blu:] blown [bloun] ДУТЬ
break [breik] broke [brouk] broken ['brouk(a)n] ломать(ся)

bring [brio] brought [bra:t] brought [bra:t] приносить
build [bild] built [bilt] built [bilt] строить
buy [bai] bought [ba:t] bought [ba:t] покупать
catch [kaetj] caught [ka:t] caught [ka:t] ловить, хватать
choose [tju:z] chose [tjouz] chosen ['tjouzn] выбирать
come [клт] came [keim] come [клт] приходить
cost [kost] cost [kast] cost [kast] стоить
cut [kAt] cut [kAt] cut [kAt] резать
do [du:J did [did] done [dAn] делать
draw [dro:] drew [dru:] drawn [dro:n] тащить; рисовать
drink [drirjk] drank [draegk] drunk [drAgk] пить
drive [draiv] drove [drouv], driven ['drivn] везти, гнать
eat [i:t] ate [et] eaten ['i:tn] есть, кушать
fall [fo:l] fell [fel]
feel [fi:l] felt [felt]
fight [fait] fought [fo:t]
find [faind] found [faund]
fly [flai] flew [flu:]
forget [fa'get] forgot [fa'got]
freeze [fritz] froze [frouz]
get [get] got [got]
give [giv] gave [geiv]
go [gou] went [went]
grow [grou] grew [grut]
hang [haerj] hung [Ьлц]
have [haev] had [haedl
hear [hia] heard [ha:d]
hold [hould] held [held]
know [nou] knew [nju:]
lay [lei] laid [leid]
lead [litdF led [led]
leave [li:v] left [left]
let [let] let [let]
lie [lai] lay [lei]
fallen [Ъ : 1п] падать
felt [felt] чувствовать
fought [fo:t] бороться, сражаться
found [faund] находить
flown [floun] летать
forgotten [fa'gotn] забывать
frozen ['frouzn] замораживать
got [got] получать, становиться, делаться
given ['givn] давать
gone [gon] идти, ходить
grown [groun] расти, становиться
hung [Ьло] вешать, висеть
had [haedl иметь
heard [ha:d] слышать
held [held] держать
known [noun] знать
laid [leid] класть
led [led] вести
left [left] оставлять, покидать
let [let] позволять, отдавать в наем
lain [lein] лежать
light [lait] lit [lit]
lose [lutz] lost [lost]'
make [meik] made [meid]
mean [mitn] meant [ment]
meet [mitt] met [met]
pay [pei] paid [peid]
put [put] put [put]
read [ritd] read [red]
retell Lrit'tel] retold [,ri:'tould]
ring [rirj] rang [raerj]
rise [raiz] rose [rouz]
run [глп] ran [raen]
say [sei] said [sed]
see [sit] saw [sot]
sell [sel] sold [sould]
send [send] sent [sent]
shake [jeik] shook [.Гик]
shine [Jain] shone [Jon]
shoot [Jutt] shot [jbt]
show [Jou] showed [Joud]
shut [jAt] shut [jAt]
lit [lit] зажигать
lost [lost] терять
made [meid] делать
meant [ment] значить
met [met] встретить
paid [peid] платить
put [put] класть
read [red] читать
retold [,ri:'tould] пересказывать
rung [глг)] звонить
risen ['rizn] подниматься
run [глп] бежать
said [sed] сказать
seen [si:n] видеть
sold [sould] продавать
sent [sent] посылать
shaken ['jeikn] трясти
shone [Jon] сиять
shot [jot] стрелять
shown [joun] показывать
shut [jAt] закрывать
sing [sir)] sang [saeo]
sit [sit] sat [saet]
sleep [sli:p] slept [slept]
speak [spi:k] spoke [spouk]
spell [spel] spelt [spelt]
spend [spend] spent [spent]
spread [spred] spread [spred]
stand [staend] stood [stud]
sweep [swi:p] swept [swept]
swim [swim] swam [swaem]
take [teik] took [tuk]
teach [ti:tj] taught [tort]
tell [tel] told [tould]
think [6 iQk] thought [Gort]
throw [Grou] threw [Grur]
understand understood
[,Anda'staend] [,Anda'stud]
wake [weik] woke [wouk]
wear [wea] wore [wo:]
win [win] won [wAn]
write [rait] wrote [rout]
00
CO
sung [saq] петь
sat [saet] сидеть
slept [slept] спать
spoken ['spoukn] говорить
spelt [spelt] произносить слово по буквам
spent [spent] тратить, проводить (время)
spread [spred] распространять
stood [stud] стоять
swept [swept] мести
swum [swAm] плавать
taken ['teikn] брать
taught [to:t] обучать, учить
told [tould] сказать
thought [0o:t] думать
thrown [Groun] бросать
understood понимать
[,Anda'stud] •
woken ['woukn] просыпаться
worn [worn] носить (одежду)
won [wAn] выигрывать; побеждать
written ['ritn] писать
REFERENCE GRAMMAR
(Грамматический справочник)
ИМЯ СУЩЕСТВИТЕЛЬНОЕ (THE NOUN)
§ I-
Исчисляемые имена существительные в английском языке

имеют два числа: единственное и множественное:
There is a lamp on the desk. There are lamps on the desks.
Имена существительные образуют форму множественного
числа путем прибавления к форме единственного числа окон
чания -s или -es. Это окончание читается [s] после глухих
согласных, [z] после звонких согласных и гласных и [iz] после
[s, z, tf, d3 , j-, 3]:
[z]
[s] [iz]
после звонких
после глухих после [s, z, tj,
согласных и
согласных d3, J, 3 ]
гласных
books [buks] days [deiz] roses [Touziz]
cats [kaets] names [neimz] dresses I'dresiz]
maps [maeps] dogs [dogz] pages ['peid3iz]
Исключения: man [maen] — men [men]
woman ['wuman] — women ['wimin]
foot [fut] — feet [fi:t]
child [tjaild] — children ['tJildran]
184
П рим ечания:
1. а) Если существительные в единственном числе на письме окан

чиваются на буквы s, ss, х, sh, ch, tch, то при образовании
формы множественного числа добавляется -es:
class — classes, brush — brushes, box — boxes.
fi) Если существительные в единственнном числе оканчиваются
на -о, то при образовании формы множественного числа
добавляется -es:
potato — potatoes, hero — heroes.
Ho: piano — pianos.
в) В некоторых существительных конечные буквы -f, -fe меняются
в форме множественного числа на -ve: shelf [jelf] — shelves
[jelvz], life [laif] — lives [laivz].
г) Если существительное в единственном числе оканчивается на
-у, то в форме множественного числа -у после согласных
меняется на -ie: city — cities, story — stories,
-у после гласных не меняется: boy — boys, day — days.
2. Существительные sheep и fish имеют одну и ту же форму для
единственного и множественного числа:
There are a lot of sheep on the farm. There is a sheep near the
river.
The fish were very small. The boy had only one fish.
Однако когда речь идет о разных видах рыб, то употребляется
форма fishes:
What fishes I can see there!
3. Существительное news употребляется всегда с глаголом в форме
единственного числа.
What’s the news? No news is good news.
4. Существительные money, hair, fruit употребляются в форме
единственного числа:
The money is on the table, take it.
Her hair is black and long.
5. Иногда слово family и подобные ему собирательные имена сущест
вительные, сохраняя форму единственного числа, употребляются
с глаголом — сказуемым в форме множественного числа. В этом
случае имеется в виду каждый член семьи, группы и т. д.:
All the family are at table.
185
§ 2.
Нарицательные имена существительные делятся на исчис

ляемые и неисчисляемые. Исчисляемые существительные на
зывают объекты, которые можно пересчитать. Они употреб
ляются в форме как единственного, так множественного числа.
There are seven days in a week.
К неисчисляемым существительным относятся названия
веществ и слова, обозначающие отвлеченные понятия. Они
употребляются в форме единственного числа.
Bring me some water, please. We fight for peace.
Имена существительные, обозначающие вещества и отвле
ченные понятия, могут употребляться как исчисляемые, когда
речь идет об' отдельных предметах из данного вещества (ма
териала) или конкретных объектах:
The house is built of stone. They have brought stones in
the bag.
§ 3.
Для обозначения принадлежности предмета какому-либо
лицу (лицам) в английском языке употребляется специальная
так называемая притяжательная форма существительных:
Jack’s clothes are too big for him.
The boy’s hands were cold.
This is my friend Boris’s brother.
Существительное в единственном числе в притяжательной
форме принимает окончание ’s, которое произносится по тем
же правилам, что и окончание множественного числа сущест
вительных:
ы [z]
после гласных и [iz]
после глухих
после [s, z, tj, d3 , f, 3]
согласных звонких согласных
Jack’s father My brother’s friend George’s sister
186
Существительные в форме множественного числа с окон
чанием -(e )s образуют притяжательную форму прибавлением
только апострофа
The boys’ hands were cold.
Если существительное в форме множественного числа не
имеет окончания -(e)s, то в притяжательной форме к нему
прибавляется окончание ’s:
The children’s toys were in the box.
Примечания:
1. Притяжательная форма иногда употребляется с существительными
и наречиями, обозначающими время и расстояние:
Не had a month’s holiday last summer.
Have you read today’s newspaper?
2. Притяжательная форма применяется также с названиями стран,
городов, судов и со словами world, country, city, ship, party,
army, family:
He is the world’s best high-jumper.
3. Слова house, shop часто опускаются после существительных
в притяжательной форме, которые означают принадлежность до
ма, магазина данному лицу:
We shall meet at my friend’s (house).
АРТИКЛЬ (THE ARTICLE)

§ 4.
Артикли являются определителями имен существительных
и ставятся перед существительными и относящимися к ним
словами:
There is always a good piece of chalk and a duster at
the blackboard.
В английском языке имеются определенный артикль the,
неопределенный артикль а (ап) и так называемый нулевой
артикль, т. е. значимое отсутствие артикля.
187
Определенный артикль the перед словами, начинающимися
с согласных звуков, произносится [бэ] (the book [бэ'Ьик], the
yard [5a'ycud], а перед словами, начинающимися с гласных
звуков — [6i] (the author [бГэ:9э], the hour [bi'aus]).
Неопределенный артикль в форме а [э] употребляется
перед словами, начинающимися с согласных звуков (a class
room [a'klasrum], a union [o'jumjan]), а в форме ап [эп] —
перед словами, начинающимися с гласных (an hour [эп'аиз],
an umbrella [зп лт'Ьге 1э]).
Основным назначением артиклей в английском языке яв
ляется указание на смысловую направленность употребленных
в речи имен существительных. Например:
I like ice-cream (вообще люблю мороженое).
I bought an ice-cream for my little brother (одну порцию
мороженого).
The ice-cream was very good (данное, купленное моро
женое).
Определенный артикль указывает на конкретные объекты,
обозначаемые именем существительным (конкретный смысл).
Иными словами, существительные с определенным артиклем
обозначают объекты, находящиеся в поле зрения собеседников
или известные, им в силу тех или иных обстоятельств:
I think the dress is too long.
How did you find the film?
В отличие от определенного артикля н е о п р е д е л е н н ы й
и н у л е в о й артикли не указывают на конкретные объекты.
Существительные без артикля или с неопределенным артиклем
называют объекты как таковые (общий смысл):
I need a pen or a pencil.
Do they sell textbooks in this shop?
Но между неопределенным и нулевым артиклями тоже
есть различие. Неопределенный артикль подчеркивает, что
имеется в виду любой единичный объект из всего класса
объектов, который обозначается данным существительным.
188
Неопределенный артикль употребляется с исчисляемыми
существительными в единственном числе:
Do you want to see a n ew film?
Существительное, употребляемое без артикля, использу
ется для называния нечленимого на части объекта, представ
ленного неисчисляемым существительным. Таким образом, ну
левой артикль употребляется с неисчислимыми существитель
ными (которые не имеют формы множественного числа):
There is snow on the ground, on the houses, on the trees.
Нулевой артикль употребляется также с исчисляемыми
существительными во множественной числе при назывании
некоторого количества объектов:
There are new English books at the book-shop.
§ 5.
О п р е д е л е н н ы й а р т и к л ь употребляется с сущест
вительными в единственном и множественном числе. Упот
ребление с существительными определенного артикля, указы
вающего на конкретные объекты, обусловливается пятью ти
пами речевых ситуаций:
1 . Указание на объект, нахо- 2. Ссылка на объект, извест-
дящийся в поле зрения со- ный собеседникам из со
беседников: вместного прошлого опыта:
“Pass me the salt, please.”

189
3. Дополнительная конкрети 4. Логическое включение
зация объекта путем ука объекта в число известных
зания на некоторые при указывает, что такой объект
знаки, которыми этот составляет неотъемлемую
объект отличается от дру часть другого уже извест
гих, ему подобных: ного собеседникам объекта:
“Which is your brother?”

“The tallest boy is.”
5. Родовая характеристика
объекта. Употребляя опре
деленный артикль, говоря
щий обобщает в называе
мом объекте характеристи
ки всего ’класса объектов,
противопоставляя его дру
гим классам:
“Let’s go to the cinema.”
§ 6.
Основные типы речевых ситуаций, обусловливающие упот
ребление неопределенного артикля:
190
1. Называние объекта как такового.
Говорящий вводит в речь какой-
либо новый объект и причисляет
его к целому классу таких же
объектов:
On my way to the bus stop I met
an old man with a dog. What
a fine picture it is!
2. Количественная характеристика объекта, при которой не

определенный артикль употребляется в значении «один»:
Не will be back in a minute.
An apple a day keeps the doctor away.
§ 7.
Основные типы речевых ситуаций, обусловливающие зна

чимое отсутствие артикля (нулевой артикль) в речи:
1. Называние объекта или причис

ление его к классу таких же
объектов. При этом объект пред
ставляет собой вещество, абст
рактное понятие или же неопре
деленное множество предметов:
What fine weather we are
having!
They only sell shoes at the shop.
We have coffee, bread
and fruit for
breakfast.
191
2. Отвлечение от материального содержания объекта (так
называемое «распредмечивание»). Говорящий имеет в виду
не названный объект, а деятельность, связанную с этим
объектом. В данном случае имена существительные упот
ребляются для указания качественного признака или ха
рактера действия. Обычно такие существительные входят
в состав предложных и глагольных словосочетаний:
She is in hospital. We go to school in the morning.
Go to bed. We usually go there by bus.
Примечания:
1. Артикль не употребляется с существительным, после которого
идет относящееся к нему количественное числительное:
Lesson 7. Look at page 48.
2. Как правило, имена существительные собственные употребляются
без артикля:
Peter Brooks, Jane Brown, Moscow, London, England, Russia.
Ho: the Ukraine (ju'krein], the Crimea [krai'mio], the Caucasus
['koikdsss].
3. Если перед фамилией во множественном числе стоит определен
ный артикль, то она обозначает всех членов семьи:
The Stogovs are coming to visit us.
4. Перед словами Father, Mother, Grandfather, Grandmother,
Uncle, Aunt в высказываниях членов семьи артикль не упот
ребляется, и они пишутся с прописной буквы:
Ask Father about it. Mummy has come.
5. Определенный артикль употребляется перед именами существи
тельными собственными в следующих случаях:
а) Перед названиями стран, океанов, морей, заливов и перед
другими географическими названиями, состоящими из сущест
вительных нарицательных с определением:
the Soviet Union, the United States, the Black Sea, the Arctic
Ocean;
б) перед названиями рек и горных хребтов (но не отдельных гор):
the Volga, the Thames [temz], the Mississippi, the Alps.
ИМЯ ПРИЛАГАТЕЛЬНОЕ (THE ADJECTIVE)
§ 8.
Имена прилагательные в английском языке, в отличие от
русского языка, не изменяются ни по родам, ни по числам,
ни по падежам:
My brother is a fine boy.
Nina is a fine friend.
They spent a few fine days at the seaside.
Имена прилагательные в английском языке, как и в рус

ском, имеют сравнительную и превосходную степени сравне
ния. Основная форма прилагательного не выражает сравнение
и называется положительной степенью.
The Dnieper is a long river.
The Volga is longer than the Don.
The Lena is the longest river in Russia.
Односложные прилагательные (old, tall, young и др.), и

двусложные, оканчивающиеся на -у, -er, -ow, -ble (heavy,
yellow и др.), а также несколько других двусложных прила
гательных образуют сравнительную степень путем прибавления
к форме положительной степени суффикса -ег [э], а превос
ходную — прибавлением суффикса -est [ist]:
положительная сравнительная превосходная

степень степень степень
old [ould] older ['oulda] oldest ['ouldist]
tall [b:l] taller [Чэ:1э] tallest ['todist]
easy l'i:zi] easier ['i:zia] easiest ['i:ziist]
Например: She is younger than her sister.

This is the oldest building in our town.
При образовании форм сравнительной и превосходной степеней

прилагательных на письме соблюдаются следующие правила:
а) немая -е в конце слов опускается: large — larger — largest, nice —

nicer — nicest;
б) в односложных прилагательных конечная согласная буква после

одиночной гласной буквы удваивается, чтобы сохранить слог
закрытым:
big — bigger — biggest; hot — hotter — hottest;
в) конечная -у после согласной изменяется на -i:

busy — busier — busiest, happy — happier — happiest.
Многосложные прилагательные и большинство двуслож

ных (difficult, interesting, comfortable, active, famous и др.)
образуют сравнительную степень при помощи слова more
[тэ:], а превосходную степень при помощи слова most [moust],
которые ставятся перед прилагательным в положительной сте
пени:

active more active most active
interesting more interesting most interesting
difficult more difficult most difficult
Например: Tanya is more active than her brother.

Which is the most difficult exercise in this lesson?
Некоторые прилагательные образуют степени сравнения

не по общим правилам:
194
good better best
bad worse worst
many, much more most
little less least
far farther, further farthest, furthest
Например: This mistake is worse than that one.
Victor is my best friend.
П римечания:
Для сравнения двух объектов одинакового качества прилага
тельное в форме положительной степени ставится между as ... as:
This chair is as comfortable as that one.
В отрицательных предложениях в таких случаях обычно упот
ребляется союз not so ... as.
This film is not so interesting as the one I saw yesterday.
Можно также употреблять союз not as ... as.
ИМЯ ЧИСЛИТЕЛЬНОЕ (THE NUMERAL)

Количественные числительные
(Cardinal Numerals)
§ 9.
Основой при образовании числительных являются числи

тельные первого десятка, остальные числительные за некото
рым исключением образуются путем прибавления суффиксов
-teen и -ty к числительным первого десятка:
seven — seventeen — seventy; nine — nineteen — ninety.
Ho: one, two, ten, eleven, twelve, hundred, thousand, million.
Составные числительные образуются сочетанием простых
числительных:
twenty-two, sixty-eight, one hundred and two, five hundred
and fifty-two, ten thousand five hundred and two.
195
а) У некоторых числительных, образованных с помощью суффиксов

-teen и -ty, изменяются произнесение и написание корня:
three [9ri:J — thirteen 1'0э:Чкп] — thirty ['0a:ti],
five [faiv] — fifteen [#fif#ti:n] — fifty ['fifti],
two [tu:] — twenty ['twenty].
У слова forty меняется только написание корня: four — forty.
Со словами hundred, thousand, million вместо числительного one
может употребляться неопределенный артикль: one hundred (а
hundred), one thousand (a thousand).
б) В сочетании с другими числительными слова hundred, thousand,

million не принимают окончания множественного числа: two
million, three thousand five hundred and seventy-eight.
в) отделяются в английском языке запятой,

Ч исло ты сяч и миллионов
а десятые, сотые доли — точкой: 3,071, 150,005, 3,450,000; 0.1,
3.75.
Порядковые числительные
(Ordinal Numerals)
§ ю.
Порядковые числительные, за исключением первых трех,
образуются от соответствующих количественных числительных
с помощью суффикса -th:
fourth, thirteenth, twentieth, ninty-ninth, hundredth, two
hundred and seventy-fifth, millionth.
Три первых порядковых числительных образуются не по
правилам:
one — first (1st); two — second (2nd), three — third (3rd).
В конце составных порядковых числительных эти числи
тельные читаются так же:
21st — twenty-first, 32nd — thirty-second, 63rd — sixty-
third.
196
а) Некоторые числительные, переходя в порядковые, изменяют свою
форму:
five [faiv] — fifth [fif0], nine [nain] — ninth [nainG];
eight [eit] — eighth [eitG], tw elve [tw elv] — twelfth [twelfG]
б) При образовании порядковых числительных, обозначаю щ их д е
сятки, конечная буква -у м еняется на -ie:
sev en ty — seven tieth, thirty — thritieth.
в) В составных порядковых числительных только последний разряд
выражается порядковым числительным:
3 ,542 — three hundred five thousand and forty-second.
МЕСТОИМЕНИЕ (THE PRONOUN)

§ 11-
Местоимения личные, притяжательные и возвратно-уси
лительные в английском языке изменяются по лйцам, числам
и родам.
Притяжа
Личные Возвратные
Число Лицо тельные
местоимения местоимения
местоимения
1 I me my mine myself
Единст 2 you you your yours yourself
венное he him his his himself
3 she her her hers herself
it it its its itself
Множе 1 we us our ours ourselves
ствен 2 you you your yours yourselves
ное 3 they them their theirs themselves
Личные местоимения I, he, she, it, we, you, they упот
ребляются в качестве подлежащего и именной части составного
сказуемого, а местоимения me, him, her, it, us, you, them —
в роли дополнения:
I -saw him in the street.
He met me at the underground station.
197
Формы притяжательных местоимений my, your и т. д.
употребляются только перед существительными, в то время
как после форм mine, yours, hers и т. д. существительные
никогда не употребляются.
Возвратные местоимения синтаксически всегда связаны с
глаголом. В предложении они обычно бывают дополнениями.
Возвратные местоимения обозначают переход действия на само
действующее лицо и в русском языке соответствуют частице
-ся (-сь) возвратных глаголов или возвратному местоимению
себя (себе, собой): N
I wash myself with cold water.
Усилительные местоимения (имеющие те же формы, что
и возвратные) употребляются после местоимений и сущест
вительных для усиления их значений. По значению они со
ответствуют русскому местоимению сам. Если усилительное
местоимение относится к подлежащему, то оно стоит обычно
в конце предложения:
You said it yourself.
§ 12.
Местоимения some, any, no и их производные употребля
ются в разных- типах предложений по-разному:
Утвердитель
ные предло som e som ething som ebody som eon e
ж ения
Отрицатель (n ot) anyone

(n ot) any (not) anything (not) anybody
ные предло no one
no nothing nobody
жения none
Общ ие во
any anything anybody anyone
просы
Специальные
som e som ething som ebody som eon e
вопросы
Просьбы som e som ething som ebody som eon e
198
Например: I asked her for some milk, but she didn’t have any.
I know nothing about his visit.
Is there anybody here?
Where can I buy something to eat?
Give me something to read, please.
Will you give me some writing paper?
В английском языке в отрицательном предложении может
быть только одно отрицание; поэтому если в предложении
стоит отрицательное местоимение по, то глагол употребляется
в утвердительной форме:
They have no children — They haven’t (any) children.
There is nobody in the room — There isn’t anybody in
the room.
Существительное one (во множественном числе — ones)

употребляется для замены ранее упомянутого исчисляемого
существительного:
Which cake do you prefer, this one or that one?
These shoes are too small, I need some bigger ones.
ГЛАГОЛ (THE VERB)

§ 13.
Личные формы глагола выражают лицо, число, наклонение,

время, залог. В английском языке глаголы в личной форме
имеют три лица и два числа — единственное и множественное:
to
Число Лицо to be to do to make
have
Единст 1 I am have do make
венное 2 You are have do make
3 Не (she, it) is has does makes
Множе 1 We are have do make
ствен 2 You are have do make
ное 3 They are have do make
199
П рим ечание:
Модальные глаголы can, may, must не изменяются по числам

и лицам:
You must do it.
She may come any day.
They can read English.
Глаголы в английском языке имеют четыре основные фор

мы, которые служат для образования всех остальных видо
временных глагольных форм:
I. Инфинитив, или неопределенная форма (Infinitive).
II. Прошедшее неопределенное время (Past Indefinite).
III. Причастие прошедшего времени (Participle II).
IV. Причастие настоящего времени (Participle I).
По способу образования второй и третьей основных форм

глаголы делятся на две группы: правильные и неправильные.
П р а в и л ь н ы е г л а г о л ы образуют вторую и третью

формы путем прибавления -ed к первой форме:
I форма II форма III форма

work worked worked
live lived lived
want wanted wanted
Окончание -ed произносится как [t] после глухих согласных
(кроме t), как [d] после звонких согласных (кроме d) и гласных
и как [id] после t и d:
[t] [d]
после глухих после гласных [id]
согласных и согласных после t и d
(кроме t) (кроме d)
worked [wo:kt] lived [livd] wanted I'wontid]
helped [helpt] played [pleid] acted ['aektid]
asked [cuskt] joined [d3oind] needed ['ni:did]
200
Н е п р а в и л ь н ы е глаголы образуют вторую и третью
основные формы не путем прибавления -ed к инфинитиву,
а иными способами:
begin — began — begun spend — spent — spent
give — gave — given put — put — put
go — went — gone и т. д.
Четвертая основная форма (Participle I) образуется путем
прибавления -ing [ig] к первой основной форме глагола: go —
going, read — reading.
а) На письме при образовании Participle I глаголы, оканчивающиеся
на немую букву -е, теряют эту букву: write — writing, take —
taking.
б) Одна согласная буква после одиночной гласной буквы в ударном
(конечном) слоге удваивается, конечная I удваивается как в
ударных, так и в безударных слогах: win — winning, shut —
shitting, prefer — preferring, travel — travelling.
Ho: sleep — sleeping, wash — washing, work — working, develop —

developing.
ПОВЕЛИТЕЛЬНОЕ НАКЛОНЕНИЕ
(THE IMPERATIVE MOOD)
§ 14.
Повелительное наклонение в английском языке имеет две
формы: утвердительную и отрицательную. Утвердительная фор
ма представлена в виде инфинитива без частицы to. Отрица
тельная форма повелительного наклонения образуется при
помощи вспомогательного глагола do и отрицательной частицы
not:
Stop reading. Sit down, please.
Do not open the window. (Don’t open the window.)
201
Одна и та же форма повелительного наклонения употреб
ляется как для единственного, так и для множественного
числа 2-го лица:
Answer my questions, Alec. Begin reading, boys and girls.
ИЗЪЯВИТЕЛЬНОЕ НАКЛОНЕНИЕ
(THE INDICATIVE M OOD)
ДЕЙСТВИТЕЛЬНЫЙ ЗАЛОГ (THE ACTIVE VOICE)

Н еопределенные времена (In d e fin ite T enses)
§ 15.
НАСТОЯЩЕЕ НЕОПРЕДЕЛЕННОЕ ВРЕМЯ (PRESENT INDEFINITE)
Present Indefinite
Прошедшее > > V ^ Будущее
Настоящий момент
Present Indefinite употребляется для выражения обычного,
регулярно повторяющегося или постоянного действия, свойст
венного подлежащему:
Не speaks English very well.
My aunt and uncle live in the South.
Утвердительная форма Present Indefinite совпадает с первой
основной формой глагола во всех лицах, кроме 3-го лица
единственного числа, принимающего окончание -s или -es.
Окончание -s 3-го лица единственного числа произносится
после глухих согласных как [s], после гласных и звонких
согласных как [z]:
Не works tw 3 :ks]. She writes [raits]. He lives [livz]. She
knows [nouz].
Если глаголы оканчиваются на -s, -ss, -ch, -tch, -sh, -x
(т. e. на [s, z, tj-, d3 , .f, 3 ]), то в 3-м лице единственного числа
к ним прибавляется окончание -es, которое произносится [iz]:
Не washes ['wdJiz]. She dresses ['dresiz],
202
а) Глаголы, оканчивающиеся на -у с предшествующей согласной,
в 3-м лице единственного числа меняют -у на -i и принимают
окончание -es:
I carry — he carries. Ho: I play — she plays.
б) Глаголы to do и to go принимают в 3-м лице единственного
числа окончание -es:
Не goes [gouz]. Не does [dAz].
Вопросительная форма Present Indefinite образуется при

помощи вспомогательного глагола to do в Present Indefinite,
который ставится перед подлежащим, и смыслового глагола
в первой основной форме, который ставится после подле
жащего:
Do you work at a factory?
What part does she take in the concert?
Вопросы к подлежащему образуются без вспомогательного
глагола:
- Who takes part in the concert?
Отрицательная форма образуется при помощи вспомога
тельного глагола to do в соответствующем лице и числе и
частицы not, которые ставятся между подлежащим и смысло
вым глаголом в первой основной форме:
I do not work there (I don’t work there).
He does not take part in it (He doesn’t take part in it).
§ 16.
ПРОШЕДШЕЕ НЕОПРЕДЕЛЕННОЕ ВРЕМЯ (PAST INDEFINITE)
Past Indefinite
Прошедшее > * > Будущее
203
Past Indefinite обозначает действия или состоянии, проис
ходившие в какой-то период в прошлом и не связанные с
моментом речи. Past Indefinite — форма, типичная для описа
ния следующих друг за другом действий или событий в про
шлом. В предложениях с Past Indefinite часто указывается
время совершения действия:
Yesterday Olga went to the booking-office and bought two
tickets.
The show finished at 11 o’clock.
Утвердительная форма Past Indefinite образуется при по
мощи второй основной формы глагола, которая не изменяется
по лицам и числам, за исключением глагола to be (was,
were):
He worked much.
I spent a lot of time at the library last month.
Вопросительная форма Past Indefinite образуется при по
мощи вспомогательного глагола to do в Past Indefinite (did),
который ставится перед подлежащим. Смысловой глагол упот
ребляется в первой основной форме:
Did you like the football match?
When did he come back?
Вопросы к -подлежащему образуются без вспомогательного
глагола to do:
Who saw this film yesterday?
Отрицательная форма Past Indefinite образуется при по
мощи вспомогательного глагола to do в прошедшем времени
(did), частицы not и смыслового глагола в первой основной
форме:
I did not know him. I didn’t know him.
1. Глагол to be в Past Indefinite меняется по числам:
I was ill. He was late.
We were absent. You were at school at that time.
204
Вопросительная и отрицательная формы Past Indefinite
глагола to be образуется без помощи вспомогательного глагола:
Where were you at eight o’clock yesterday?
It was not very cold.
2. С оборотом there was (there were) употребляется отрицательное
местоимение no:
There was no rain for two months. /
3. Вопросительная и отрицательная формы Past Indefinite глагола
to have образуются при помощи вспомогательного глагола did.
В отрицательной форме может быть использовано отрицательное
местоимение по (тогда вспомогательный глагол не употребляет
ся):
Did he have any relatives?
I had no letters for many weeks.
Когда глагол to have входит в словосочетание (to have dinner
и т. п.), то вопросительная и отрицательная формы образуются
с помощью вспомогательного глагола did:
When did you have dinner?
We did not have a rest the whole day.
§ 17.
БУДУЩЕЕ НЕОПРЕДЕЛЕННОЕ ВРЕМЯ (FUTURE INDEFINITE)
Future Indefinite
Прошедшее > — ------------ — ------ V Будущее
Future Indefinite употребляется для выражения однократ
ных или повторяющихся действий, которые совершатся в бу
дущем:
We shall see you tomorrow.
They will be glad to meet you.
205
Future Indefinite образуется при помощи вспомогательных
глаголов shall (для 1-го лица единственного и множественного
числа) и will (для всех остальных лиц) и первой основной
формы смыслового глагола:
I shall ring you up (I’ll ring you up).
She w ill be twenty next month. (She’ll be twenty next
month.)
You will find him in the library. (You’ll find him in the
library.)
В вопросительной форме вспомогательные глаголы shall

и will ставятся перед подлежащим:
Shall I read?
When will you come to see us?
В вопросах к подлежащему порядок слов не изменяется:

Who will go on the excursion?
Отрицательная форма Future Indefinite образуется при по

мощи частицы not, которая ставится после вспомогательных
глаголов shall и will:
I shall not come to see tomorrow. (I shan’t come to see
you tomorrow.)
He will not.receive the telegram in time. (He won’t receive
the telegram in time.)
а) Вопросительная форма типа w ill you sit down? используется

для выражения просьбы:
Will you please take off your coat?
Won’t you go with us to the concert?
б) Future Indefinite не употребляется в придаточных предложениях

времени и условия. В них для выражения будущего действия
глагол ставится в Present Indefinite:
I shall give him the letter when he com es.
The children will go for a walk if it stops raining.
206
ДЛИТЕЛЬНЫЕ ВРЕМЕНА (CONTINUOUS TENSES) 1
§ 18.
Настоящее длительное время (Present Continuous)
Present Continuous
Прошедшее > > Будущее
Present Continuous обозначает длительное действие, кото
рое совершается в настоящее время, в момент речи. Формы
Present Continuous образуются при помощи вспомогательного
глагола to be в Present Indefinite и причастия настоящего
времени (Participle I) смыслового глагола, т. е. четвертой
основной формы глагола.
I am having dinner. (I’m having dinner.)
He is waiting for you. (He’s waiting for you.)
They are travelling in the South. (They’re travelling in
the South.)
При образовании вопросительной формы вспомогательный

глагол ставится перед подлежащим:
Is he sleeping? What are you doing?
В вопросах к подлежащему порядок слов не меняется:

Who is ringing the doorbell?”
При образовании отрицательной формы отрицательная час

тица not ставится после вспомогательного глагола:
I am not reading. (I’m not reading.)
He is not sleeping. (He’s not sleeping.)
They are not talking. (They’re not talking. They aren’t
talking.)
* Форма Future Continuous не включена в школьный курс обучения.

207
§ 19.
Прошедшее длительное время (P a s t C o n tin u o u s)
Past Continuous
Прошедшее > > ---------- 1-------------------- >
1 Будущее
Past Continuous употребляется для выражения длительного

действия, происходившего в определенный момент в прошлом:
It was raining at seven o’clock.
I was reading when you rang me up.
As we were coming to the square I saw our teacher near
the post-office.
Past Continuous образуется при помощи вспомогательного

глагола to be в прошедшем времени (was, were) и причастия
настоящего времени (Participle 1) смыслового глагола:
They were having their breakfast at 8 o’clock.
I was walking along the street when I met my friend.
В вопросительной форме вспомогательный глагол ставится

перед подлежащим:
What were you doing when I rang you up?

Who was asking for me?
Отрицательная форма образуется при помощи частицы

not, которая ставится после вспомогательного глагола:
Не was not sleeping when his mother spoke to him. (He
wasn’t sleeping when his mother spoke to him.)
208
СОВЕРШ ЕННЫ Е ВРЕМЕНА (PERFECT TENSES) 1
§ 20.
Настоящее совершенное время (Present Perfect)
Present Perfect
Прошедшее > > > Будущее
Present Perfect показывает, что действие уже совершено
и результат его налицо:
So, I have come.
(Now / am here and we can have a talk.)
All the students have done their exercises.
(Now they can have a rest.)
He has opened the door.
( The door is open.)
Present Perfect образуется при помощи вспомогательного
глагола to have в настоящем времени и третьей основной
I have seen this film several times. (I’ve seen this film
several times.)
He has just gone home. (He’s just gone home.)
Have you finished your work?
What has he done?
Who has opened the door?
Отрицательная форма образуется при помощи частицы
not, которая ставится после вспомогательного глагола:
I have not seen you for many years. (I haven’t seen you
for many years.)
She has not come yet. (She hasn’t come yet.)
1 Форма Future Perfect не включена в школьный курс обучения.
209
§ 21.
Прошедшее совершенное время (P a s t P e rfec t)
Past Perfect
Прошедшее 1--------------- > Будущее
Past Perfect употребляется для выражения прошедшего

действия, которое уже совершилось до определенного момента
или до другого действия в прошлом:
We had finished our task by Saturday.
He gave her the letter he had received from his parents.
Past Perfect образуется при помощи вспомогательного гла

гола to have в прошедшем времени (had) и третьей основной
I had finished my homework by that time.
(I’d finished my homework by that time.)

Had he washed himself when his mother called him to
breakfast?
What had he done by that time?

Who had finished his work by 7 o’clock?
В отрицательной форме частица not ставится после вспо

могательного глагола:
We had not come home before it began to rain. (We
hadn’t come home before it began to rain.)
210
СТРАДАТЕЛЬНЫЙ ЗАЛОГ (THE PASSIVE VOICE)
§ 22.
Когда в центре внимания говорящего находится лицо или
предмет, который подвергается действию, или когда нет не
обходимости упоминать лицо, совершающее действие, глагол
употребляется в форме с т р а д а т е л ь н о г о з а л о г а :
Our country is washed by many seas.
This question w as discussed by the students at the lesson.
These poems were written in 1816.
Страдательный залог образуется при помощи вспомога
тельного глагола to be и третьей основной формы смыслового
глагола (Participle II).
Временные формы страдательного залога употребляются
согласно тем же правилам, что и соответствующие им вре
менные формы действительного залога. Например:
Present Indefinite Passive
I am always asked to come to the meetings at the English
Club.
This paper is used for writing letters.
Past Indefinite Passive
The exhibition w as opened before Victory Day.
We w ere given a new time-table.
В вопросительной форме страдательного залога вспомо
гательный глагол ставится перед подлежащим:
When w as this monument built?
Who was it w ritte n by?
What w as b ro u g h t to you?
В отрицательной форме частица no t ставится после вспомо
гательного глагола: ^
We w ere n ot to ld that he was ill.
211
НЕЛИЧНЫЕ ФОРМЫ ГЛАГОЛА (THE VERBALS)
Глаголы в английском языке помимо личных форм могут
иметь неличные формы, которые не изменяются по лицам и
числам. Неличные формы глагола — это причастие, герундий
и инфинитив.
§ 23.
Причастие настоящего времени (Participle I)
1. Причастие — неличная форма глагола, обладающая свойст

вами прилагательного, наречия и глагола. Причастие насто
ящего времени обозначает действие, происходящее одновре
менно с действием, выраженным глаголом в личной форме:
Не sat in an arm-chair watching TV.
When crossing the street, first look to the left, then to the
right.
2. Причастие настоящего времени образуется путем прибав
ления -ing к глаголу в первой основной форме:
know — knowing write — w riting
study — studying sit — sitting
При этом конечная немая буква -е в открытом слоге
опускается, а конечная одиночная согласная в закрытом удар
ном слоге удваивается.
3. Причастия настоящего времени могут иметь дополнения,
определяться наречиями и могут служить обстоятельствами
и определениями:
Не passed the roorh not looking at me.
He watched them walking slowly in the park.
The boy sitting on the sofa is my brother.
§ 24. Герундий (The Gerund)
Герундий — неличная форма глагола, которая выражает

название действия. Она обладает свойствами как существи
тельного, так и глагола. Герундий употребляется для обозна-
212
чения действия, которое происходит одновременно с действием,
выраженным глаголом в личной форме, действия в будущем
или действия безотносительно ко времени его совершения.
Go on doing your exercises.
I go in for swimming.
I have prepared for taking part in the winter sports
competition.
2. Герундий (как и причастие настоящего времени) образуется

путем прибавления -ing к глаголу в первой основной форме:
see — seeing make — making
read — reading get — getting
При этом конечная немая буква -е в открытом слоге
опускается, а конечная одиночная согласная в закрытом удар
ном слоге удваивается.
3. Как и существительное, герундий может употребляться

с предлогами и определяться притяжательными местоиме
ниями или существительными в притяжательной форме:
I am fond of reading.
Thank you for your helping us.
Excuse my friend’s being late.
В отличие от существительного с суффиксом -ing герундий

не имеет формы множественного числа и перед ним не ставится
артикль.
Сравните:
Не is very good at painting, (герундий)
I visited the museum to see the paintings of Repin and
Levitan there (существительное).
4. Глагольные свойства герундия проявляются в том, что он

может иметь дополнение и определяться наречием.
What about drinking a cup of coffee?
I don’t like reading aloud.
213
НАРЕЧИЕ (THE ADVERB)
§ 25 .
Наречия в английском языке делятся по форме на простые
(now, very) и производные (quickly, coldly). Производные обра
зуются прибавлением к именам прилагательным суффикса -1у:
slow — slowly quick — quickly
cold — coldly beautiful — beautifully
Примечание:
При образовании наречий от прилагательных, оканчивающихся
на -у, конечная -у прилагательного перед суффиксом -1у меняется
на -i-:
happy — happily, ready — readily
Некоторые наречия не отличаются по форме от прилага

тельных. К ним относятся last, long, far, little, much, early,
late, straight, а также daily, weekly, monthly и др. обра
зованные от существительных с помощью суффикса -1у. На
речия от прилагательных можно отличить только по той роли,
которую они выполняют в предложении. Наречия в предло
жении определяют глаголы, прилагательные или другие наре
чия; прилагательные же определяют существительные.
Наречия Прилагательные
She did not stay long. She was wearing a long dress.
He worked much athis • There was much snow last
English. winter.
The postman brings letters and The “Times” is a daily news-
telegrams to our office daily. paper.
Некоторые наречия, например late, near, имеют две фор
мы: одну — совпадающую с соответствующим прилагательным,
другую — образованную с помощью суффикса -1у; причем эти
формы имеют разные значения:
Не lives quite near (близко). It’s nearly (почти) 9 o’clock.
I went to bed late (поздно) at night. I have seen him lately
(недавно).
214
§ 26 .
Степени сравнения наречий образуются так же, как и
степени сравнения прилагательных.
Односложные наречия и двусложное наречие early обра
зуют сравнительную степень путем прибавления суффикса -ег,
а превосходную степень — суффикса -est к форме положи
тельной степени. При образовании сравнительной и превос
ходной степени наречий наблюдаются такие же изменения
формы, как и у прилагательных:
late — later — latest, early — earlier — earliest.
Например: Can you walk faster?
Father comes home latest.
Многосложные наречия с суффиксом -1у образуют срав
нительную степень при помощи слова more, а превосходную —
при помощи слова most, которые ставятся перед наречиями
в положительной степени:
Spring is coming and every day the sun shines more brightly.
Of all the students she speaks English most correctly.
Наречия often, quickly, slowly могут образовывать срав

нительную и превосходную степень как с помощью слов more
и most, так и с помощью суффиксов -ег и -est:
often — more often — most often
often — oftener — oftenest *
Некоторые наречия образуют степени сравнения не по
общим правилам:
Положительная Сравнительная Превосходная

well better best
badly worse worst
much more most
little less least
' far farther, further farthest, furthest
215
Например: I like spring better than autumn.
He worked best of all on the farm.
СЛОВООБРАЗОВАНИЕ (WORD FORMATION)
§ 27.
Многие английские слова могут в одной и той же форме
относиться к разным частям речи. Значение таких слов уста
навливается исходя из их места и роли в предложении и
с учетом их грамматической формы.
There is a lot of water in the bottle (существительное).
She waters the flowers in the evening (глагол).
Clean your shoes before you come into the house (глагол).
Keep your classroom clean (прилагательное).
§ 28.
Многие слова в английском языке образуются путем со
единения двух слов в одно; некоторые из таких сложных слов
пишутся слитно, другие — через дефис (черточку). Значение
сложных слов выводится из значений их составляющих, но
иногда нужно' представить образ, заключенный в сложном
слове:
schoolyard — школьный двор airport — аэропорт
book-shop — книжйый магазин apple-tree — яблоня
§ 29.
Для образования новых слов в английском языке широко
используются суффиксы, которые придают словам новые зна
чения: \
-ег (-or) обозначает действующее лицо: writer, actor;

-ion (-ation) обозначает действие, процесс или результат дей
ствия: organization, action;
216
-ness обозначает качество, состояние: darkness,
coldness;
-in g обозначает процесс, действие: meeting, reading;
-у обозначает качество: stony, sunny;
-able (-ible) с пассивным значением: eatable, readable;
-less со значением «не имеющий или лишенный чего-
либо»: endless, lifeless;
-ful со значением «обладающий в полной мере ка
чеством»: playful, fruitful;
-1у обозначает наречие с тем же качеством: coldly,
slowly.
§ 30.
Новые слова образуются с помощью приставок, которые
изменяют значение слов, не меняя, как правило, его принад
лежность к той или иной части речи:
un- придает отрицательное значение или выражает противо
положное действие: unhappy, unpack;
in- (перед 1 превращается в il-, перед т , р — в im, перед
г — в ir-) придает отрицательное значение или обозначает
отсутствие какого-либо качества: incorrect, impossible;
re- передает значение повторности или совершения действия
вновь: redo, reread.
217
KEY TO EXERCISES
i
UNIT 1
Exercise 406
1. a nice place ... green trees ... the river 2 . the dog ... a
quarter ... an hour 3. football ... the yard 4. modern literature
5. an idea ... a walk ... the station 6 . train ... bus.
Exercise 516
1. to fly 2. Have ... packed 3. shallcatch 4. tosee off
5. promised 6 . Do ... agree
UNIT 2
Exercise 406
1 . was starting ... ran 2. was raining ... got 3. saw ... were
travelling 4.were swimming ... came 5. was leaving ... rang.
6 . were ... going ... saw.
UNIT 3
Exercise 14a
1. does ...-go 2. spend 3. prefers 4. interests 5. does ...
wear. 6 . does ... cost.
Exercise 196
1. Did ... win ... lose 2. did ... end 3. did ... wait 4. visited.
5. Was. 6 . took.
Exercise 25a
1. Will ... show 2. shall go 3. will be 4. shall ... stay 5. will
... start 6 . shall meet.
Exercise 316
1 . were skiing 2. was ... wearing 3. was going ... left.
4. were ... doing 5. was ringing ... opened 6 . was ... sleeping
... came.
UNIT 4
Exercise 5a
1. are ... looking 2. are ... going 3. are ... selling 4. is trying
5. is shining ... is blowing 6 . is waiting.
Exercise 106
1 . were ... was 2. got ... had ... went 3. have lost 4. visited
5. have not seen 6 . have ... seen.
Exercise 15a
1. has ... come 2. have enjoyed 3. has ... changed 4. Have
... invited 5. have ... been 6 . Have ... seen.
Exercise 306
1 . said ... had ... been 2. remembered ... had left 3. wrote
... had had 4. came ... left ... went 5. received ... had ...
heard 6 . read ... had come.
Exercise 35a
1 . show 2. impression 3. programme 4. applauded 5. row
6 . bill ... actors ... opera.
Exercise 416 4
1. is known 2. were met 3. were ... decorated 4. is ...
washed 5. was ... discussed 6 . are ... grown.
UNIT 5
Exercise 206
1 . off 2. off ... on 3. on 4. on 5. on 6 . up
Exercise 326
1. more strongly 2. earlier 3. fastest 4. most 5. brightly
6 . sooner
Exercise 56a
1 , in ... at ... of 2. of ... — ... of 3. — of ... in ... in 4. —
... at ... of ... in ... for 5. of ... in 6 . — ... of ... during
219
Exercise 616
A circus ... a little town ... dogs ... the programme ... the
dogs ... tricks ... the man ... the dogs ... the piano ... a
chair ... the spectators. The dog ... the chair ... the place
... the shout ... The piano
Exercise 66a
1 . got ... had ... rung 2. were travelling ... saw 3. bought
... packed ... went 4. shall do 5. have changed ... shall fly
6 . will ... understand ... do ... know.
4
READER
READING IN SEPTEMBER AND OCTOBER
Task 1
♦ Прочитайте текст об английской писательнице Шарлотте Бронтё
и отрывок из ее романа “Джейн с)йр”. При чтении обратите
внимание на произнесение следующих собственных имен:
Charlotte Bronte ['Jalat 'bronti], Jane Eyre [Д зе т 'еэ[, Mr
Brocklehurst ['broklhaist], Lowood ['louwud].
CHARLOTTE BRONTE
(1816—1855)
Charlotte Bronte was a famous English writer. She was
born in a poor family. There were six children in it — five girls
and one boy. Their mother died when Charlotte was a very
small girl. The girls were sent to a school for poor children.
The children lived at that school in cold dark rooms and were
always hungry. Charlotte’s two sisters died in that school. Later
Charlotte Bronte described the school in her novel “Jane Eyre”.
When Charlotte Bronte left school she became a teacher at
a school for girls and lived with her two sisters and brother.
The Bronte sisters wrote poems and novels. Their first book of
poems was published in 1846. “Jane Eyre” is Charlotte Bronte’s
second novel. It was published in 1848 and made the writer
famous.
famous ['feimos] — известный, to die — умирать

знаменитый hungry — голодный
was bo.rn — родилась to publish ['рлЬНЯ — издавать
poor [риэ] — бедный
221
JANE EYRE
Part I
(Jane Eyre, a little girl of ten, had no mother or father
and lived in the family of her uncle, Mr. Reed. When her
uncle died, Jane stayed in the family. Mrs. Reed, the uncle’s
wife, had three children: a boy of fourteen and two younger
girls. Mrs. Reed was not kind to Jane and her children beat
the little girl. One day Mrs. Reed decided to send Jane to a
school for poor girls. She asked Mr. Brocklehurst, one of the
organizers of the school to come to her house. Mr. Brocklehurst
came and asked to see Jane. Jane tells the story herself).
I came into the room and saw a tall man in black. Mrs.
Reed introduced me to the man. “This is the little girl I spoke
to you about,” she said.
The man looked at me and said, “She is small. How old is
she?”
“Ten years.”
“So small?” The man looked at me for some time, then
asked me:
“Your name, little girl?”
“Jane Eyre, s ir.”
“Well, Jane Eyre, and are you a good girl?”
I did not answer. Mrs. Reed answered for me: “It is better
to say nothing about that, Mr. Brocklehurst.”
“That’s too bad,” he said and sat down on a chair. “I must
talk to her. Come here, Jane Eyre.”
I went up to his chair. Now I could see him well. What a
face he had! What a great nose!
He looked at me and then said: “Do you read the B ible?”
“Sometimes.”
“Is it interesting?”
“No, sir.”
“This shows that you are a bad girl,” said the man.
222
“Mr. Brocklehurst,” said Mrs. Reed, “I think I told you in
my letter, that she is not a good child. If you take her to
Lowood school, tell the teachers what kind of girl she is.”
“I’ll speak to the teachers,” he said.
“She will stay at the school during her holidays,” said Mrs.
Reed, “that will be best for her.”
“You are right,” said the man.
“So, I may be sure that you will receive her at Lowood
school, Mr. Brocklehurst. I shall send the girl there very soon,”
said Mrs. Reed.
“Very well. I’ll write to the teacher and tell her that she
will have a new girl!”
“Good-bye, Mr. Brocklehurst!”
When Mr. Brocklehurst left the room, Mrs. Reed told me
to leave her. I looked at her and decided that I must speak.
“I am happy that you are not my aunt,” I said. “I’ll never
call you aunt again as long as I live. I’ll never come to see
223
you when I am grown up; and if anyone asks me how I like
you, I’ll say that you are a bad woman.”
Three days passed. Then very early in the morning I left
the house and never went back again. A new life began for me
at Lowood school for poor girls.
kind [kaind] — добрый Bible I'baibl] — Библия

beat — били (to beat — бить) to call — называть
sir — сэр, господин (вежливое anyone — кто-нибудь
обращение к мужчине)
Part II
A woman met me at Lowood school, took my things and
we walked to a big house. We went into the house. A teacher
came and took me by the hand. The woman went away with
my things and the teacher took me into a long room with a lot
of large tables round it. Girls of nine to twenty years old sat
on benches round the tables. They all had brown dresses on. It
was dark and cold in the room.
“Sit down on one of the benches,” said the teacher. “The
girls are learning their lessons for tomorrow. They will soon
finish and you will have supper. Then you will go to bed.”
For supper we had a piece of bread and some water. After
that we marched to the bedroom. It was a large room with
many beds. Two girls slept in each bed. In ten minutes the
teacher took away the light.
The night passed quickly. In the morning it was very cold
in the room. We washed our faces in water with ice in it. Then
we marched to the cold school-room where lessons began. The
girls read the Bible, and did exercises in their exercise-books.
This lasted for an hour. Then we marched to another room for
breakfast. After breakfast there was reading, writing, history and
geography. Before dinner we went into the cold, windy garden
for an hour.
For dinner we had some bad meat and potatoes. I ate what
224
I could. Then we marched back to the school-room and had our
lessons till five o’clock.
The next day began as before, but we could not wash. The
water in the wash-room was ice.
During January, February and March there was much snow
in the garden. We had no boots and could not walk far. The
rooms were very cold. The food was bad and in spring many
of the girls were ill with typhus. In May Lowood school was
a hospital. Forty-five girls out of eighty were ill. We had no
lessons. Many pupils went home and died there. Some girls died
in the school.
ice [ais] — лед тиф — typhus ['taifss]
* * *
♦ I. Ответьте по тексту “Charlotte Bronte” на следующие вопросы:

1. In what country and when did Charlotte Bronte live?
2. What was her profession?
3. What did she write?
4. What novel made the writer famous?
II. Найдите в тексте и прочитайте 2—3 предложения, в которых
дано описание следующего:
1 . Jane lived in Mrs. Reed’s family.
2. Mrs. Reed decided to send Jane to Lowood school.
3. Jane left Mrs. Reed’s house.
III. Найдите в тексте и прочитайте предложения, подтверждаю
щие, что жизнь детей в школе для бедных была тяжелая.
Task 2
♦ Прочитайте фантастический рассказ американского писателя-
классика Вашингтона Ирвинга (1783— 1859). При чтении обратите
Rip V an W inkle ['wiijkl], H udson ['hAdson], N ich olas V edder
['niklos 'vedo], Ju d ith G ardiner ['dûidiG 'gcudino].
RIP VAN WINKLE
Part I
Rip Van Winkle was a farmer. He lived in a village near
high mountains, not far from the river Hudson. He was a very
kind man. The children in the village loved him. He often took
part in their games and made them toys.
He was always ready to help other people in their work,
but he did not like to work on his farm, and his wife was often
a n g ry with him. Rip never answered her, but went out with
his rifle and his dog into the mountains.
One fine autumn day Rip Van Winkle went into the mountains.
He walked very high up and then lay down under a tree in
the forest to rest. He slept for some time. Then he heard his
name: “Rip Van Winkle, Rip Van Winkle!” He opened his eyes
and looked around, but could see nobody. He thought that it
was a mistake, but again he heard: “Rip Van Winkle, Rip Van
Winkle!” At the same time his dog began to growl.
226
Rip looked again and this time he saw a little old man with
a barrel on his back. The old man called to Rip to come and
help him, the barrel was full of wine. Rip agreed to help him,
and they went up higher into the mountains. Then they stopped,
and Rip saw before him some old men playing ball. When they
saw Rip, they stopped playing and looked at him for a long
time. Rip did not like that. The old man now opened his barrel
and gave some wine to each of the men. They drank it and
began to play again. Rip sat down near the barrel of wine. “I’ll
drink some wine when they are not looking”, he said to himself.
Then he drank some wine, and he liked it very much. Soon Rip
wanted to sleep, so he lay down on the grass and shut his eyes.
When Rip Van Winkle opened his eyes, he saw that he was
under a tree in the forest high up in the mountains. It was a
bright sunny morning. “Have I slept here all night?” thought
Rip. “How angry my wife will be when I come home.” He
remembered everything very well. The old man with the barrel
of wine, the men playing ball, and the wine in the barrel, which
he liked so much.
He looked for the nice clean rifle that he had with him, but
all that he saw was a very old rifle near him. He called his dog,
but it did not come. Then he stood up ready to go home, but
he could not walk well. “Sleeping in the mountains is not good
for me”, he said to himself, and began to go down very slowly.
w a s o ften angry ['aerjgriJ — часто to growl [groul] — рычать

сердилась barrel f'baeral] — бочонок
rifle ['raifl] — ружье call — позвать
lay dow n — лег (to lie — лежать) w in e — вино
around [o'raund] — вокруг agree [o'gri:] — соглашаться
P a r t II
When Rip came to the village, he met many people, but he
did not know anybody. And the people whom he met did not
know him either.
227
Then he saw that their clothes were different, not like his.
He touched his face and found that he had a long grey
beard. He met many children; they looked at him and laughed.
There were many new houses in the village, but he did not see
the houses which he knew very well. New names were over
the doors, new faces at the windows.
At last Rip saw his house. The house looked old, its windows
were shut. “Where is my wife?” thought Rip. A very thin dog
lay near the door. Rip called him, but the dog began to growl.
“My dog has forgotten me,” said Rip. He went into the house
and called for his wife and children, but nobody answered him.
There was nobody in the house.
Rip in his old clothes, with his grey beard and his old rifle
then went back to the village. The people looked at him with
great interest. They came up to him and asked him questions.
“Who are you?” they asked. “What do you want in our village?
Who do you want to see?”
Rip thought a little and then asked: “Where’s Nicholas
Vedder?”
Nobody answered him. Then an old man said: “Nicholas
Vedder! Oh, he died eighteen years ago.”
“Where’s Tom Smith?”
“Oh, he went to the war and did not come back.”
Rip was very sad when he heard this. He could understand
nothing. The war? What war?
Then a young woman with a child in her arms came up to
him. When the child saw the old man, it began to cry. “Don’t
cry, Rip,” the mother said, “the old man won’t touch you.”
When Rip Van Winkle heard the name of the child, he
looked at the face of the young woman. He tried to remember
who she was. He asked her: “What is your name, my.good
woman?”
“Judith Gardiner.”
“And your father’s name?”
228
“Ah, poor man, Rip Van Winkle was his name, but twenty
years ago he went away into the mountains with his rifle and
his dog and nobody saw him after that. I was then a little girl.”
“And where is your mother?” Rip asked.
“She died a short time ago.”
Then Rip put his arms round hisdaughter and her child.
“1 am your father!” he cried, “young Rip Van Winkle in
those days, old Rip Van Winkle now. Doesn’t anybody know
Rip Van Winkle?”
The people around did not answer him. Then an old woman
came up to Rip, looked into his face and said: “Yes, this is Rip
Van Winkle. Where haveyou been these twenty years, old
friend?”
Rip soon told his story and then his daughter took him home
to live with her and her family.
beard [biad] — борода sad — грустный, печальный

laugh [lcuf] — смеяться to cry [krai] — плакать, кричать
* * *
♦ 1. Найдите в первой части текста и прочитайте предложения,

подтверждающие следующее:
1 . Rip Van Winkle was kind.

2. Rip slept in the mountains for manyyears.
II. Выберите из второй части текста предложения, в которых
говорится о том, что многое изменилось в деревне за время
отсутствия Рипа.
9
III. Закончите предложения словами, соответствующими содер

жанию текста:
1. Rip Van Winkle lived in a village not far from ... . (the
river Hudson, the river Volga)
2. Rip liked to play ... . (with the children in the village,
with his dog)
229
3. One fine autumn day he went ... . (to the river, into
the mountains, to the town)
4. In the mountains he met ... . (a girl with a cow, a boy
with a dog, a little old man with a barrel)
5. When Rip opened his eyes, he saw ... . (nobody near
him, the old man with the barrel, his dog sitting near
him)
6. When Rip came to his village, he saw .... (many people
whom he did not know, his wife and his children, his
old friends)
7. Rip went into his house and saw ... . (nobody there,
his dog waiting for him, his wife and children)
8. Rip’s daughter ... . (didn’t want to see him, sent him
to live in his old house, took him to live with her
family)
Task 3
♦ Прочитайте текст об американском писателе Джеке Лондоне и
один из его рассказов. При чтении обратите внимание на про
изнесение следующих собственных имен:
Jack London ['d3 aek 'lAndan], San Francisco [saen fran'siskou],

Washington ['wojigtan], Alaska [a'laeska], Martin Eden ['matin
'i:dn], Thornton ['9o:ntan], Mathewson ['mae9ju:sn], O’Brien
[ou'braian].
JACK LONDON
(1876— 1916)
Jack London, the famous American writer, was born in San

Francisco. The family was poor and Jack began to work when
he was nine years old. He got up at three in the morning and
carried newspapers to people’s houses. After that the boy went
to school. When school was over, he carried the evening news
papers round the town. On Saturdays and Sundays he worked
230
at a hotel. The boy liked to read and spent all his free time
with books.
Jack London left school at the age of thirteen. After that
he worked for ten and more hours every day, but he soon lost
his work. Many people in San Francisco had no work at that
time, so they decided to march to Washington and ask for work
and bread. Jack London marched to Washington too. He did not
get any work there, but was arrested with other workers.
At that time London met a man who spoke to him about
socialism and about Karl Marx. When London came back to San
Francisco, he began to read books on socialism. In 1895 he
joined the Socialist Labour Party. For a year London was a
student at a university. But he soon left it. He had no more
money and could not pay the university. He found work at a
factory and in the evening wrote poems and stories. But nobody
wanted to publish his stories.
Gold was found in Alaska at that time, so London went
there. He lived in Alaska for a year, but did not find any gold.
He met heroes for his stories there — strong men. Back in San
Francisco, Jack London worked in different places and at night
wrote his stories about the North. In 1898 some of them were
published and people liked them very much. In 1902 Jack London
visited the capital of England and wrote a novel about the poor
people of London. After the Russian Revolution of 1905, London
published more novels about working people. In the years 1905
to 1909 Jack London wrote his best stories and novels. One of
the novels was “Martin Eden”, in which the writer described
his own life. Here is one of his short stories.
to arrest la'rest] — арестовывать gold [gould] — золото

Socialist Labour ['leiba] Party — to describe [dis'kraib] —
Социалистическая рабочая партия описывать
231
FOR THE LOVE OF A MAN
Part I
A party of three men waited for spring, when the river was
free of ice. Then they could make a boat and go down the river
to look for gold. Thornton was the leader of the party, Hans
and Pete helped him.There were three dogs in the party —
Buck, Skeet and Nig. They were great friends — the men and
the dogs. Buck was friend ly with the other two dogs and with
Hans and Pete, but he loved only Thornton. Thornton not only
gave the dogs food and water, but he talked to the dogs as if
they were men. Thornton was kind to the three dogs, but he
loved only Buck. He often took the dog’s head between his
hands and put his head on Buck’s head. Buck liked to lick
Thornton’s hands.
When spring came and the river was free of ice, the men
finished the boat. The nextmorning they began their journey.
232
It was difficult to go down the river as it ran very fast. In some
places Hans and Pete and the dogs got out of the boat and on
to the bank.
Thornton stayed in the boat, and Pete and Hans tied a
rope to it. Then they walked along the bank and pulled the
boat. At one such place Thornton fell out of the boat into the
river. Buck saw it and jumped quickly into the water.
The dog tried to swim to Thornton, but the river ran so
fast that the dog could not get to him. Thornton got on a large
stone and stood there. He cried to Buck to swim back to the
bank. The dog did not want to leave his friend, but Thornton
repeated the command, and Buck swam back to the bank. Then
Hans and Pete tied a long rope to Buck and sent him into the
river. In a few minutes the water carried him to Thornton.
Thornton put his arms round Buck, Hans and Pete pulled the
rope and they swam to the bank. The water beat them against
the stones, and ran into their noses and ears.
When Hans and Pete pulled the man and the dog on to the
bank, Thornton’s eyes were shut, his face was white. When he
opened his eyes, he could not speak, but his eyes asked: “Where
is Buck?”
Buck was ill for some days. The party stayed there for a
month.
friendly I'frendlij — дружеский, as if — как будто

дружелюбный to lick — лизать
bank — берег (реки) to puff — тянуть
to tie — привязывать fell — упал (to fall — падать)
горе — веревка round [raundl — вокруг
Part II
One day Thornton, Hans and Pete had dinner at а са{ё. They
talked to other men about dogs. Every man said he had the best
dog. -Thornton said so too. One man said: “I have a dog which
can pull a sledge with two hundred and fifty kilograms on it.”
233
A second man said: “My dog can pull a sledge with three
hundred kilograms.” A third man said that three hundred and
fifty kilograms was not too much for his dog.
Thornton said: “Buck can pull a sledge with five hundred
kilograms.”
Mathewson, one of the men in the са?ё, asked: “Can he
pull it a hundred metres?”
“Yes, and pull it a hundred metres,” answered Thornton.
“Well,” said Mathewson, “I have a thousand dollars here,
and I shall give it to you if the dog does it. Will you give me
a thousand dollars if the dog does not do it?”
Thornton did not answer. He had no money. He looked at
the men in the caf£, and saw an old friend, O’Brien by name.
“Have you a thousand?” he asked O’Brien. “Yes, I have,
you can have it,” said O’Brien.
“I have a sledge with twenty bags on it. Each bag is
twenty-five kilograms,” said Mathewson.
The men came out of the cafd, and stood around the sledge.
Thornton tied Buck to the sledge, came to the dog and looked
into his black eyes. He thought the dog understood him.
“As you love me, Buck,” he said to the dog, “Now, go!”
Buck pulled, but the sledge did not move. Buck pulled again
and again, but the sledge did not move. And then Buck pulled
first to the left and then to the right. The sledge moved slowly,
slowly, and then faster and faster. The men watched the sledge
without a word.
When the sledge passed the one hundred metres they began
to cry “Good dog!” and took off their hats. Mathewson said to
Thornton: “Sell me that dog. I’ll give you a thousand dollars
for him!” But Thornton did not listen to him. He went up to
Buck, took the dog’s head between his hands and put his head
on the dog’s head. And Buck licked Thornton’s hands.
sledge [sled3 l — сани to move [mu:v] — двигаться

234
♦ I. Ответьте по тексту “Jack London” на следующие вопросы:
1. In what country and when did Jack London live?

2. When did he begin to work?
3. What did he do in Alaska?
4. In what novel did Jack London write about his life?
И. Найдите в первой части рассказа и прочитайте предложения,

подтверждающие следующее:
1. The men and the dogs were great friends.

2. It was difficult to go down the river.
3. Buck loved Thornton.
III. Прочитайте следующие предложения из'второй части рассказа

про себя, а затем вслух в нужном порядке:
Thornton said: “Buck can pull a sledge with five hundred

kilograms.”
And then Buck pulled first to the left and then to the
right.
Each man said he had the best dog.
Mathewson said to Thornton: “Sell me that dog. I’ll give
you a thousand dollars for him!”
Buck pulled, but the sledge did not move.
The sledge moved slowly, slowly, and then faster and
faster.
Task 4
♦ Прочитайте рассказ американского писателя Марка Твена о маль-
чике-“шпионе”. При чтении обратите внимание на произнесение
Mark Twain [twein], Robert Wicklow I'rDbat'wiklou], Louisiana

[lu,i:zi'aenal, Rayburn ['reiba:n].
235
THE STORY OF A BOY-“SPY"
(After Mark Twain)
Part I
(This was the time of the war between the North and the
South in the United States of America (1861—1865). The
commander of one of the Northern forts tells the story.)
It was the winter of 1862— 1863. At that time men from
many different places wanted to join the army of the North, but
we did not take all of them; we were afraid of spies from the
South.
One day, when I was in my office, a boy of fourteen or
fifteen came in and asked:
“Do you take men for soldiers here?”
“Yes.”
“Will you please take me, sir?”
“Oh no, you are too young, my boy, and too small.”
He turned to go, then said: “1 have no home and not a
friend in the world. If you could only take me...”
I told him to sit down, then I said: “You will have dinner
with me and you will tell me your story.”
At dinner he told me his name was Robert Wicklow. He
came of a poor family in Louisiana. His father helped the North
and for this he was arrested. Robert’s mother was very ill at
the time and she soon died. The boy decided to be a soldier in
the army of the North. Again he asked me to take him as a
soldier.
I thought for some time and then I said yes. So Robert
began to live in the fort with some young soldiers. I often met
him during the day.
One morning Captain Rayburn came in and said:
“I don’t understand what that new boy is doing here. He
writes all the time. When he is free, he walks round the fort
236
and from time to time he takes out a pencil and some paper
and writes something.”
I did not like that. The boy was from the South. Was he
a spy? I told the Captain to get me some of the boy’s writings
and to watch him day and night.
The next day Captain Rayburn brought me some pieces of
paper.
“Where did you get them?” I asked.
“They were on the table in his room,” he said.
I took the papers and read:
Dear Friend,
I made a mistake about the number of soldiers last time.
There are more. Some soldiers will...
Here the writing stopped. I looked at Captain Rayburn. He
looked at me. Then I told him to put the letter back where he
got it, to watch Robert and get more of his writings. We knew
that the boy never went to the post-office. He could not leave
the fort. Then how did he send his writings to the “Dear Friend”?
Next day Captain Rayburn brought me the end of the first
letter.
...stay here and help. The four men think so. They are
new here and they are afraid. I have some information and
I shall send it to you soon.
I gave orders to put the letter back where it lay and to
watch Robert. We wanted to know who were the other four
men.
spy [spai] — шпион Northern ['пэ:бэп] — северный

commander [ka'mctnda] — fort [fort] — форт
командир information [(infa'meijn] — ин
were afraid [a'freid] — боялись формация, сведения
soldier ['sould3 a] — солдат order ['o:da] — приказ
captain ['kaeptin] — капитан
237
Part II
Three days passed without any news. Then Captain Rayburn
told me that Robert wanted to go to the railway station. I said
he could go, but two of our good men must go to the station
after the boy.
“And you must be there too,” I said.
Robert went on to the platform. When the train from New
York came, he stood looking at the faces of the people as4they
got off the train. Soon an old man came out of the train onto
the platform. Robert ran up to him, gave him a letter and ran
back.
Then the boy left the platform and began to walk back to
the fort. Captain Rayburn ran up to the old man and took the
letter out of his hand. Then the captain told one of the soldiers
to go after the old man and see where he lived.
When the Captain came back to the fort, he found a third
letter in Robert’s room. We read it.
Found last night in the same place orders from the Teacher.
Have left new information there.
We could not understand how Robert left his information,
when our men watched him all the time. I decided that some
of the soldiers helped him.
Then I opened the letter that Captain Rayburn took from
the old man on the platform. In it I found two clean pieces of
paper. I held the paper near the fire. But I did not see any
words on the paper.
I gave orders to put under arrest every soldier who was
on duty that day and the old man to whom Robert gave the
letter on the platform. After that I decided to speak to the boy.
I called Robert into my office. When he came, I asked him:
“My boy, why do you write so much?”
He did not answer for some time, then he said:
“Oh, sir, that’s only a game.”
238
“W hat do you do with your writing?”
“Nothing, sir.”
“You never send it to anybody?”
“No, sir.”
I put before him the two letters to the “Dear Friend” and
the letter to the “Teacher”. He looked at the letters and I saw
that he w as afraid to speak.
“W ho is this „Dear Friend11 and who is the „Teacher11?”
“I don't know, sir. It w as a gam e.”
“A game! You give information about the fort and about
the number of soldiers here to the enem y, and you call that a
gam e!” I was very angry with Robert.
“And what is th is?” I asked the boy, and put before him
on the table the two clean pieces of paper from the envelope
that he put into the hand of the old man on the platform. Robert
began to cry. I told the Captain to put him under arrest.
N ext morning I spoke to the boy again.
239
“Now tell me everything, and don’t cry,” I said.
He did not speak for some time, then he told me this story.
He said that he liked to read and he often read spy stories.
He lived with his parents on a poor farm not far from the fort.
One day he decided to leave his home and join the army of the
North. “I wanted to be a soldier”, he said. “That is why I came
to the fort to ask you to let me be a soldier. I know a lot of
the men here”.
Life in the fort was not very interesting and Robert began
to play a spy game. He wrote letters to people in his spy books.
There was no “Dear Friend” and no “Teacher”. No one helped
him in the fort. Many of the soldiers knew the boy, so he could
walk about everywhere.
He went to the railway station to play the game too. He
wanted to see if he could give somebody a letter. He did not
know the old man, but he went up to him and gave him the
letter with clean pieces of paper in it.
I was very angry with Robert and I sent him home to his
parents. I gave orders to free all the soldiers under arrest and
I explained my mistake to the old man.
to put under arrest — арестовать to free — освободить

enemy ['enimi] — враг
* * *
♦ I. Ответьте по первой части рассказа на следующиевопросы:
1. When did the war between the North and the South in
the United States take place?
2. Why did the commanders of the army of the North not
take all of the men who wanted to join the army?
3. What did the boy ask of the commander?
4. What did the boy do in the fort?
5. What orders did the commander give about the boy?
240
И. Расскажите кратко историю Роберта, используя следующие
ключевые слова:
liked to read spy stories wanted to play

wanted to be a soldier wrote letters
lived near the fort went to the station
left his home gave a letter to
Джероме и отрывок из его романа “Трое в лодке”. При чтении

обратите внимание на произнесение следующих собственных
имен:
Jerome К. Jerome №зэ'гошп], Thames [temz], George ЫзэДз],
Harris ['haeris].
JEROME К. JEROME
(1859— 1927)
Jerome K. Jerome is a well-known English writer. He was
bom in a poor family. His father died when Jerome was twelve.
The boy did not finish school. He went to work to help his
family. Jerome tried different professions and for three years
worked at a theatre. At that time he began to write articles for
newspapers, plays for the theatre and short stories. But nothing
was published. In 1886 Jerome K. Jerome wrote a comedy which
was successful. Then the writer began to publish articles and
short stories.
Jerome K. Jerome became famous when his novel “Three
Men in a Boat” was published. Here is an extract from the
novel.
well-known — известный extract ['ekstraekt] — отрывок

was Successful Isak'sesful] —
имела успех
241
THREE MEN IN A BOAT
(Three men decided to go on a trip down the Thames in
a boat. They were George, Harris and Jerome. Jerome tells
the story himself.)
We took a map and discussed our plans. At the end of the
evening we decided to start on Saturday. We continued to
discuss the plans for some evenings. On Friday we met and
began to pack. We put all our things on the floor in the middle
of the room. Then we brought a large bag for clothes and two
big baskets for food and dishes. Then we sat down and looked
at the things.
I said I could pack. I am proud of my packing. I think I
know more about packing than any other man. George and
Harris were happy to do nothing. I started packing. It was not
easy to put all the clothes into the bag; but I did it at last and
then sat on the bag.
“Aren’t you going to put the boots in?” said Harris. I looked
back and saw the boots on the floor. It was just like Harris.
He spoke about the boots when I finished packing the bag. And
George laughed. I opened the bag and packed the boots in.
When I wanted to close the bag, I remembered my tooth-brush.
Did I put it in? I always forget to put my tooth-brush in.
Of course I opened the bag again and took all the things
out but I couldn’t find my tooth-brush. I found George’s and
Harris’s eighteen times, but I couldn’t find my own. At last I
found it in a boot. I finished packing the bag at 10 o’clock.
George and Harris said they could pack the baskets. I agreed
and sat down. They began to pack.
to discuss [dis'kAs] — обсуждать basket ['bcuskit] — корзина

to start — отправляться, начинать tooth-bru$h — зубная щетка
* * *
242
♦ I. Найдите в тексте “Jerome К. Jerome” и прочитайте ответы на
следующие вопросы:
1. In what family was Jerome К. Jerome born?
2. Why did the boy begin to work when he was twelve?
3. What novel made the writer famous?
II. Выберите из текста “Three Men in a Boat” и прочитайте 2—3
предложения к каждому пункту плана:
1. George, Harris and Jerome discussed their plans.
2. The young men began to pack.
3. Jerome packed the bag.
Task 6
♦ Прочитайте текст об английском мореплавателе Фрэнсисе Дрейке,
который был первым англичанином, совершившим кругосветное
путешествие. При чтении обратите внимание на произнесение
Francis [Traensis], Plymouth I'plimoG], Atlantic Ocean [at'laentik
'oujanj, Java [Мзалгэ], Indian Ocean ['indjon 'oujbn].
FRANCIS DRAKE
(1540—1596)
Part I
Francis Drake was a famous English sea-captain. He was
bom in Plymouth — a seaport and the largest town in the south
of England. The boy spent much time near the sea. He looked
at the ships and listened to the talks of the sailors. At fifteen
the boy was taken as a sailor on a small ship and worked there
for some years. Francis did his work so well that the captain
said he was bom to be a great sailor. When Francis Drake was
twenty-five years old, he began to help the captain of the ship.
He crossed the Atlantic Ocean many times with this captain
and then was made captain of another ship.
At that time England and Spain were enemies. Spanish
243
ships carried much gold from South America to Spain. English
ships in the Atlantic Ocean often attacked Spanish ships and
took the gold. Those English pirate captains gave much gold
to their country. With the Spanish gold England built many
good strong ships. This made England much stronger on the
seas and oceans.
One day som e Spanish ships attacked six English ships and
only two of them came back to England. Francis Drake was
244
captain of one of those ships. Drake sailed back into the Atlantic
Ocean. With two small ships he attacked some Spanish ships
which carried gold. Drake took much gold from those' ships.
Francis Drake became a pirate too. He sailed across the Atlantic
again and again, and many Spanish ships did not sail back to
Spain.
In November 1577 Francis Drake with five ships left Ply
mouth. He wanted to cross the Atlantic Ocean and find the way
to the Pacific Ocean. The ships came to South America in
winter, the wind was very strong and it snowed. Drake lost
some of his ships in the wind and snow. At last the sailors saw
the Pacific Ocean. In August of 1578 they came to Cape Horn
and then had a short rest on some islands near Cape Horn.
sailor ['seilal — моряк became [bi'keim] — стал (to

Spain [spein] — Испания become [Ы'клт] — становиться)
Spanish ['spaenifl — испанский Pacific Ocean [pa'sifik] — Тихий
to attack [a'taek] — нападать океан
pirate ['pairat] — пират Cape Horn — мыс Горн
to sail — плыть под парусом
Part II
After some rest in 1579 the ships crossed the Pacific Ocean
and in the same year visited the island of Java in the South of
Asia. Then the ships crossed the Indian Ocean and in June
1580 they came to the Cape of Good Hope in the South of
Africa. Drake did not stop there but sailed north and in September
1580 the sailors saw England again. The voyage took almost
three years, Francis Drake was the first Englishman who sailed
round the world.
In 1585 Drake with twenty-nine ships sailed to the Atlantic
Ocean. He attacked Spanish ships there and brought much gold
to England.
In 1588 many Spanish ships with hundreds of soldiers on
each of them sailed into English waters to attack England. This
245
was the famous Spanish A rm ada; there were one hundred and
thirty ships in it. The English ships did not attack the enemy.
They let the great Spanish Armada sail past Plymouth and far
into English waters.
The Spanish ships were very large; the English ships were
much smaller, but they could sail faster and the sailors on them
were better than the Spanish ones. Eight ships under Francis
Drake’s com m and went into the middle of the Spanish Armada
and attacked the ships. Soon many of the Spanish ships were
on fire. Drake took twelve Spanish ships and carried them off.
This was a great victory for England. Only fifty Spanish
ships came back to their country.
In 1595 English ships with Francis Drake as captain sailed
into the Atlantic Ocean to attack the Spanish ships again. Drake
hoped to get a lot of gold. They crossed the Atlantic Ocean in
a month, but Francis Drake was ill and in January 1596 he
died.
Asia ['eija] — Азия command [ka'mand] —

voyage ['voiid3 } — морское командование
путешествие Armada [cv'mcvda] — армада
(большой военный флот)
* * *
♦ I. Найдите в первой части текста и прочитайте 2—3 предложения,

з которых дано описание следующего:
1. When Francis Drake was a boy, he liked the sea.
2. Drake was a good sailor.
3. Drake was made captain of a ship.
II. Покажите по карте и назовите маршрут кругосветного плава
ния Фрэнсиса Дрейка.
III. Найдите во второй части текста и прочитайте предложения,
показывающие тактику капитана Дрейка в сражении с Испан
ской армадой.
246
Task 7
♦ Прочитайте текст об известном английском путешественнике
Джеймсе Куке. При чтении обратите внимание на произнесение
James [d3 eimz], Canada ['kaenada], New Zealand ['zi:land], New
Guinea I'gini], Australia [os'treilja], Hawaiian Islands [ha'waian
'ailandz].
JAMES COOK
(1728— 1779)
James Cook was a great English sailor who d iscovered

many new lands and gave them English names. James Cook
was bom in a small village near the sea. At thirteen he left
school and helped his father on the farm. When the boy was
seventeen, he found work in a shop. At that time James decided
to be a sailor. He went to a small town in the south of England,
got work there on a ship and began to learn his profession.
247
After he worked for some years on different ships, James
Cook joined the navy and began to learn astronom y. He
explored the coasts of England, crossed the Atlantic Ocean
and explored some rivers in Canada.
In 1768 Captain Cook sailed from England to the Pacific
Ocean. The ship was small. For many months the sailors did
not see land. One day they came near some islands. They were
the islands of New Zealand. Captain Cook found a strait between
the two islands. Some years later it was called “Срок Strait”.
The sailors did not stop in New Zealand, but sailed to find new
lands.
In April 1771 the sailors saw land and found a place where
they could stop. It was Australia. The sailors saw many different
trees and beautiful flowers on the coast. And that part of Australia
was named New South W ales as it was very much like Wales
in England. Captain Cook put up the English flag there.
The ship visited the island of New Guinea and in 1771 came
back to England.
Captain Cook sailed to the South Seas again and in 1779
died on the Hawaiian Islands.
to discover |dis'k,\va] — открывать coast [koustj — морской берег

navy I'neivi] — 'флот strait [streit] — пролив
astronomy [os'tronami| — астрономия Wales — Уэльс (часть
to explore |iks'pla:| — исследовать Великобритании)
♦ Прочитайте рассказ об одном забавном случае из жизни матроса.
THE SAILOR AND THE MONKEYS

A ship stopped at the coast of South Africa. One of the
sailors left the ship and went to a town near the coast. He had
some blue caps made of wool in a bag and he wanted to sell
them in the town. The sun was hot and the sailor decided to
have a rest in the forest. He sat down under a big tree, took
248
one of the caps out of his bag and put it on his head. He slept
for some time.
When the man woke up, he took his cap off and wanted to
put it into his bag with the other caps. But he saw that there
were no caps in it now. Where were they?
“Where are my caps?” he cried.
Then the sailor heard a great n o ise in the trees above his
head. He looked up and saw monkeys, and each monkey had a
blue cap on its head!
“Give me my caps back, you monkeys!” he cried. But the
monkeys did not listen to him. They only jumped from tree to
tree and made a great noise.
“Give me my caps back!” he cried again and again. But
nothing helped. The monkeys only looked at him.
Then the sailor was very angry. He took off the blue cap,
th rew it on the ground and cried:
“You have taken all my caps! You can have this cap too!”
The monkeys saw him do that. Then each monkey took off
the cap and threw it on the ground. The sailor picked up his
caps, put them into his bag and went to the town.
monkey ['mxijki) — обезьяна threw (0ru:J — бросил(to throw

noise [noiz] — шум [9rou]) — бросать
* * *
♦ I. Выберите из первого текста названия тех мест, которые посетил

Джеймс Кук во время своего кругосветного путешествия.
II. Ответьте по второму тексту на следующие вопросы:
1. Where did the ship stop?

2. What did the sailor want to sell in thetown?
3. Who took the caps when the sailor slept?
4. How did the sailor get his caps back?
249
Task 8
♦ Прочитайте два коротких рассказа.
THE NOVEL WHICH MADE DANIEL DEFOE FAMOUS

Daniel Defoe travelled much and wrote many books. One
day he met a sailor who told him this story.
“Some years ago a man whose name was Alexander Selkirk
worked on a ship as a sailor. The captain of the» ship did not
like him. One day, when they were near a small island in the
middle of the sea, the captain was so angry with Alexander that
he decided to leave him on that island. There were no people
on that island and Alexander lived there for more than four
years. One day he saw a ship near the island. Тле sailors needed
d rin k in g w ater and the ship sailed up to the island. They took
Alexander on their ship to England”.
Many London newspapers wrote about Alexander Selkirk,
but time passed and people forgot his story.-
When Defoe was sixty years old, he decided to write a novel
about the life of a man on an island where there were no people.
When the novel was published it made Defoe famous. The story
of Robinson Crusoe is known all over the world.
drinking water — питьевая вода
A FUNNY STORY
For his exp ed ition to the South Pole, Captain Robert Scott
needed much money. He was not a rich man himself, so he had
to find people who could give him the money.
First Scott spoke to David Lloyd George, who was at that
time an important member of the B ritish G overnm ent. The
Captain thought that he could get money from the Government.
Lloyd George was not a kind man and many people in England
did not like him.
250
In answer Lloyd George said that the Government could
give him only a small part of the money that he needed for the
expedition. Then he gave Captain Scott the address of a very
rich man who was interested in Arctic expeditions, and ad vised
him to ask that man to help him with money.
Scott went to that rich man and explained what he wanted.
“Who sent you here to me?” the rich man asked.
When Scott said that it was Lloyd George, the rich man
laughed. Then he said:
“I can give you fifty thousand pounds, if Lloyd George
goes with your expedition to the South Pole. And if you leave
him there, I shall give you another fifty thousand pounds”.
expedition [,ekspi'dijh] — экспе- to advise [ad'vaiz] — совето-

диция вать
British ['britifl — британский pound [paund]— фунт стерлин-
government I'gAvnmant) — прави- гов (денежная единица)
тельство
READING IN NOVEMBER AND DECEMBER
Task 9
♦ Прочитайте рассказ о событиях в жизни девочки, переехавшей
с семьей из небольшого американского городка в Нью-Йорк. При
чтении обратите внимание на произнесение следующих собствен
ных имен:
Carol ['kasral], Johnny [Мзэш], Ruth [ru:9], Christine ['kristi:n].
CAROL
(After F. Fred man)
Part I
Carol did not like New York the first minute she saw it.
She \yas eleven and a half years old. Her brother Johnny and
her sister Jinny were eight. They were tw ins. Before that the
251
family lived in a small town not
far from New York. They had a
nice house there which stood in
a large garden with old trees and
beautiful flowers. But the father
found work in New York and
they had to move to that city.
Carol did not like the high
buildings in New York, and she
saw no gardens near the houses.
The streets were noisy. In their
flat theycouldhear cars and buses running in the streets day
and night. They could hearthe radio in the flat on the right
and they could hear how the doors opened and shut in the flat
on the left. Carol did not like their flat either. The rooms were
small and low.
The twins liked everything — the city and the house, the
flat and the people. Very soon they made friends with the boys
and the girls in their house and were happy. Carol’s friends
were in that small town and she did not want to have new
friends in New York. The twins tried to help Carol to make new
friends and asked some boys and girls of their house to come
and see their sister.
One day a girl came to see Carol. Her name was Ruth. She
had thick black hair and grey eyes. Ruth talked about their
school and the teachers. Then she asked Carol to come to the
park the next day.
Then a boy visited Carol. He was tall and about thirteen
years old. He had red hair and his round face and arms w ere
covered with freckles.
“I am Pat,” he said and walked past Carol into the living-room.
“The twins asked me to come and see you,” he said. The boy
walked round the room, went up to the piano, sat down and
played something. Pat told Carol that he lived on the next floor.
252
Carol’s mother came and brought in a dish of sweets. Pat
stayed for a few minutes more, ate some sweets and then
said good-bye. “See you in the park tomorrow, Carol,” he
said.
Carol did not want to go to the park the next day. But
the weather was fine and she was glad when Ruth ca lled
for her.
When the girls reached the park, they saw many children.
The twins were there too. Ruth took Carol to a girl who was
sitting on a bench and drawing something on a piece of paper.
Ruth said to Carol, “This is Christine, she can draw very well.
The teacher always hangs her pictures on the wall.”
Carol told Ruth that she could draw very well too. “Our
teacher always liked my pictures, but I don’t know what I can
draw here.”
“You can draw flowers and trees in the park,” Ruth said,
“we shall have an art competition in the library on the first of
August. You can take part in the competition.”
twins — близнецы to cover I'k.wa] — покрывать

to move |mu:v| — переезжать freckle | frekl 1 — веснушка
noisy 1'n.iizil — шумный to call for — захолить
Part II
On the way home Carol decided to take part in the art

competition. The next day she went to the library and the
librarian, Miss Horn, told the girl everything about the compe
tition. The pictures will hang in the library for two weeks. There
will be two prizes — one of ten dollars, the other — a book.
Carol decided to draw a picture and get a prize.
She drew their house in the country. When the picture was
ready, she took it to the library. Carol liked her picture. She
253
thought that nobody could draw a nicer picture and she hoped
to get the first prize.
At last the day of the competition came. Ruth called for
Carol. The other boys and girls waited for them in the street.
When they reached the library, Carol wanted to sit in the first
row of benches. “I shall be near to get the prize,” she thought.
But the first row was already full.
The librarian introduced Mr. Bond — a famous artist. Eve
rybody applauded him. Mr. Bond said how much he liked the
children’s drawings. Then he said: “And now I shall tell you
who has won the prizes. The first prize is given to Christine.
We think Christine may be a great artist.” Carol did not hear
how the children applauded. She only said two words to herself:
“Not me.”
“The second prize,” said Mr. Bond, “goes to Carol for a
picture of a house in a garden.” Carol did not move. The children
sh outed and applauded. Somebody told Carol to stand up. She
stood up and then walked to Mr. Bond. She took the prize, said
“Thank you” and went back to her seat.
The prize was a letter to the book-shop where Carol could
take any book.
On the way home the children walked round the two girls
and said nice things to them. When Carol and the twins came
home, the twins shouted: “Carol got second prize, Mum!”
“Oh, did she? I am very glad,” and the mother looked happy.
But Carol did not look happy.
Then the mother said: “You won’t like what I am going to
say, Carol. You have a talent for art and some talent for music
too, but you have no talent for friendship, and very often it is
more important.”
row [rou] — ряд to applaud [э'р1э:с1] — аплоди-

artist ['cvtist] — художник ровать
to shout [j’aut] — кричать
254
* * *
♦ I. Ответьте по тексту на следующие вопросы:

1. Why did Carol not like New York?
2. Who helped Carol to make new friends?
3. What kind of competition took place in the library?
4. Who got prizes?
II. Скажите, что не понравилось вам в поведении Кэрол.
III. Найдите в тексте и прочитайте предложения, подтверждающие
то, что Кэрол переоценила свои способности.
Task 10
♦ Прочитайте текст, в котором рассказывается о том, как работает
английская школьница, присматривая за чужими детьми.
BETTY THE BABY-SITTER

Part I
(Schoolchildren in Britain and the United States often
work in their free time for money. Very often they take a job
to help their families. Sometimes they do it to get money for
a holiday somewhere or to buy something. Very often schoolgirls
look after little children while their mothers are away, and
for this they are paid. Betty is a baby-sitter and she tells
about her work herself.)
I am Betty and 1 am just sixteen. I go to work only on Saturdays.
I’m still at school, and during the week I go to bed early. Oh! that’s
the telephone. Excuse me. “Hello? Hello? Yes, Betty Brown speaking.
Saturday next? Yes, Mrs. Smith. That’s February 18th, isn’t it? Yes,
six o’clock sharp. Sixteen, College Road”.
Mrs. Smith is one of Mummy’s friends. She has two little
boys. Here is Mummy now.
“Mummy, can I go to Mrs. Smith’s on Saturday? She and
Mr. Smith are going to the cinema, and they want me to baby-sit”.
255
“Till when, Betty?”
“Till ten-thirty, Mummy. Oh, please, Mummy, can I go?”
“You’re coming home at ten-thirty, Betty! Don’t forget!”
It’s Saturday night, and the time is seven-thirty. The little
boys, George and Tom, are going to bed. George is seven and
Tom is eight.
They don’t like going to bed.
“Come on, George! To bed!” I say.
“Just a minute,” says George. “I want a drink.”
“I want a drink, too,” says Tom.
I get them a drink.
“Come on, boys. Bed time.”
“Read us a story, Betty.”
I read a story.
“Now, come on, boys! Bed time,” I say.
“There’s a ghost in the bedroom, Betty!” says Tom.
“No, there isn’t, Tom. Please go to bed, boys.”
baby-sitter — приходящая to baby-sit — быть приходящей
няня няней
somewhere ['sAmwea] —где-то I want a drink — я хочу попить
sharp [jctp] — точно ghost [goust] — привидение
P a r t II
They’re in bed at last. It’s eight-thirty. I go downstairs,
into the sitting-room. I get out my books. I’m going to do my
homework. But there’s a big television set in the sitting-room
and the programme is very good. So I watch it. And there are
some sweets on the table too with a note: Betty, these are for
you! — Mrs. Smith.
When the programme is over, there are no more sweets. I
turn off the television. What’s the time? It’s ten o’clock. I open
the door and listen. Are the boys asleep?
Silence.
I go upstairs and open the door of the boys’ bedroom. It
256
is dark inside. I go into the room. Where are the boys? They
are not in their beds!
Tom and George are playing a game, of course. They’re
under their beds. No, they’re not. Then they’re in the bathroom!
No, they’re not in the bathroom. In the kitchen? No! Then where
can they be?
It is ten-thirty and I hear Mr. and Mrs. Smith at the door.
“Hallo, Betty,” says Mrs. Smith, “are the boys asleep? I’m
going upstairs to look at them.”
We go upstairs.
/ At the door of the boys’ bedroom I stop. How can I explain
where the boys are? I don’t know where they are!
But Mrs. Smith opens the next door and looks in. “Sleeping,”
she says. “Good!”
downstairs ['daunsteaz] — Are the boys asleep? — Мальчики спят?

вниз по лестнице upstairs ['xpsteaz] — вверх по лестнице
note — записка inside [in'said] — внутри
* * *
♦ I. Ответьте по тексту на следующие вопросы:
1. Why do schoolchildren in Britain and in the USA often

work for money?
2. How old is Betty Brown?
3. Does she go to school?
4. Where does she sometimes go on Saturdays?
Task 11
♦ Прочитайте текст об английском городе Манчестере (с. 258) —
городе-побратиме Санкт-Петербурга. При чтении обратите вни
мание на произнесение следующих собственных имен:
Manchester ['maentfisto], Lancashire ['laerjkaja], Liverpool
['livopud].
MANCHESTER
Manchester is the second largest city in Lancashire after
Liverpool. It is an industrial capital of the North of England. It
has a good climate which is neither very cold nor very hot. The
highest summer temperature is +27°, the lowest winter tem
perature is -6°.
Manchester is 56 kilometres away from the sea, but it is
the third largest port in Great Britain. The Manchester Ship
Canal connects the city with the sea.
Manchester is a very old city. For a long time it was the
centre of the cotton trade not only in Britain but in the whole
world. Now it has a developed industry. At the factories of
Manchester different machines, materials, clothes, food, soap and
other things are made.
The population of Manchester itself is about half a million
people, but there are nine other'cities not far from Manchester.
Together they are now Greater Manchester with a population
of about three million people. Many
factories are shut down now, workers
and young people, after they finish
school, cannot find work.
Manchester was the first city in
Britain that built an airport. This
was in 1929. Today the Manchester
airport connects the city with many
big cities in Britain and with different
countries of the world.
Manchester is an important cul
tural centre. It has many libraries,
museums, art galleries. The famous
Halle Orchestra is in Manchester
and it gives concerts twice a week.
The city has many cinemas and thea
tres too.
258
Manchester has been the twin city of St. Petersburg since
1956. In June, 1981, the two cities celebrated their Silver
Jubilee of friendship.
temperature ['tempritja] — Halle ['haelei] Orchestra ['oikistro] —
температура оркестр Халле (один из ведущих сим
to connect [ka'nekt) — соеди фонических оркестров Великобрита
нять нии; основан Чарльзом Халле в 1857
trade [treid] — торговля году в Манчестере)
airport ['eapoit] — аэропорт Silver Jubilee ['d3 u:bili] — серебря
twin city — породненный ный юбилей (25 лет)
город, город-побратим
* * *
♦ I. Выберите из текста и прочитайте 2—3 предложения к каждому

пункту плана:
1. Manchester is a large city.

2. It has a good climate.
3. Manchester is an old city.
4. It is a large port.
5. In Manchester there are many factories, but it is difficult
to find work there.
6. Manchester is the twin city of St. Petersburg.
II. Найдите в тексте интернациональные слова, прочитайте их и
назовите соответствующие русские слова.
Task 12
♦ Прочитайте текст об английском писателе Арчибалде Джозефе
Кронине и его рассказ “Два веронца”. При чтении обратите
Archibald Joseph Cronin ['cutjibadd 'd3 ouzaf 'krounin], Shake

speare ['jeikspia], Verona [vi'rouna], Italian [i'taeljan], Nicola
f'nikala], Jacopo [êikapa], Lucia [lu:'tji:a].
259
ARCHIBALD CRONIN
(1896—1981)
Archibald Joseph Cronin was born in a poor family in a
small town in Scotland. After he finished school, he got a
medical education and for some time worked as a doctor. In
1930 he got very ill and had to leave his work as a doctor. He
began to write books.
Cronin wrote many good novels and some short stories in
which he described the capitalist world and the life ofsthe working
people in it. “Two Gentlemen of Verona” is one of his short
stories. Cronin’s story gets its name from a play by Shakespeare.
The story describes two boys who live in Verona. They work
very hard to help their sister who is ill.
Scotland — Шотландия hard — много, усердно
medical ['medikal] — медицинский
TWO GENTLEMEN OF VERONA

Part I
Next day we, my friend and I, went by car to Verona. This
is a beautiful old Italian city. Not far from the city two small
boys stopped us. They were selling strawberries that looked
very nice.
“Don’t buy them,” our driver said. “You will find better
strawberries in Verona. And these boys...” His face showed that
he did not like them.
Their clothes were poor and not very clean. But as we
looked at these two thin children with their long hair and serious
dark eyes we wanted to know more about them.
My friend spoke to the boys. They told him that they were
brothers. Nicola was thirteen, Jacopo, the smaller one, was
almost twelve. We bought their strawberries and then went on
to Verona.
The next morning, as we came out of our hotel, we saw
260
the two boys again. They were in the city square cleaning
people’s shoes. They were very busy, but they said “Hello” to
us like old friends.
“I thought you sold strawberries,” I said.
“We do many things, sir,” Nicola answered.
He looked at us with his dark eyes. “We sometimes take
people about the city and show them places of interest.”
“All right,” I said. “You can take us. Come on.”
. As they took us about the city, I looked at the boys. They
were only children, but they were very serious and everything
that they did, they did well.
One night I saw them again in the city square. Nicola was
sitting on the ground under a tree, Jacopo was sleeping on the
grass. It was already the middle of the night.
“Why aren’t you at home in bed?” I asked. Nicola looked
at me in his serious way.
“We are waiting for the last bus. We shall sell all our
newspapers, when it comes.”
“Must you always work so much?”
“Yes, sir, we must,” the boy answered, and I decided not
to ask any more questions that evening. I said good night and
went to my hotel.
gentleman ['d3 entlman] — strawberry ['stroibari] — земляника

джентльмен, господин serious ['siarias] — серьезный
Part II
The next morning when Nicola came to clean my shoes, I
asked him: “You and Jacopo work very much. You don’t buy
clothes and you eat very little. How do you spend your money?”
The boy did not answer. He looked at the people in the square.
Then he said: “We have plans, sir.”
“Well,” I said. “We are leaving Verona on Monday. Can I
do anything for you before we go?”
Nicola began to say “no”, but his brother stopped him.
261
“Every Sunday,” he said, “we go to a village not far from
Verona. We usually go there by bus; but tomorrow, sir, could
you take us there in your car?”
My driver did not work on Sunday, but I answered:
“I’ll take you there myself.”
We left Verona early next morning. I thought the boys
wanted to visit one of the poor little houses down the road. But
suddenly in front of a fine big house Jacopo said:
“Please, stop here, sir, we shall not be long here, sir. Not
more than an hour. There is a small cafd in the village, where
you could wait.”
The boys went into the big house. I waited a few minutes
and then I went up to the door and rang.
A woman came up to the door. I saw that she was a nurse.
“Excuse me,” I said. “I have just brought two small boys
here.”
262
“Ah, yes,” she said with a smile. “Nicola and Jacopo. Please,
come in.”
We went past a number of big rooms, and I could see that
they were the rooms of a hospital. We looked into one of the
rooms.
The two boys were there. They were sitting near the bed
of a girl who looked about twenty years old. She wore a
beautiful silk blouse. It was easy to see that the boys were
her brothers.
She looked so much like them. I saw some flowers on the
table near her bed, and a dish of fruit and some books.
When we walked back, the nurse told me the story of my
two young friends.
“Nicola and Jacopo have no other relatives, only their sister,
Lucia. Their mother died, when they were very young. Their
father, a famous opera singer, died in the early years of the
war, when Verona was bombed. After that the boys and their
sister lived in the streets, because their house was bombed too.
When the enemy came, the boys began to carry information to
the commander of the army which was fighting to free Verona.
The boys lived in the mountains, but their sister was here in
the city. When the war ended,” the nurse said, “the boys came
back to Verona to find their sister. She was very ill. They
brought her here and asked us to take her. Now she is going
to get well. And she will sing like her father. Every week the
boys come to pay us. I don’t know what their work is, but I
know that they do it well.”
I thanked the nurse and went out into the street. Soon the
boys came out too. I took them back to the city. They sat near
me, looking very serious, these two gentlemen of Verona.
suddenly ['sAdnli] — вдруг relative ['relativ] —

nurse (na:s) — медицинская сестра родственник
smile — улыбка to bomb [bom] —бомбить
263
♦ I. Найдите в первой части рассказа и прочитайте 2—3 предло
жения, в которых дано описание следующего:
1. The two brothers Nicola and Jacopo.

2. The kinds of work the boys did.
II. Найдите во второй части рассказа и прочитайте предложения,
в которых описывается:
1. The boys’ family.

2. The life of the two boys during the war.
III. Скажите, почему два брата вызывают симпатию у читателей
и какие черты характера вам нравятся.
Task 13
♦ Прочитайте текст о старинном шотландском городе Эдинбурге,
столице Шотландии. При чтении обратите внимание на произне
сение следующих собственных имен:
Edinburgh ['edinboro], Robert Burns ['robot 'ba:nz], Walter Scott
['wo:lto 'skat], Robert Louis Stevenson ['lu:is 'sti:vnsn].
EDINBURGH
Edinburgh is the capital of Scotland and one of the most
beautiful cities in Europe. It lies on seven hills and goes down
those hills to the sea. The highest hill is three hundred metres
above the sea. From the street in the centre of the city you
can see ships coming to Edinburgh from different countries of
the world.
In the “old town” the streets are narrow. The tall houses
with narrow windows go up the hills to Edinburgh castle which
is one thousand years old. The modern town lies at the foot of
the hills. The streets here are straight and well planned, so it is
easy to walk in the city when you go sightseeing in Edinburgh.
264
The people say that only two cities in the world are so well
planned — Edinburgh and St. Petersburg.
Many great men lived and
worked in Edinburgh. Robert
Burns, a great Scottish poet,
published his first book of poems
in Edinburgh. There is a monu
ment to him in the city.
Walter Scott, the father of
the historical novel in world lit
erature, was born in Edinburgh.
The monument to Walter Scott
is in the main street of the sity.
Robert Louis Stevenson, a fa
mous English writer, was bom
and lived in Edinburgh. He loved
the city and wrote about it in his
best novels.
Europe ['juarep] — Европа castle ['ka:sl] — замок

hill — холм, гора Scottish — шотландский
narrow ['naerou] — узкий historical [his'torikal] — исторический
♦ Прочитайте текст об одном из старейших университетских городов

Великобритании — Кембридже. При чтении обратите внимание
на произнесение следующих собственных имен:
Cambridge ['keimbrid3 ], Oxford ['aksfad], Newton ['nju:tn], Byron
I'baiaran], Darwin f'dcuwin], Rutherford [TAbafad].
CAMBRIDGE
Cambridge is the second oldest university city in Great
Britain after Oxford. Cambridge is on the river Cam and takes
its name from this river. There are twenty-nine colleges in
Cambridge. A large part of the population of the city are teachers
265
and students. All students have to live in Cambridge while they
study there. In the streets of Cambridge you can see many
young men wearing dark blue or black clothes and black square
caps. The tradition goes back to the old times when the
students had to wear dark clothes. They could not play games
or sing songs and dance in those days, they could not fish
either.
Many great men have studied at Cambridge: Cromwell,
Newton, Byron, Darwin and others. The great Russian scientist
I. P. Pavlov came to Cambridge in 1912 to receive the degree
of Honorary Doctor of Cambridge. The students made him a
present of a toy dog.
Cambridge is known all over the world. Many famous scien
tists worked there: Rutherford, Kapitza and others.
college ['lolid 3 l — колледж (высшее scientist ['saiantist] — ученый

учебное заведение) the degree [di'gri:] of Hono-
to study ['st.\di] — учиться гагу ['anarari] Doctor — сте-
tradition [tra'dijn) — традиция, пень почетного доктора наук
обычай
266
★* *
♦ I. Найдите в первом тексте и прочитайте предложения, в которых

дано описание следующего:
1. Edinburgh lies on seven hills.
2. The modern town is planned well.
3. Many great men lived and worked in Edinburgh.
II. Найдите во втором тексте и прочитайте ответы на следующие
вопросы:
1. Where is Cambridge?
2. How many colleges are there at Cambridge?
3. What kind of clothes do the students at Cambridge
wear?
4. What great men studied at Cambridge?
5. Why did I. P. Pavlov come to Cambridge in 1912?
Task 14 4
♦ Прочитайте два коротких рассказа.
DICKENS AND A DOLL
Charles Dickens was very fond of children. One morning he

was walking in a little square opposite his house in London. On
a bench he saw a little girl who was playing with a big doll.
Suddenly the doll fell to the ground and broke. The girl began to
cry. Dickens went up to her and said: “Come to my house, little
girl, and we shall see if we can find another doll there”.
So they went to Dickens’s house and into the children’s
room, where there were a lot of dolls. Dickens took a big pretty
doll and gave it to the little girl. She was happy to have a new
doll. She thanked Dickens and ran home.
The girl’s parents did not know who the kind man was. But
267
they wanted to send him a present and thank him. So the next
day they sent their daughter to Dickens with a book. When
Dickens opened the book, he saw that it was “David Copperfield”,
one of his novels.
doll — кукла was very fond of — очень любил
A CAT CAN FIND ITS WAY HOME
Some years ago I lived in London and had a small room in

the house of Mrs. Brown. Mrs. Brown had two daughters; they
were schoolgirls. In summer when school was over, she usually
sent the girls to their grandmother, who livt.d on a farm a
hundred kilometres from London.
There was a cat in Mrs. Brown’s house which had a kitten
seven months old. Mrs. Brown decided that the cat and its
kitten must go to the country too. They put the cat and the
kitten into a basket and the girls left London by the morning
train. Two days later, Mrs. Brown got a letter from her mother,
which said that the girls were on the farm, the cat was there
too, but the kitten ran away the same evening.
A month passed and one morning a dirty cat ran into Mrs.
Brown’s kitchen. Mrs. Brown tried to catch it, but she could
not; the cat ran into a corner under the cupboard. Then Mrs.
Brown called it by the kitten’s name and the poor cat came out
of the corner and went up to her. Mrs. Brown brought the
kitten into my room and showed it to me. We decided that it
was her kitten, but it was very dirty and very thin. How the
cat could run a hundred kilometres over the country and then
find its way in the streets of London we did not understand.
kitten — котенок dirty ['do:ti] — грязный

268
READING IN JANUARY, FEBRUARY AND
MARCH
Task 15
♦ Прочитайте две басни древнегреческого баснописца Эзопа.
AESOP’S FABLES
THE FOX AND THE WOODMAN

A h u nter saw a fox in the forest and ran after it. The
hunter came nearer and nearer. Then the fox saw a woodman
and asked the man to hide him under some trees that were
lying on the ground. The woodman did so. Then the hunter
came up to the woodman and asked:
269
“Have you seen a fox near here? It was running this way.”
“No, I haven’t,” the woodman answered, but he pointed
with his hand at the trees and so showed the hunter where the
fox was. The hunter did not see the woodman’s hand and went
on his way.
Then the fox came out from under the trees. He was running
away when the woodman stopped him.
“Aren’t you going to thank me?” he asked.
“No,” the fox said, “you helped me with your words but
were ready to kill me with your hand.”
fox [foks] — лиса hunter — охотник

woodman ['wudman] — лесоруб to hide — прятаться
HOW SIMONIDES WAS SHIPWRECKED
Simonides was a great Greek poet. He was very poor; so

he went from town to town in Greece and read his poems about
champions of sports festivals. After some years when he had
money for the journey, he decided to go back to his home.
The ship on which he travelled was very old and it was
shipwrecked in a storm. The passengers jumped into the water
with their bags in their hands.
Simonides was carrying nothing and somebody asked him
where his bags were. The poet answered that he was carrying
with him all the riches which he had.
Many people died in the sea. They had their bags in their
hands and could not swim well. But some of the passengers
reached the land and went to the city near the coast. Their
bags were in the sea now and they had no money or clothes.
They walked in the streets of the city and asked people to help
them.
A rich man who lived in that city knew Simonides’s poems
and liked them. When he saw the poet in the street, he asked
him to his house and gave him clothes and money.
270
When Simonides saw the people from the ship in the streets
again, he said: “I told you I was carrying all my riches. They
were in my head. You lost all your riches in the sea, but I have
all my riches with me.”
Simonides [sai'mDnidi:z] — Симонид Greek — грек

to be shipwrecked f'Jiprekt]— терпеть Greece [gri:s] — Греция
кораблекрушение riches — богатства
* * *
♦ I. Перескажите кратко первую басню, используя следующие клю

чевые слова:
saw a fox was running away
asked ... to hide him to thank
pointed with his hand helped ... with
did not see were ready to kill ... with
II. Найдите во второй басне и прочитайте ответы на следующие
вопросы:
1. Why did Simonides go from town to town?
2. What happened to Simonides on his way home?
3. Where did Simonides carry his riches when he was in
the sea?
Task 16
♦ Прочитайте два отрывка из романа английского писателя Роя
Фуллера “Погубленные мальчики” о жизни мальчиков в частной
школе-интернате. При чтении обратите внимание на произнесение
Roy Fuller ['roi 'fuloj, Gerald Bracher ['d3 erold 'breitjo], Chaplin
['tjaeplin], Pemberton f'pembotan], Howarth ['hauwoG].
271
THE RUINED BOYS
(After Roy Fuller)
Part I
( Gerald Bracher, a boy of fourteen is a new pupil at the
private boarding-school and does not yet know all its rules.
Every Sunday after dinner, the boys can write letters
home. They write them in the classroom where there is a
teacher on duty. When the letter is written, the boy must put
it into an envelope and give it to the teacher to read.)
It was the first Sunday evening of the Spring term. After
dinner the boys walked by the sea. Mr. Chaplin, one of the
teachers, was with them, he was on duty that evening. Then
they went back to the school to write their letters home.
Mr. Chaplin was reading the last of the boys’ letters.
“Snape,” he called. A small boy stood up. “What have you
written in your letter? „I swallowed a marble*.”
All the boys in the class laughed.
“But I did, sir,” Snape said.
“Did what?” Mr. Chaplin asked.
“Swallowed a marble. On Friday.”
Again the boys laughed.
“Hm,” Mr. Chaplin said. “Well, you can’t write about it in
a letter home. Don’t you see that, Snape? You must write the
letter again later.”
Mr. Chaplin put the letter back on his table.
“Well, boys, you can go out now.”
For some time the boys ran and played on the playground
and then they went back to the classroom. They took books to
read from the bookcase. Gerald also took a book and sat down
at his desk to read. At that moment a boy came into the room.
He came up to Mr. Chaplin and said something to him.
“Bracher,” Mr. Chaplin said, “you must go and see the
Headmaster in his office.”
272
All the boys looked up from their books. Bracher left the
classroom. He did not know where the Headmaster’s office was
and had to ask a boy who was in the corridor.
He came to a door at the end of the corridor and knocked
and the Headmaster’s voice said:
“Come in."
Bracher opened the door and came in.
“Sit down, Gerald,” said Mr. Pemberton, the Headmaster.
Gerald sat down on a chair at the side of the Headmaster’s
desk. He looked up and saw what Mr. Pemberton had in his
hand. It was Gerald’s letter to his father.
“Mr. Chaplin showed me your letter home, Gerald,” the
Headmaster said. “This is a very sad letter and it will make
your father sad too.” The Headmaster looked down at the letter.
“We only have bread and butter for tea,” he read. “Now, Gerald,
your father does not want to hear about such little things. There
are more important things you can tell him about your new
school; your lessons, the new friends you have made here.” The
Headmaster stopped and looked at the boy. Bracher was looking
at the floor. He was afraid to speak.
“When you have written another letter,” Mr. Pemberton
said, “give it again to Mr. Chaplin.” He tore up Gerald’s letter
and gave him the envelope. “Go back to your reading now,” he
said and for the first time smiled at the boy.
private ['praivit] — частный headmaster Lhed'mcusta] —

boarding-school ['bD:dii]sku:l] — директор школы
школа-интернат to knock [пэк] — стучать
envelope ['enviloup) — конверт voice [vois] — голос
term [ta:m) — семестр tore up [Чэ:'глр] — разорвал
to swallow ['swolou] — прогла (to tear [tea] — разрывать)
тывать to smile — улыбаться
marble ['mabl] — мрамор,
(здесь) мраморный шарик
273
Part II
One Saturday evening Gerald Bracher went into a shop in
the town with another boy whose name was Howarth. Howarth
wanted to buy some exercise-books. At the back of the shop
there were some shelves of books. It was a kind of small library.
People could pay a few pence to the shopman and take a book
home and read it.
“Look, how many interesting books they have got,” said
Gerald."
“Why don’t you take one of these books?” Howarth said.
“They won’t let me,” Gerald said.
“I’ll ask them,” Howarth said. He came back in a minute
and said: “You can take a book for five days, if you pay ten
pence.”
In a few minutes Gerald found a book which he liked, paid
ten pence and they went back to school.
On Sunday evening he finished the book, and decided to go
into the town on Monday after school to change it. He forgot
that pupils of his school could go into town only on Wednesdays
and Saturdays. He left the school playground with some of the
day boys. When he was in the street, he remembered the rule
but decided not to turn back.
All went very well. He changed his book and went back.
“Nobody has seen me,” he thought, as he walked back into
the playground.
A little later, the teacher on duty told him that the Headmaster
wanted to see him.
“Come in, boy,” Mr. Pemberton said and Gerald understood
that the Headmaster knew everything.
“Have you anything to tell me, boy?” Mr. Pemberton asked.
“I don’t think so, sir.”
“Then it was not you who half an hour ago was in the town?”
For a minute Gerald did not answer, then he said:
“Yes, sir, it was.”
274
“Why did you go there?”
“I only went to change a book, sir.”
“To change a book! Have you read all the books in your
classroom and in the school library?”
Gerald said nothing.
“Don’t you know that we do not let boys go into town on
all days and at all hours?” the Headmaster said.
“I am sorry, sir,” Gerald said.
“Come up here,” the Headmaster said, and Gerald saw that
he was in the corner of the office where a cane stood near the
wall.
The Headmaster beat the boy with the cane.
At first Gerald did not feel any pain.
“You may go now, boy,” Mr. Pemberton said and Gerald
went out. Now he felt the pain and wanted to cry.
day boys — мальчики, которые хо сапе — трость

дили в школу на занятия, а жили beat — бил (to beat — бить)
дома to feel — чувствовать
репсе [pens] — пенсы pain [pein] — боль
(penny — пенни)
* * *
♦ 1. Прочитайте следующие предложения из первой части текста

про себя, а затем вслух в нужном порядке.
Mr. Chaplin put the letter back on his table.

After dinner the boys walked by the sea.
Gerald sat down on a chair at the side of the Headmaster’s
desk.
He tore up Gerald’s letter and gave him the envelope.
Gerald also took a book and sat down at his desk to read.
II. Найдите в первой и второй частях текста предложения, под
тверждающие, что в школе-интернате были суровые порядки
и мальчикам жилось нелегко.
275
Task 17
♦ Прочитайте текст о легендарном герое английских и шотландских
баллад Робине Гуде. При чтении обратите внимание на произ
несение следующих собственных имен:
Robin Hood ['robin 'hud], Sherwood Forest ['jaiwud 'forist],
Nottingham ['notirjam].
ROBIN HOOD AND THE GOLDEN ARROW

Robin Hood is a legendary hero of English literature. Nobody
knows if such a man as Robin Hood really lived. All we know
of him comes from ballads. The ballads say that there was a
man in the 12— 13th centuries called Robin Hood who lived in
Sherwood Forest near the town of Nottingham. Robin Hood took
money from the rich and gave it to the poor people.
I/
276
Robin Hood was tall and strong. He could shoot very well.
The poor people of England loved him and told many stories
about the man.
Many English people knew that Robin Hood was in Sherwood
Forest. A lot of poor men joined him there. They made Robin
Hood their leader.
The sheriff of Nottingham wanted to kill Robin Hood. He
sent his soldiers to Sherwood Forest many times, but they could
not catch Robin Hood. Then the sheriff decided to organize
a shooting competition in the town. The sheriff knew that Robin
Hood could shoot very well. “Robin Hood will come,” he said.
“He will take part in the competition and we shall catch him.”
The prize was a golden arrow.
Robin Hood called his men and asked them if they wanted
to take part in the shooting competition in the town. The men
decided that the risk was great, but they wanted to be there.
The day of the competition was fine. The town was decorated
277
with flags and the field for the competition was full of people.
The sheriff and his men looked for Robin Hood all over the
town, but did not see him anywhere. The sheriff knew that
Robin Hood and his men were always dressed in green. But
there were no men in the town in green suits.
At last the competition began. The prize was won by a man
who was dressed in red. He received the golden arrow and left
the field for the competition with his friends. Nobody knew who
they were. But it was Robin and his men! As the young men
were walking near the sheriff’s house Robin Hood shot an arrow
into an open window. There was a piece of paper at the end of
the arrow with the words:
Robin Hood thanks the sheriff for the Golden Arrow!
go ld en ['gouldanj — золотой ballad ['baelod] — баллада

arrow ['aerou] — стрела to sh oot (s h o t) — стрелять (вы-
legen d ary ['led33ndoril — леген- стрелял)
дарный sh eriff I'jerif] — шериф
really ['riali] — действительно
♦ I. Прочитайте следующие предложения из текста про себя, а за

тем вслух в нужном порядке:
^ The sheriff of Nottingham wanted to kill Robin Hood.

Nobody knows if such a man as Robin Hood really lived.
/ Then the sheriff decided to organize a shooting competition
in the town.
' Robin Hood took money from the rich and gave it to the
poor people.
As the young men were walking near the sheriff’s house
- Robin Hood shot an arrow into an open window.
' The prize was won by a man who was dressed in red.
Task 18
♦ Прочитайте еще один текст о Робине Гуде.
ROBIN HOOD AND THE BUTCHER

Part I
Robin Hood and his men took money from rich people and
gave it to poor people. The sheriff of Nottingham wanted to
catch Robin Hood and his men. But it was very difficult to do
so. Robin Hood often went to Nottingham and he was always
dressed in different clothes and the sheriff’s men did not recognize
him.
One day Robin Hood met a butcher in the forest. The butcher
was going to Nottingham market. He wanted to sell some meat
there.
“What have you in your bags?” Robin Hood asked.
“Some meat which 1 want to sell in Nottingham”, the butcher
answered.
“I want to be a butcher and go to Nottingham,” Robin Hood
said. “I shall buy your meat and your horse too.” So the butcher
sold his horse and all the meat to Robin Hood. Then Robin
changed clothes with the butcher and went to Nottingham
market. He sold the meat very cheap and the other butchers
were angry with him.
“Where does that man buy cattle so cheap?” they asked
each other. “We must ask him.”
So the butchers asked Robin Hood to a dinner with the
sheriff of Nottingham. On the way there one of the butchers
asked Robifi Hood many questions, but he learned nothing.
At dinner the sheriff wanted to know where the new butcher
bought his cattle so cheap. The sheriff wanted to buy some
cheap cattle too.
“Come with me and I shall show you the cattle in the field,“
Robin Hood said. Then he said he cûld sell the sheriff some of
the cattle.
butcher ['butjb) — мясник to learn [1з:п] — узнать

cheap — дешевый, дешево recognize ['rekagnaiz] — узнавать
P a r t II
The next morning the sheriff put a lot of money into his
bag. Then he got on a horse and went with Robin Hood to see
the cattle. When they were near Sherwood Forest, the sheriff
was frightened and wanted to go back to town. Robin Hood
laughed and asked him to come and have dinner with his friends.
Robin Hood always asked men who took money from poor
people to dinner. He gave those men a very good dinner and
then he made them pay very much for it. Robin Hood gave
this money to the poor people. So the sheriff understood that
he was in the hands of Robin Hood.
After dinner Robin Hood asked the sheriff to pay for the
dinner.
“I am a poor man,” the sheriff said, “I have no money.”
280
“No money! What have you in your bag there?” Robin Hood
asked.
“Only stones, nothing but stones,” the sheriff answered.
Robin’s men opened the bag and put the money on the
ground.
“Sheriff,” Robin Hood said. “I shall take this money and
give it to the poor people. You have taken more money than
this from them.”
Then Robin told his men to bring the sheriff’s horse. The
sheriff got on it. Robin Hood took him to the road and said
good-bye to him. So the sheriff paid very much for his dinner
with Robin Hood.
w as frig h ten ed ['fraitndj — испугался m ade — заставлял

(to make — заставлять)
* * *
♦ I. Дополните предложения словами, соответствующими содержа

нию первой части текста:
1. Robin Hood bought from the butcher ... . (some bread,

the meat and the horse, some salt)
2. Robin Hood sold the meat ... very cheap, (in London,
in a village, in Nottingham)
3. The other butchers decided to learn where Robin Hood
... . (bought the cattle, lived, kept the cattle)
4. Robin Hood told the butchers ... . (everything, nothing,
where he bought the cattle)
II. Выберите из второй части текста и прочитайте 2—3 предло
жения к каждому пункту плана:
1. The sheriff went to buy cattle.

2. Robin Hood asked the sheriff to dinner.
•3. The sheriff paid very much for the dinner.
4. Robin Hood helped poor people.
281
Task 19
♦ Прочитайте отрывок из английской народной сказки о мальчике
Джеке и бобовом стебле.
JACK AND THE BEANSTALK

Part I
A long, long time ago there lived in a small English village
a boy whose name was Jack. He lived there with his father and
mother. They were very poor because his father was ill and
could not work, but they had a beautiful white cow. The cow
gave them much milk every day. Jack’s mother went to the
market and sold this milk and the butter which she made from
the milk.
This was in summer when there was much grass which the
cow could eat, but when winter came, there was no grass and
the cow gave them very little milk.
So one day the mother said to Jack:
“You must take the cow to the market and sell her, but
you must get a good price for her, because she is a very good
cow.”
On his way to the market, Jack met a little old man who
said:
“Good morning, Jack. I see you are going to the market to
sell your cow”.
“Good morning,” Jack said, but he did not understand how
the little old man knew what he was going to do.
“I can give you a good price for your cow,” the little old
man said. “Here are five magic beans. If you put them in the
ground in the evening, they will grow so quickly that by morning
they will reach the sky. If you go up there, it will make
you rich.”
“Oh,” said Jack. He was so surprised that he could not
say another word to the little old man. He held out his hand
282
and the little old man put the five beans into it and took away
the cow.
When Jack came home, his mother asked him: “Where have
you been so long? I see you have sold the cow, but tell me
how much money you got for her?”
Jack did not say a word, but he held out his hand with the
five beans in it.
“What’s this?” his mother cried. “You have sold our beautiful
white cow for five beans?”
“They are magic beans, Mother,” Jack cried, “and they will
make us rich”, but his mother was very angry. She beat the
boy and sent him to bed without any supper. She threw the
beans out of the window.
Jack, who was very hungry, cried a little. But he slept very
well all the night.
b ea n sta lk ['bi:nsto:k] — бобовый bean [bi:nl — боб

стебель sky [skai] — небо
m agic ('maed3ik] — магический, w as surprised [sa'praizd] —
волшебный удивился
Part II
When he woke up in the morning and opened his eyes, he
could not understand where he was. The little window in his
room was all covered with green leaves. Jack opened the window
and saw a very thick beautiful beanstalk, which grew high up
into the sky. Very quickly Jack got out of the window and
began to go up the beanstalk. It was not difficult to do and
Jack went up higher and higher. Then he looked round and saw
in front of him a long white road.
Jack began to walk down the white road. He walked and
walked till he saw a tall white house with a big white door. It
was an ogre’s house. Near this door a very big woman stood.
She was the ogre’s wife. Jack was very hungry and when he
saw the woman, he said to her:
283
fFnil Iff
“Good morning! Could you give me some breakfast, please?”
“Breakfast?” said the woman vho was the ogre’s wife.
“When my husband comes home, he will eat you for breakfast.
He likes to eat a fat boy for his breakfast.”
“If you give me something to eat I shall be fatter,” Jack
said.
The ogre’s wife laughed and said: “Come in.”
She gave Jack a big breakfast, which he ate very quickly.
Then he heard the ogre coming up to the house. The woman
told Jack to get into a big cupboard and to stay there. The ogre
came in. He was a very big ogre and he held three sheep in
one hand.
“Here, wife,” he cried, “cook these little things for my
breakfast. I am very hungry.”
The ogre ate the three sheep and then went to a shelf in
the corner of the room and took three big bags of gold coins.
He put the bags on the table and began to count the gold coins,
while his wife washed the dishes after his breakfast.
The ogre counted and counted the coins and then he wanted
to sleep. He put his head on the table and slept. When Jack
284
saw this, he jumped out of the cupboard, seized one of the
bags from the table and ran out of the ogre’s house.
He ran as fast as he could down the white road till he came
to the beanstalk. He couldn’t go down it with the bag of gold
in his hands, so he threw the bag down and went after it.
When he was near his window, he saw his mother. She had
some gold coins in her hands.
“Look, Jack,” she cried. “It is raining gold! Where have you
been? Quick, pick up the coins!”
Jack wanted to tell his mother about the beanstalk and the
ogre, but when he looked round, the beanstalk was not there.
So he understood that it was all magic. He said nothing but
picked up all the gold coins that he could find, and gave them
to his mother.
After that they lived very well for a long time.
leaf [li:f] (leaves |li:vz]) — лист (листья) gold [gould] — золотой

ogre ['оидэ] — великан-людоед coin [koin] — монета
fat — толстый to seize [si:z] — схватить
* * *
♦ I. Ответьте по первой части текста на следующие вопросы:
1. Who did Jack live with?

2. Why couldn’t his father work much?
3. Why did Jack’s mother want to sell the cow?
4. Who bought the cow?
5. What did Jack get for the cow?
6. Why was the mother angry with Jack?
7. What did she do with the beans?
II. Закончите предложения словами, соответствующими содержа
нию второй части текста:
.1. Jack walked down the road and saw ... . (a forest, some
people, a tall house)
285
2. Jack asked the ogre’s wife to give him ... . (some gold,
some breakfast, some water)
3. The ogre’s wife gave Jack some breakfast and then told
him to ... . (get into the cupboard, go away, stay in
the garden)
4. After breakfast the ogre counted his gold and then ...
. (went for a walk, sat in the garden, he slept)
5. Jack took a bag of gold and ran down the road to ...
. (the forest, the beanstalk, his house).
Task 20
♦ Прочитайте текст о Ниагарском водопаде, самом большом водо
паде в Америке. При чтении обратите внимание на произнесение
следующего собственного имени:
Niagara [nai'aegara].
ADVENTURE STORIES
Niagara Falls
The Niagara Falls are on the Niagara River between the
United States- and Canada. The Niagara Falls are the largest
waterfalls in America. The Niagara Falls are very beautiful.
Thousands of tourists come from all over the world to see them.
Today the Niagara Falls make electricity, which goes to towns
and cities in the United States and in Canada.
The noise of the falling water is so great that it is heard
as far as twenty-five kilometres away. The water of the Niagara
River is falling from a hill fifty-seven metres high. The falls can
move very large stones and throw them into the water.
Once an old ship without any people on it was put into the
Niagara River. The ship sailed down the river like a toy boat.
When the ship came to the falls, it went under the waters and
was never seen again.
286
Some people have tried
to swim in the falls. They
wanted to become famous.
Most of them have lost
their lives. One of them
was Captain Webb. He was
the first man who swam
across the English
Channel. In July, 1883,
he came up to the Niagara
River and jumped into the
water. Many people were
watching him from the
banks. Soon the captain
was swimming in the
middle of the river, then
the river carried him over
the falls. The people on the
bank shouted, but a
moment later the man went under the water. Thousands of eyes
were looking at the river, but the man did not come up.
In 1902 a young woman decided to go over the falls in a
barrel. A lot of pillows were put into the barrel and the girl
got into it. The barrel was closed and thrown into the river.
The barrel was carried down the river very fast. When it had
gone over the falls, people caught it and pulled it onto the bank.
When they opened it, the girl came out, but she was very
frightened.
adventure [ad'ventja] — приключе English Channel [ tjaenl] —

ние пролив Ламанш
falls (waterfalls) — водопад pillow I'pilou) — подушка
United [ju:'naitid] States — Соеди to close — закрывать
ненные Штаты
287
♦ Прочитайте текст о загадке американского корабля “Мария Се
леста". При чтении обратите внимание на произнесение следу
ющих собственных имен:
Portugal ['pDrtJugal], Moorhouse ['muahaus], Marie Celeste

(ms'ri: sa'lest).
THE WANDERING SHIP
In the old days when ships crossed the seas and oceans
under sails, every trip was an adventure. In 1872 an American
ship was crossing the Atlantic from New York to Portugal. It
was in the middle of the Atlantic Ocean when Captain Moorhouse
saw another ship. He knew the ship. It was the “Marie Celeste”
which he had seen some weeks before when it was leaving New
York. The captain of the “Marie Celeste”; Briggs, had taken his
wife and his two-years-old daughter on the trip.
Soon Captain Moorhouse saw that something was wrong on
the “Marie Celeste”. He sailed his ship nearer the “Marie
Celeste”. Captain Moorhouse and his sailors could see that there
was nobody on the “Marie Celeste”. The captain and some of
his men went to the ship in a boat. But they found nobody
there. Everybody had left the ship. But why had they done so?
There were no signs of a fight. Everything was in its place.
Why had all the people left a good ship in the middle of the
Atlantic and disappeared? That is the question which many
people have tried to answer since that time. But nobody will
know the answer. Not a man who had left the “Marie Celeste”
was seen again.
Captain Moorhouse and his men saw no signs of panic on
the ship. Captain Briggs’ watch lay on his table. There was a
letter near it which somebody had just begun to write. The
ship’s papers had gone, but the log was there. In some of the
men’s boxes there was money. The most interesting thing was
the fact that somebody had taken away a piece of planking.
But why? Some people thought that the sailors had killed the
288
captain and his family and gone away in a boat. But there were
no signs of a fight. Other people thought that many of the
sailors had been ill and had died. Then the others left the ship
and went away in a boat. But nobody knows the tru e story of
the “Marie Celeste”.
wandering ['wondarir)] — to disappear [,disa'pia] — исчезать

бродячий, скитающийся ' panic ['paenik] — паника
found [faund] — нашел log — судовой журнал
(to find [faind] — находить) planking — обшивка коробля
sign [sain] — знак, признак true [tru:] — истинный
* * *
♦ I. Найдите в первом тексте и прочитайте 2—3 предложения,

в которых дано описание следующего:
1. Niagara Falls are the largest falls in America.

2. An old ship sailed down the Niagara River.
3. Captain Webb tried to swim down the falls.
4. A young woman went over the falls in a barrel.
II. Скажите, что нового вы узнали о Ниагарском водопаде.
III. Прочитайте следующие предложения про себя, а затем вслух

в порядке следования событий второго рассказа:
It was the “Marie Celeste” which he had seen some weeks

before when it was leaving New York.
Captain Moorhouse saw another ship in the Atlantic Ocean.
He sailed his ship nearer the “Marie Celeste”.
There was nobody on the “Marie Celeste”.
Something was wrong on the ship.
Captain Briggs had taken his wife and his little daughter
on the trip.
Captain Moorhouse arid his sailors found no signs of panic
or a fight.
JO А. С тарков и др. 289
Task 21
♦ Прочитайте текст об английском писателе Альфреде Коппарде
и его рассказ “Вишневое дерево”. При чтении обратите внимание
на произнесение следующих собственных имен:
Alfred Coppard ['aelfrad 'kopad], Johnny Flunn ['d3 oni 'flin],
Knatchbole ['naetjboulj, Pomona [pa'mouna].
ALFRED COPPARD
(1878— 1957)
Alfred Coppard was an English writer. He was born in a
small town in England in a very poor family. His father died
when Alfred was only nine years old. There were four children
in the family. Alfred’s mother worked long hours, but she got
very little money, so the boy had to leave school and begin to
work too.
Alfred liked to read and he read very many books. He knew
the life of poof people and later he began to "write short stories
about them. His first short stories were published in 1916. “The
Cherry-Tree” is one of Coppard’s stories about children.
THE CHERRY-TREE
Part I
It was the middle of the day in a small English town and
there was a great noise in one of the back yards.
“It’s that boy, Johnny Flynn, again! Killing rats!” Mrs.
Knatchbole shouted. She lived in the house next to the Flynns.
“You wait, my boy, till your mother comes home, you only
wait!” she shouted.
Johnny was looking at the big rat that the dogs of his friend
George had killed. The dogs had made all that noise when they
were fighting with the rat. But when Johnny heard Mrs. Knatch-
bole’s words, he looked at her and put h is fin gers to h is nose.
290
“Look at that eight-year-old boy, look at him! I’ll — Mrs.
Knatchbole could not finish. She began to sneeze.
But when she met Johnny’s mother that night as Mrs. Flynn
was coming home from her day at the factory, where she worked
for long hours, Mrs. Knatchbole told her about Johnny.
“Oh, Mrs. Knatchbole, he is going away from me in a week
to his uncle in London, so soon he won’t make any noise. I’m
sorry, but he isn’t a bad boy,” Mrs. Flynn said.
When she got home, she talked to Johnny. He was sorry.
He wanted to do something great for his mother, but he did
not say anything.
“Why do you make people angry, Johnny?” Mrs. Flynn
asked. “Why can’t you be like Pomona?” Johnny’s sister was a
year younger than he. Her name was Mona, but Johnny didn’t
like it, so one day he changed her name to Pomona.
The Flynns sat down to supper. “Don’t think about all that,
Mum," the boy said and kissed her as he went to his place,
“talk to us about the cherry-tree.”
The beautiful cherry-tree was from Mother’s young days,
when she lived on her father’s farm and was happy. She loved
to talk about it to her children.
cherry I'tjeri] — вишня to sneeze [sni:z] — чихать

rat — крыса to kiss — целовать
put his fingers to his nose
показал нос
Part II
Soon Johnny went away to London to live with his uncle,
who was a bus driver. But he often talked to Johnny about his
little garden. This Johnny could not understand. He thought that
a big bus was the greatest thing in the world. His uncle took
him one day on his bus and Johnny saw how interesting his
uncle’s work was.
After two months in London, Johnny came back on his
291
mother’s birthday. Pomona met him at the station. She kissed
Johnny and said:
“Mother will be home with us at dinner-time. Then we shall
celebrate her birthday. And you have come home. We’ll cerebrate
that too.”
Johnny told his sister that he had a plan for his mother’s
birthday. When they got home, he showed her what he had
brought from London for his mother.
Then the children went into their little back yard. Nothing
grew there, only an evergreen bush, as tall as Johnny, covered
with thick green leaves. The children were in the yard till
dinner-time. Then they ran into the kitchen and Pomona quickly
laid the table. In the middle of the table Johnny put a bottle
of beer from London.
The children went to meet their mother and they all three
came home together. Pomona took the bottle of beer and poured
some of it into a glass. Johnny gave the glass to his mother,
saying:
292
“Many happy returns of the day, Mrs, Flynn!”
“Oh,” his mother said, “you drink some of it too.”
“Excuse me, no, Mrs. Flynn”, her son said, “many happy
returns of the day to you.”
When the beer was drunk, Pomona and Johnny looked at
each other.
“Come on, Mum, into the garden, you’ll see something
wonderful there!" Johnny said and they all went out. At that
moment the sun was shining brightly, and Mrs. Flynn saw that
the evergreen bush had no leaves on it; it was covered with
cherries. On its branches the two children had hung cherries,
red and black cherries.
“What do you think of it, Mum?” they cried. Then they
took cherries off the bush and put them into her hands.
“What do you think of it?”
“Beautiful,” Mrs. Flynn said with tears in her eyes. The
children were happy, but their mother turned, went into the
kitchen and cried.
evergreen bush ['evagri:n Many happy returns of the day —

buj] — вечнозеленый куст Поздравляю с днем рождения, желаю
beer [bia] — пиво долгих лет жизни
to pour [рэ:] — наливать branch [brantfl — ветка
tear [tie] — слеза
* * *
♦ I. Ответьте по тексту “Alfred Coppard” на следующие вопросы:
1. When and where did Alfred Coppard live?

2. How old was Alfred when his father died?
3. How many children were there in the family?
4. Why did Alfred have to leave school and begin to work
when his father died?
.5. What kind of life did he know very well?
6. When were his first stories published?
293
II. Найдите в первой части рассказа и прочитайте предложения,
подтверждающее следующее:
Johnny loved his mother very much.
III. Расскажите кратко о событиях во второй части рассказа,
используя следующие ключевые слова:
went away to London Many happy returns of

came back on his mother’s the day
birthday went into the yard
were in the yard saw cherries on the bush
till Pomona laid the table the children were happy
IV. Объясните, почему мама заплакала в день своего рождения.
Task 22
♦ Прочитайте рассказ английского писателя Роберта Грейвза о со
бытии в школе-интернате для мальчиков. При чтении обратите
Robert Graves ['robot 'greivz], Julius Bloodstock ['d3 u:lias
'blAdstok].
TREACLE TART
(After Robert Graves)
Part I
It was the beginning of the school year. Many of our boys
came to school by the same train. On the railway platform we
heard that a lord was coming to our school. He was a new
boy, eight years old. We didn’t know any lords and on the way
to school talked only about lords. We came to school at dinner
time.
The Headmaster brought a small, thin boy with fair hair
into the dining-hall. He showed the boy his seat at the end of
the table where the new boys were sitting.
294
“This is Lord Julius Bloodstock, boys,” the Headmaster said,
“you will call him Bloodstock. No titles here.”
“I like when boys call me Julius,” the boy said.
“We use only surnam es here,” the Headmaster said. At
the end of the dinner treacle tart was put on the table. Treacle
tart was a tradition at our school. We had treacle tart for dinner
every Monday. Mr. Lees, theteacher on duty, who was sitting
at the end of the table, saw that Julius did not touch his treacle
tart.
“Eat it, boy. You must not leave anything on your plate.
School rule.”
“I never eat treacle tart,” Julius said.
“You must callme ‘sir’,” Mr. Lees said.
“I thought we didn’t use titles here, but onlysurnames,”
Julius said.
“Call me ‘sir’,” Mr. Lees said.
“Sir,” Julius said.
“Eat your tart,” Mr. Lees repeated.
“But I never eat treacle tart, sir!”
“You must eat it,” Mr. Lees said.
Julius smiled.
At that moment the Headmaster asked: “What are you
talking about, Mr. Lees? Summer holidays?”
“No, Headmaster. But I cannot make the new boy eat our
traditional treacle tart.”
“Send him up here with his plate!”
When the Headmaster saw that the new boy was Julius,
his face changed. He did not know what to do and said with a
smile:
“My dear boy, eat that excellent piece of tart and we shan’t
say anything about it.”
“I never eat treacle tart, Headmaster.”
The Headmaster’s face again changed.
“You want to say you cannot eat it now. Very well. You
295
may eat it at supper, when your piece of treacle tart will be
on the table before you.”
All the boys laughed. Later in the corridor one of the boys
said that he wanted to beat Julius because he smiled.
“But you must beat me first,” I said, “I don’t like treacle
tart either.”
treacle tart ['tri:kl] — пирог с па- title J'taitl] — титул

токой surname ['sa:neim] — фамилия
lord — лорд (дворянский титул)
P a r t II
The bell rang for supper. For supper on the first school day
the boys had cakes which they brought from home. Pieces of
the cakes were put on plates and a plate was given to each
boy. But there was only a plate of treacle tart in front of Julius.
He did not touch the tart, but drank some tea only. In the
bedroom he told us a funny story, then the lights were turned
off.
In the morning the bell rang and we got up. Then the bell
for breakfast.
“I never eat treacle tart,” Julius said. So he had no breakfast.
We took some pieces of bread and meat with us when we left
the table. We thought we could give them to Julius on the
playground. But the teacher on duty did not let us. He had to
see that no food was given to Julius.
Bell: English. Bell: maths. Bell: long break. Bell: writing.
Bell: washing hands for dinner.
“I never eat treacle tart," Julius said when he saw the plate
with treacle tart on it. Then he fainted.
The Headmaster sent a telegram to Julius’s father in which
he explained the school rules and discipline. He got the answer:
The boy never eats treacle tart.
Julius was taken to a room for children who were ill. They
296
gave him milk and soup but no meat or anything because he
did not eat treacle tart.
More telegrams went to Julius’s home and back.
Two days later, when we were playing football on the
playground, a car came to the door of the school. Julius in a
coat and a hat came out with a bagand footballbootsin his
hands, and got into the car. We cheered himthreetimesand
he touched his hat in answer. Then the car went away.
We liked Julius and promised each other not to eat treacle
tart the next Monday. But when Monday came, the boys who
were sitting near the Headmaster were afraid and ate the tart.
to faint [feint] — падать to cheer [tjia] — одобрительно

в обморок кричать (ура!)
* * *
♦ I. Выберите из первой части рассказа и прочитайте 2—3 пред

ложения к каждому пункту плана:
1. On the way to the school.

2. A new boy at school.
3. The ^chool rules and traditions.
II. Найдите во второй части рассказа предложения, подтверж
дающие то, что ученикам понравился честный мальчик и они
с сочувствием к нему относились.
III. Выскажите свое отношение к новому ученику и к порядкам

в школе.
Task 23
♦ Прочитайте старинную легенду о леди Годйве из города Ковентри.
При чтении обратите внимание на произнесение следующих соб
ственных имен:
Godiva [ga'daivoj, Coventry ['kovontri], Leofric ['lefrik].
297
LADY GODIVA
Many hundreds of years ago, in 1040, every city and town

of England had its lord. The men and women of the town
had to work for the lord. The lord also took money from the
people, to pay his soldiers and to buy what he needed for
his wars.
Lord Leofric was lord of the town of Coventry. He was a
very bad man and the people of Coventry had to pay him very
much money. Lord Leofric had a wife, Lady Godiva, a kind and
beautiful woman. She always spoke kindly to the people and
the people loved her.
Lady Godiva often asked her husband not to take so much
money from the people, but he only laughed at her. But she
asked him again and again and at last he said:
“All right, I’ll do it, but for this you must ride naked on
horse-back through the streets of the town”.
“She won’t do it”, he sa'd to himself. But she did.
There are two stories about how she did it. The first says
that she rode on horseback and that her hair was so long that
it covered her naked body.
The other story says that the kind people of Coventry did
not come out of their houses that day, and did not look out of
their windows, till she finished her ride. Only one young man,
whose name was Tom, looked out. He saw the naked woman
and became blind.
There is a statue to Lady Godiva on horseback in the centre
of Coventry.
lady — леди on horseback ['ho:sbaek] —

lord — господин, властитель верхом на лошади
to ride (rode, ridden) — ехать body ['bodi] — тело
верхом became blind [blaind] — ослеп
naked ['neikid] — обнаженный statue ['staetju:] — статуя
298
♦ Прочитайте небольшой рассказ о том, как люди в древности
научились делать масло.
IT IS INTERESTING ТО KNOW
Did you know that the first butter was made more than
four thousand years ago?
An Arab horseman carried milk in a bag of leather. He
rode at a very quick gallop to a town which was very far away.
When he came to the town, he opened his bag to drink
some milk, but he saw that the milk had turned into something
yellow. The Arab ate a little of it and found that it was good!
He told all his friends about it. They liked the butter so
much that they began to shake milk when they wanted some
butter.
Much later people began to make butter in a special barrel.
Arab ['aerab] — арабский, араб to turn — превратиться

horseman — всадник to shake — трясти
leather ['1ебэ] — кожа special ['spejal] — специальный,
gallop ['gaelap] — галоп особый
* * *
♦ I. Найдите в первом тексте и прочитайте ответы на следующие

вопросы:
1. What kind ofman was Lord Leofric?

2. What kind ofwoman was his wife?
3. What did sheoften ask her husband?
4. How did she ride through the streets of Coventry?
II. Найдите во втором тексте и прочитайте ответы на следующие
вопросы:
• 1. What did an Arab horseman carry inhis leather bag?

2. Why couldn’the drink the milk fromhis bag?
299
Task 24
♦ П рочитайте два коротких рассказа.
THE PROUD FATHER

A young father was very proud of his little son. He was
telling a visitor how the little boy, not two years old, knew the
different animals in his picture book. “He’s going to be a great
scientist! Here, let me show you”. And the proud father took a
book about animals from the book-shelf, placed Bobby on a chair,
opened the book and showed him a picture of a giraffe.
“What’s that, Bobby?”
“Horsey,” Bobby said.
Next he showed the little boy a tiger and Bobby said,
“Pussy”. Then the father showed him a picture of a lion and
Bobby said, “Doggy.”
But when the little boy saw the picture of a big monkey,
he cried happily, “Daddy.”
animal ['aenimal] — животное pussy 1'pusi] — киска

giraffe [d3 i'ra:f] — жираф lion ['laien] — лев
tiger ['taiga] — тигр daddy t'daedi] — папа, папочка
ON THE TRAIN
It was summer, when a young girl in a pretty dress quickly
entered a compartment of a train and sat down. At the same
moment the train began to move. In the compartment there
was only a young man, who was sitting on the other side
opposite her.
The young man said: “Excuse me, miss, but —”
“If you speak to me again, I’ll give the alarm and stop the
train,” the girl said quickly.
The young man did not say anything more. When the train
was coming up to the station, he stood up and said:
300
“I tried to tell you that you were sitting on my paper bag
of strawberries. But you did not want to listen, so now your
dress is ruined.”
to enter ['enta] — входить alarm [a'lcum] — сигнал тревоги

compartment [kam'padmant] — to ruin |ru:in] — портить
купе
READING IN APRIL AND MAY
Task 25
♦ Прочитайте описание праздников в Великобритании. При чтении
имен:
Hampstead Heath ['haemstad 'hi:0], Staffordshire ['staefadja].
ENGLISH HOLIDAYS
BANK HOLIDAYS IN GREAT BRITAIN

Seven times a year the offices and banks in England are
closed on a Monday and no one works in them on these days.
These public holidays are known as Bank Holidays. No business
houses and factories are open on these days.
On Bank Holidays Londoners like to go out of the city into
the open air. They go to the seaside or to one of the big parks.
Many families* take a basket and put their lunch or tea in it.
They will sit on the grass under a tree, have their meal in the
open air. Good weather is very important. A wet Bank Holiday
gives very little pleasure.
Londoners often visit the Zoo where they ân see many
interesting animals from different countries. Butînany of them
go with their families to Hampstead Heath. This is a large piece
of open land near London where there is a fair on some of the
301
Bank Holidays. There are a lot of interesting things for children
and young people at these fairs — merry-go-rounds, swings
and many little shops which sell paper hats with the words “Kiss
Me Quick”, coloured balloons, cakes and sweets.
An important moment at the fair is the coming of the Pearly
Kings and Queens. These are men and women who have
sewed pearl buttons all over their dresses and suits. And their
hats also have many pearl buttons over them. Those people who
have the most beautiful costumes are named Pearly King and
Queen for one year.
public ['рлЬНк] holiday — офи- pearly I'paili] — перламутровый

цифльный выходной день king — король
Zoo [zu:] — зоопарк queen [kwi:n] — королева
merry-go-rounds to sew [soul — шить, пришивать
['merigou,raundz] — карусели pearl [рэ:1] buttons —
swings — качели перламутровые пуговицы
balloon [ba'lu:n] — воздушный шар costume ['kostju:m] — костюм
THE ROFIN HOOD DANCE

In a little village in Staffordshire a very old dance is per
formed in September every year. Six men in Robin Hood
costumes carry deer’s horns set in wooden deer’s heads. They
walk together with a number of other characters from the
Robin Hood legends: Maid Marian, the girl whom Robin Hood
loved and married, a knight on a wooden horse, a boy in the
traditional costume of a jester, another boy with a bow and
many musicians.
The dance begins at nine o’clock in the morning near the
house where the costumes, the horns and all the other things
are kept during the winter. The dancers walk through the wood
and visit many farms where they eat, drink and dance.
In the afternoon they get back through the village and dance
302
in the streets. The dance ends in the middle of the night in the
market-place. Very many people take part in the dance.
to perform [рэЪ:т] — исполнять knight [nait] — рыцарь

deer’s [diaz] horns — оленьи рога jester ['d3 esta] — шут
set — вставленные bow [baul — лук
wooden ['wudn] — деревянный musician [mju'zijn] —
character ['kaerikta] — действую музыкант
щее лицо through [0ru:] — через, сквозь
* *
♦ I. Ответьте по текстам на следующие вопросы:

1. How many Bank Holidays are there in England?
2. Where do the English people like to go on Bank Holidays?
3. What is Hampstead Heath and why do Londoners go
there?
4. Who are the Pearly Kings and Queens?
5. When is the Robin Hood Dance performed?
6. What costumes do the characters wear?
7. Who was Maid Marian?
8. When do the dancers end their dance?
Task 26
♦ Прочитайте текст о некоторых традициях в Англии. При чтении
имен:
Westminster Abbey ['westminsta 'aebi], Drury Lane ['druari 'lein],
Badely ['beidli], Brighton J'braitn], Hyde Park ['haid 'pcukj.
ENGLISH TRADITIONS
Every country has its traditions. In England traditions play
a very important part in the life of the people. Englishmen are
proud of their traditions and have kept them up for hundreds
of years. For instance, on Sundays theatres and shops are closed,
303
people do not get letters and newspapers. Very few trams and
buses run in the streets of London on Sundays.
In English homes the
traditional fire-place has
always been the centre of
interest in the room. For
many months of the year
people like to sit round the
fire in the evening. Above
the fire-place there is a shelf
on which there are flowers,
a clock and some family
photographs.
fire-place ['faiapleis] — камин for instance — например
THE STONE OF DESTINY
In Westminster Abbey in London there

is a large stone which has an interesting
history. Many hundreds of years ago it
was the seat on which the kings of Scotland
sat when they were crowned. When
Scotland became part of Britain, the English
king brought this stone to London. A large
chair was made and the Stone of Destiny
was put into the seat of the chair. Since
that time the English kings sit on that
chair when they are crowned.
destiny ['destini] — судьба
to crown [kraun] — короновать
304
THE THEATRE ROYAL
The Theatre Royal in Drury Lane is one of the oldest theatres
in London. It was opened in 1663. The king was present at the
performance; that is why it was called the Theatre Royal. Today
most people call it Drury Lane by the name of the street in
which it stands. The theatre has many traditions. One of them
is the Badely cake, which began in the eighteenth century.
Robert Badely was a pastry-cook who became an actor and
joined the Theatre Royal. He was a good actor, and the plays
in which he acted were always a great success with the people
of London. When Robert Badely was very old, he left some
money to the theatre. Robert Badely asked to buy cake and
offer a piece of it to each actor and actress of the theatre on
Twelfth Night every year. Twelfth Night is the 6th of January,
the twelfth night after Christmas.
So, after the evening performance on Twelfth Night, the
actors and actresses come down into the hall in their stage
clothes and eat the Badely cake.
royal ['roialJ — королевский to offer — предлагать

pastry-cook ['peistrikuk] — Christmas ['krismas] — Рождество
кондитер
THE VETERAN CAR RUN
There is a new tradition in England now. Every year a large
number of veteran cars drive from London to Brighton. Veteran
cars are those which were made before 1904. The run takes
place on the first Sunday in November. In November, 1896, a
law was published. It said that a man with a red flag must
walk in front of every car when ft moved in the streets. In
those days people were afraid of the cars.
The run begins at eight o’clock in the morning from Hyde
Park. Some cars look very funny. The drivers are dressed in
the clothes of those times. The oldest cars move in front. The
run is not a competition but a demonstration. Some cars reach
305
Brighton, which is about a hundred kilometres from London,
only late in the evening, others don’t get there; they have to
stop on the way.
run — пробег law [ I d :] — закон

to drive — ехать на машине funny — смешной
* * *
♦ I. Найдите в текстах и прочитайте ответы на следующие вопросы:

1. When do the English kings sit on the Stone of Destiny?
2. Why is the Theatre Royal often called Drury Lane?
3. Who was Robert Badely?
4. When do the actors and actresses of the Theatre Royal
eat the Badely cake?
II. Перескажите кратко последний текст, используя следующие
ключевые слова:
veteran cars drive are very funny
made before 1904 are dressed in
takes place on move in front
a law was published that come to Brighton
III. Скажите,- что нового вы узнали из текстов.
Task 27
♦ Прочитайте текст о первых авиаторах. При чтении обратите
Leonardo da Vinci [liiou'ncudou do'vintji], France [frcuns],
Montgolfier [mont'golfio], Picard ['pikaid], Alexander Mozhaisky
Laelig'zamdo moâiski], Wright [rait].
PIONEERS IN AVIATION
Part I
From the earliest times men have wanted to fly. They looked
at birds, they watched how they moved their w ings and tried
306
to do the same. They made all kinds of wings and tried to fly.
They jumped from high hills and from the tops of houses and
hoped to fly. But they could not; they only broke their arms
and legs or killed themselves. Their wings did not hold them in
the air.
Leonardo da Vinci, a famous Italian painter of the fifteenth
century was also a scientist. He made drawings of a flying
machine. It was constructed much later, and got the name of
helicopter. He left drawings of a parachute too, but he did
not make any.
Our country, Russia, is called the Mother Country of Aviation.
Here the first flying machines were made. In 1731 already, a
Russian made the first hot air balloon out of a bag. When it
was full of hot air, the balloon could ^go up. The man held the
rope of the balloon in his hands and was carried up with it high
into the air. He went up higher than the tree tops and the wind
carried him for some metres. Then the wind stopped and the
balloon came down with the man.
Some fifty years later, in June, 1783, two Frenchmen, the
Montgolfier brothers, built a very big paper balloon. There was
307
a little platform around it to carry people. The balloon could go
up when there was hot air in it.
During the first flight, which took place in France, the
balloon went up into the air. It did not carry anybody. During
the second flight some dogs were tied to the platform. In the
third flight, which was in November of the same year, two men
went up in the balloon. They were five minutes in the air and
travelled six kilometres.
In those days balloons could not fly far. They were carried
by the wind; when the wind stopped, the balloon came down.
Today balloons have gas inside which is lighter than hot
air, so they do not fall when the wind stops.
A great Russian scientist Mikhail Lomonosov was the first
man who worked out the flying model of ahelicopter. He
finished this model in 1754.
Another famous Russian scientist, Dmitry Mendeleyev, did
much important work for aviation. He made experiments with
big kites that could carry a man up into the air. For some years
he worked at the model of a stratospheric balloon. Two years
later he himself went up in the basket of a big stratospheric
balloon over three thousand metres high and watched an eclipse
of the sun.
A Frenchman Picard built his straspheric balloon only in
1931.
aviation (,ем'еЦ(э)п] — авиация helicopter ['helikoptal — вертолет

wing — крыло parachute ['paereju:t] — парашют
to construct [kan'str,\kt] — air [еэ] balloon [ba'lu:n] — воз
строить, конструировать душный шар
Frenchman ['frentjman] — experiment [iks'perimant] — экс
француз перимент, опыт
flight [flait] — полет kite — воздушный змей
light [lait) — легкий stratospheric Lstraeta'sferik]
to work out — разрабатывать balloon (ba'lu:nl — стратостат
model ['modi] — модель eclipse [i'klips] — затмение
308
Part II
The first aeroplane in the world was built in Russia in
1881 by Alexander Mozhaisky, a very good engineer in the
Russian army. He was already over fifty years old, when he
began to work at a model of a flying machine with a motor.
The Russian government did not give him any money to build
his machine, so Mozhaisky had to use his own money. The
aeroplane was not very large. It was only fifteen metres long
and had two wings. It was made of metal, wood and canvas
and had a motor which was also constructed by Mozhaisky.
This first aeroplane could fly eleven metres a second, and
could go up into the air from any plain. The first flight with a
man on it was very short. The aeroplane went up into the air,
flew for some metres and then came down on one side. But this
was the first aeroplane flight in the history of the world aviation.
From 1882 to 1885 Mozhaisky made several flights in his
aeroplane. In the United States, twenty-two years after
Mozhaisky’s first flight, the two Wright brothers built an aeroplane
with a motor. They flew up in it for the first time in 1903.
Russia is the country that gave the world the first aeroplane
pilots. In 1910, Sergei Utochkin learned to pilot an aeroplane.
He often made flights over different towns and cities of our country.
Many people came to watch the flights of Utochkin. Sergei Korolyov
saw one of Utochkin’s flights when he was five years old.
Pyotr Nesterov was a very good pilot. He worked out many
tricks of air pilotage. He looped the loop in September 1913.
No other pilot could do it in those days. Later this trick was
called Nesterov’s loop. Today many pilots can loop the loop.
When World War I began in 1914, Nesterov fought enemy
planes. He was the first to ram an enemy aeroplane, but his
aeroplane fell and Nesterov was killed. He was only twenty-seven
at that time.
After the October Revolution the Russian Government did
much for aviation, and better and newer aeroplanes were con-
309
structed. The best aeroplanes have the names of their constructors:
Tupolev, Ilyushin, Yakovlev, Lavochkin and others.
aeroplane ['earaplein] — самолет, аэроплан pilotage ['раПэШз]

metal ['metl] — металл — пилотаж
wood — дерево to loop the loop —
canvas ['kaenvos] — парусина делать мертвую петлю
pilot (to pilot) ['pailat] — пилот to ram — таранить
(пилотировать)
* * *
♦ 1. Найдите в первой части текста и прочитайте ответы насле

дующие вопросы:
1. How did people try to fly in the earliest times of history?
2. Who made drawings of a flying machine in the fifteenth
century?
3. What was the first air balloon made of?
4. Why could it go up into the air?
5. Why couldn’t the first balloon fly far?
6. Who worked out the flying model of a helicopter?
II. Найдите во второй части текста и прочитайте ответы на
следующие вопросы.
1. When was the first aeroplane in the world built?
2. What did thefirst aeroplane look like?
3. Who was the first aeroplane pilot in Russia?
4. What Russian pilot worked out many tricks of air pilotage?
III. Найдите во всем тексте и прочитайте предложения, подтверж
дающие следующее:
1. The first flying machines were made in Russia.
2. The first stratospheric balloon was made in Russia.
3. The first aeroplane with a motor was made in Russia.
IV. Найдите в тексте интернациональные слова, прочитайте их
и назовите соответствующие русские слова.
310
Task 28
♦ Прочитайте текст об истории празднования Первого мая. При
чтении обратите внимание на произнесение следующих собствен
ных имен:
Chicago [Ji'kagou], Michigan ['mijigan].
FROM THE HISTORY OF MAY DAY
CHICAGO AND THE FIRST MAY DAY
May Day, the international day of labour and of workers’

solidarity was born in Chicago in 1886.
Today, Chicago is the second largest city in the United
States, after New York. It lies on the banks of Lake Michigan.
About one in four citizens of Chicago is a black American.
Chicago is the largest industrial centre, the most important
port on the Great Lakes and a railway centre. Machines of all
kinds are made in Chicago. Chicago is the most proletarian
of all American cities, and was the centre of class wars at the
end of the nineteenth century.
As in New York and other large American cities, there are
two different parts in Chicago: the centre, with its skyscrapers
and rich houses on the banks of Lake Michigan, and the districts
with old houses where the workers live.
The struggle for the eight-hour working day began in the
United States in the 1860s and continued for thirty-five years.
This struggle was very important. All over the United States
and in other countries too, the workers had to work very many
hours a day. On May 1, 1886, Chicago became the centre of
the fight for the eight-hour day in the United States. On that
day 400,000 workers of Chicago plants and factories went on
strike. At one big plant, six striking workers were killed by the
police. A mass meeting for May the 4th was called in one of
the squares. Suddenly somebody threw a bomb. Seven policemen
311
and four workers were killed, and many were wounded. Eight
workers’ leaders were arrested. Later four of them were hanged.
After that the American trade unions and the Socialist Inter
national decided, in 1890, to organize May Day demonstrations
every year.
international Linta'naejanl] — went on strike — забастовали

международный police [pa'liis] — полиция
solidarity [^soli'daeriti] — соли mass — массовый
дарность bomb [bom] — бомба
citizen ['sitizn] — гражданин to wound [wu:nd] — ранить
proletarian Lproulo'teorian] — trade union ['ju:njan] —
пролетарский профессиональный союз
skyscraper ['skaiskreipa] — небо International Linta'naejanl] —
скреб Интернационал
plant [pla;nt] — завод, фабрика
CELEBRATION
OF MAY DAY IN OLD ENGLAND
In old England May Day was a spring holiday. Young people

celebrated this* day with flowers, dancing and games on the
village green.
On the first Sunday of May a maypole was put up, that
was a tall pole decorated with flowers. In later times ribbons
of different colours were tied to the maypole. They were held
by the dancers.
On that day the girls of the village wore their best summer
dresses, put flowers in their hair and waited with great interest
for the May Queen. The most beautiful girl was" crowned as the
May Queen. Her crown was made of beautiful flowers. After
this there were dancing and games.
Now in England this holiday has almost died out, but in
many parts of the country a beautiful girl is still crowned as
312
the May Queen. In many village schools, a maypole with long
and bright ribbons is put up and children dance around it.
village green — зеленая лужайка в де- ribbon ['ribanj — лента

ревне crown [kraun] — корона
maypole — майское дерево (украшенный
цветами столб, вокруг которого танцуют)

вопросы:
1. When and where was the international day of labour
and of workers’ solidarity born?
2. Why is the city of Chicago so important?
3. When did the struggle for the eight-hour working day
begin in the United States?
4. How many workers of Chicago went on strike on the
first of May, 1886?
II. Расскажите кратко о майском празднике, празднике весны в
старой Англии, используя следующие ключевые слова:
spring holiday put on their best summer
with flowers, dancing dresses
and games put flowers in their hair
a maypole ... decorated was crowned as the May Queen
with
III. Найдите в первом Гексте интернациональные слова, прочи
тайте их и назовите соответствующие русские слова.
Task 29
♦ Прочитайте текст о старинном английском городе Ковентри.
COVENTRY
Coventry is one of the oldest cities in England. It lies about
140 kilometres north-west of London and has a population of
313
about 350,000 people. Coventry is an industrial centre. At its
factories many different things are made: motors, farm machines,
aeroplanes, radios, television sets, and many other things. During
World War II the centre of the city was bombed by German planes
and more than 70,000 houses were ruined. Thousands of people
were killed, among them many women, children and old people.
Coventry is the twin city of Volgograd in Russia. This
friendship began in the war years. This was the beginning of
the Twin Towns Organization. Delegations from Coventry visited
Volgograd many times. And the citizens of Volgograd came to
visit Coventry.
There is a Defence Museum in Volgograd, and visitors can
see in it many things sent from Coventry. One of them is a
table-cloth with the names of many women of Coventry on it
made in silk. They collected money in the war years to buy
medicines for the heroic people of Stalingrad.
The delegation that came to Volgograd from Coventry in
1981, visited many interesting places in that city. They visited
the Defence Museum and the chocolate factory, where they
tried some very nice sweets. Then came visits to kindergarten
and to a school where the children learn English. The children
gave a little concert for their visitors from Coventry.
The Coventry delegation also went to see the central fire
station in Volgograd, because one of the members of this
delegation was a fireman in Coventry. After that they all went
to the Mamayev Hill, which was the centre of fighting during
the heroic defence of Stalingrad. The members of the delegation
laid flowers at the foot of the monument to Victory.
delegation [,deli'geijon] — heroic [hi’rouik] — героический

делегация chocolate ['tjoklit] — шоколадный
defence [di'fens] — оборона fire station — пожарная станция
table-cloth ['teiblkloO] — fireman — пожарный
скатерть foot [fut] — подножие
medicine ['medsin] — лекарство
314
♦ I. Найдите в тексте и прочитайте предложения для описания
следующего:
1. Coventry is about 140 kilometres from London.
2. Many different things are made at factories of Coventry.
3. The centre of the city was ruined during World War II.
II. Выберите из текста и прочитайте 4— 5 предложений, в которых
говорится о дружбе городов-побратимов.
Task 30
♦ Прочитайте тексты о выдающихся английских художниках Джо
шуа Рейнольдсе и Джоне Констебле. При чтении обратите вни
мание на произнесение следующих собственных имен:
Joshua Reynolds [^зо^иэ 'renaldzj, Devonshire ['devnjy], Parma
['рашз), Florence ['florans], Venice ['venis], Constable ['kAnstabl],
Suffolk ['sAfok], Paris ['paeris].
ENGLISH PAINTERS
JOSHUA REYNOLDS
(1723— 1792)
Joshua Reynolds was a great English painter. He was bom

in Devonshire in the south of England. His father was a school
teacher. When the boy was seventeen, he was sent to London
where he learned art from a portrait painter. Reynolds stayed
with the painter for two years and then came ba^k to Devonshire.
Reynolds lived in Plymouth and painted portraits. In 1744
he was back in London and went to see his old teacher. His
teacher introduced him to the painters in London and advised
him in his work. People liked the portraits which Reynolds
painted.
But Reynolds wanted to go to Italy and study art there. He
did not have enough money for the journey and a captain who
315
was the commander of the English ships in Italy offered to take
him there on one of his ships.
Reynolds lived in Rome for two years. After that he spent
five months in Parma, Florence and Venice. Then he visited
other important cities in Italy. But suddenly the painter fell ill,
and decided to go back to England. From that time on Reynolds
lived in London and painted portraits. Soon he became a famous
portrait painter. In 1768 Reynolds became the first president of
the Royal Academy of Arts. He made a whole gallery of
portraits of the most famous people of his time — writers, sci
entists and actors. But his eyes were already not strong and it
was difficult for him to work. In 1792 the great English painter
died.
painter ['peinta] — художник Royal ['roial] Academy [a'kaedami]

fell ill — заболел of Arts — Королевская Академия
Искусств
JOHN CONSTABLE
(1776— 1837)
John Constable was born in a small town in Suffolk, in the

south of England. His father was a rich miller. He had a water
mill. When the boy was seventeen, he left school and began
to work for his father. John always liked drawing and now when
the working day was over he studied drawing. His teacher was
a landscape painter. John’s landscapes were good and his father
let John go to London to study art there. John’s teacher in
London was a landscape painter too. He liked John’s pictures
and taught him for two years.
Then John’s father asked the young man to come back home
and help at the mill. But »n 1799 John Constable decided to
take up painting as a profession. He became a student at the
Royal Academy Schools in London. In 1802 there was an exhibition
at the Academy and Constable offered some of his landscapes.
316
The president of the Academy liked his landscapes and advised
him to continue his studies in art. Constable was offered work
as a teacher of drawing at a school, but the president of the
Academy advised him not to take that work and Constable
continued to study art.
In 1811 he offered a large landscape for the Academy
exhibition. For the first time in his life many lovers of art found
Constable’s landscape good. The next years were most successful
in his life. In 1824 some of his landscapes were a great success
at the exhibition in Paris. In 1829 Constable became a member
of the Academy.
John Constable died in 1837. In 1838 all his works were
sold. His children bought many of the pictures and left them to
England.
miller ['milal — мельник taught [to:tl — учил

water mill — водяная мельница (to teach — учить, преподавать)
landscape ['laendskeip] — пейзаж lover f'l.wa] — любитель
* * *

вопросы:
1. Where was Joshua Reynolds born?
2. When and where did he begin to study art?
3. Why did Reynolds go to Italy?
4. When did Reynolds become the president of the Academy?
5. Whose portraits did Reynolds paint?
II. Найдите во втором тексте и прочитайте 2—3 предложения,
в которых дано описание следующего:
1. At seventeen John began to work at his father’s mill.
2. John Constable studied art in London.
3. In 1799 John Constable chose art as a profession.
.4. Constable’s landscapes were a great success in Paris
in 1824.
317
Task 31
♦ П рочитайте два коротких текста о животных.
ABOUT BADGERS
A badger is a very interesting animal, but you can see

him only in the evening, when it is dark. Then the badger comes
out of his underground home to eat.
The father badger is a big animal, as big as a cat. He is
covered with grey fur, his legs are short and very strong, he
can dig very well. His head is white with a little black fur on
the top.
Badgers sleep during the day, and all winter too. In summer
they come out in the dark when they want to eat. They eat
berries, apples, and sometimes little birds or mice.
Badgers are very cleanly animals. When they come out from
their underground homes, they begin to wash their faces with
their front paws, then they comb their long fur with their paws.
When they have done all that, the old badgers begin to play
and to show their young how to catch mice or little birds.
>adger ['Ьэеёзэ] — барсук berry ['beri] — ягода

inimal ['aenimal] — животное mouse (m ice) — мышь (мыши)
:ur [fa:] — мех paw [рэ:] — лапа
:o dig (dug) — копать to comb [koum] — расчесывать
:leanly ['klenli] — чистоплотный
ABOUT A TIGER
Once some Englishmen who were in India went on a journey
through the forest. On the w°.y back they found a little tiger
not more than two weeks old. They took the tiger and when
they came to their tent, they tied it with a rope to the pole in
318
the middle of the tent. The little tiger liked the place and played
with the rope. The men stood round him and watched.
Two hours later when the men were at supper they heard
the roar of a big tiger. The little tiger heard it too and changed
at once. It began to pull at the rope. The next minute a very
big mother tiger jumped into the tent. She did not look at the
men. She saw only the little tiger in the middle of the tent.
The mother tiger caught the little tiger and pulled the rope.
Then she turned to the door of the tent and jumped out. The
people in the tent could not speak for some time.
roar [гэ:] — рев at once [wxns] — сразу

VOCABULARY
a — adjective ['aed3 iktiv] — прилагательное
adv — adverb ['aedvaib] — наречие
cj — conjunction [kanÂgkJn] — союз
int — interjection Lintaêkjan] — междометие
n — noun [naun] — существительное
пит — numeral ['nju:maral] — числительное
pi — plural ['pluaral] — множественное
pr n — proper noun ['ргэрэ 'naun] — имя собственное
prep — preposition Lprepa'zijn] — предлог
pron — pronoun ['prounaun] — местоимение
v — verb [v3:b] — глагол
A after ['cufta] prep, cj после

after Mark Twain по произведе
а [з] неопределенный артикль нию Марка Твена
(перед согласными) afternoon ['afta'nu:n] n время
able ['eibl] be able а; мочь, суметь после полудня
about [a'baut] prep; adv о; при again [3 'gein] adv снова, опять
близительно, около against [a'geinst] prep против
above [a'bAv] prep над age [eid3 ] n возраст
abcent ['aebsant]* a: be absent ago [э'дои] adv тому назад
отсутствовать agree [a'gri:] v соглашаться
act [aekt] v исполнять (роли) agricultural Laegri'kAltJaral]
active ['aektiv] а активный а сельскохозяйственный
activity [aek'tiviti] n деятельность agriculture ['aegrikAltja] n сель
actor ['aekta] n артист, актер ское хозяйство
actress ['aektris] n артистка, air [еэ] n воздух
актриса airport ['eapoit] n аэропорт
additional [a'dijanl] а дополни all [э:1] pron всё, вся, все
тельный allow [a'lau] v позволять, разре
address [a'dres] n адрес шать
advise [ad'vaiz] v советовать almost ['admoust] adv почти
afraid [d'freid] a: be afraid бо along [a'lag] prep вдоль
яться already [ad'redi] adv уже
320
also ['a:lsou] adv также, тоже ate [et] см. eat
always ['ailwaz] adv всегда athletics [aeG'letiks] n атлетика
am [aem, згп] 1-е л. ед. ч. наст. attack [a'taek] n атака; v нападать
время глагола to be August ['a:gast] n август
ап [зп] неопределенный артикль aunt [ant] n тетя
(перед гласными) author ['э:9з] n автор
and [aend, and] cj и autumn ['aitam] n осень
angry ['aeggri] а сердитый, злой award [a'wa:d] n награда;^ на
animal ['aenimal] n животное граждать
anniversary Laeni'vaisari] n го
довщина
another [з'плбз] a, pron другой
answer ['ansa] n ответ; v отвечать
any ['em] а любой
any more больше В
anybody ['enibadi] pron кто-нибудь
anyone ['eniwAn] pron кто-нибудь back [baek] n спина; задняя или
anything ['eniGig] pron что-нибудь оборотная сторона; adv назад
applaud [a'pb:d] v аплодировать bad [baed] a (worse, worst) плохой
apple ['aepl] n яблоко bag [baeg] n сумка, портфель
April ['eipral] n апрель balcony ['baelkani] n балкон
are [а] мн. ч. наст, времени гла ball [Ьэ:1] n мяч
гола to be ballet ['baelei] n балет
area ['earia] n площадь, террито bank 1 [baegk] n берег (реки)
рия bank 2 [baegk] n банк
arm [am] n рука (от кисти до barrel ['baeral] n бочонок, бочка
плеча) basket ['baskit] n корзина; гон
arm-chair ['am'tjea] п кресло дола
army ['ami] п армия basketball ['baskitba:l] n баскет
around [a'raund] prep вокруг бол
arrest [a'rest] n арест; v аресто bathroom ['baOrum] n ванная
вывать (комната)
article ['atikl] n статья, артикль be [bi:] v (was, were, been) быть,
arts [ats] n изобразительное ис существовать
кусство beat [bi:t] v (beat, beaten) бить,
as [aez, az] cj в то время как; побить
поскольку; как beaten ['bi:tn] cmv beat
as ... as такой же ... как beautiful ['bju:taful] а красивый
ask [ask] v спрашивать became [bi'keim] c m . become
at [aet, at] prep у; в because [bi'kaz] cj потому что

become [Ы'клт] v (became, be boat [bout] n лодка; пароход
come) становиться, делаться bomb [bom] n бомба; v бомбить
bed [bed] n постель book [buk] n книга; v приобре
been [bi:n] c m . be тать, заказывать билеты
before [bi'fo:] prep перед bookcase ['bukkeis] n книжный
began [bi'gaen] c m . begin шкаф
begin [bi'gin] v (began, begun) booking-office ['bukig,ofis] n би
начинать летная касса
begun [ЬГдлп] см. begin boot [bu:t] n ботинок
behind [bi'haind] adv позади, born [bo:n] be born родиться
сзади both [bou0] pron, conj оба
believe [bi'li:v] v верить, пола both ... and как ... так и
гать bottle ['botl] n бутылка
bell [bel] n звонок bought [bo:t] c m . buy
belong [bi'bg] v принадлежать box [boks] n коробка
below [bi'lou] adv, prep ниже box-office ['bokspfis] n театраль
bench [bentj*] n скамья ная касса
besides [bi'saidz] adv кроме того boy [boi] n мальчик
best [best] а (превосх. ст. от good, bread [bred] n хлеб
well) наилучший; adv лучше break [breik] n перемена
better ['beta] а (сравнит, ст. от break [breik] v (broke, broken)
good, well) лучший; adv луч ломать, сломаться
ше breakfast ['brekfast] n завтрак
between [bi'twi:n] prep между have breakfast (dinner, supper)
big [big] а большой завтракать (обедать, ужинать)
bill [bil] n театральная афиша bridge [brid3 ] n мост
biography [bai'ografi] n биография brigade [bri'geid] n бригада
biology [bai'Dl3d3i] n биология bright [brait] а яркий
bird [b3:d] n птица bring [brig] v (brought, brought)
birthday ['baiGdei] n день рож приносить
дения broke [brouk] c m . break
black [blaek] а черный broken ['broukn] см. break
blackboard ['blaekboid] n класс brother [Ъглба] n брат
ная доска brought [bro:t] c m . bring
blew [blu:] c m . blow brown [braun] а коричневый
block [Ыэк] n квартал (города) brush [ЬглЯ n щетка; v чистить
blouse [blauz] n блузка щеткой
blow [blou] v (blew, blown) дуть b'.tild [bild] v (built, built) стро
blown [bloun] c m . blow ить
blue [blu:] а синий building ['bildig] n здание
322
built [bilt] см. build celebrate ['selibreit] v праздно
bus [Ьлб] n автобус вать
business ['biznis] n дело celebration [,seli'breijn] n празд
but [bAt] cj HO нование
butcher ['butâ] n мясник central ['sentral] а центральный
butter ['bAta] n масло centre ['senta] n центр
buy [bai] v (bought, bought) century ['sentjari] n век
покупать certainly ['sa:tnli] adv конечно,
by [bai] prep при, около непременно
by bus автобусом chair [tjea] n стул
chalk [tjb:k] n мел
champion ['tjaempjan] n чемпион
championship ['tjaempjanjip] n
чемпионат
С change [tjeincb] n сдача; пере
мена; v менять(ся), изме
caf6 ['kaefei] n кафе няться)
cake [keik] n торт, пирожное character ['kaerikta] n персонаж;
call [ka:l] v звать; называть; за характер
ходить (call on) check [tjek] v проверять
came [keim] c m . come cheese [tji:z] n сыр
camp [kaemp] n лагерь child [tjaild] n {pi children) ре
can [kaen] v (could) мочь бенок
cap [kaep] n кепка childhood ['tjaildhud] n детство
capital ['kaepitl] n столица children ['tjildran] n {pi child)
capitalist ['kaepitalist] n капита дети
лист; а капиталистический chocolate ['tjaklit] n шоколад; a
captain ['kaeptin] n капитан шоколадный
car [ka:] n машина, автомобиль choir ['kwaia] n xop
саге [кеэ] п забота choose [tju:z] v (chose, chosen)
take care of заботиться выбирать
carriage ['каепс1з] п вагон chose [tjouz] c m . choose
carry ['kaeri] v нести chosen ['tjouzn] c m . choose
carry out выполнять cinema ['sinima] n кинотеатр
cat [kaet] n кошка circus ['saikas] n цирк
catch [kaetjl v (caught, caught) city ['siti] n большой город
ловить; успеть twin cities породненные города
cattle-farm ['kaetlfcum] n живот class [klcus] n класс
новодческая ферма classmate ['klcusmeit] n одно
caught [ko:t] c m . catch классник
323
classroom ['klcusrum] n классная corner ['ka:na] n угол
комната correct [ka'rekt] v исправлять,
clean [kli:n] а чистый; v убирать; поправлять
вытирать (доску) correctly [ka'rektli] adv правильно
cleanly ['klenli] а чистоплотный corridor ['korido:] n коридор
climate ['klaimit] n климат cost [kast] v (cost, cost) стоить
cloakroom ['kloukrum] n гардероб cotton ['katn] n хлопок; хлопча
clock [kbk] n часы (настенные, тобумажная ткань
напольные) could [kud] см. can
at 6 o'clock в 6 часов count [kaunt] v считать
close [klouz] v закрывать country ['kAntri] n страна; дерев
clothes [klou5z] n одежда ня; сельская местность
club [к1лЬ] n клуб course [ka:s]: of course конечно
coast [koust] n морской берег cover ['клуэ] v крышка; обложка
coat [kout] n пальто v покрывать
coffee ['kafi] n кофе cow [kau] n корова
cold [kould] n простуда; а холод cross [kras] v пересекать, пере
ный ходить
collect [ka'lekt] v собирать crossing ['krasig] n перекресток
colour ['кл1а] n цвет crown [kraun] n корона; v коро
combine-harvester новать
['kambain'hcuvista] комбайн cry [krai] v кричать; плакать
combine-operator cultural ['kAltJaral] а культурный
['kambain'apareita] n комбайнер cup [клр] n чашка; спортивный
come [клт] v (came, come) при кубок
ходить cupboard ['kAbad] n буфет
comedy ['kamadi] n комедия
comfortable ['kAmfatabl] а удоб
ный D
commander [ka'mcunda] n коман
дир dad [daed] n папа
competition [,kampi'tijn] n со daily ['deili] а ежедневный; adv
ревнование ежедневно
comrade ['kamrid] n товарищ dairy ['deari] n молочный магазин
concert ['kansat] n концерт dance [dcuns] n танец; v танце
consist [kan'sist] v состоять (из) вать -
constitution [,kansti'tju:Jn] n dark [dcuk] а темный
конституция date [deit] n дата
continue [kan'tinju] v продолжать daughter ['da:ta] n дочь
cool [ku:l] а прохладный day [dei] n день
324
dear [dia] а дорогой do sums решать задачи (при
December [di'semba] n декабрь меры)
decide [di'said] v решать doctor ['dakta] n врач
decorate ['dekareit] v украшать does [dAz] 3-е л. ед. ч. наст.
decoration [,deka'reijn] n укра времени глагола to do
шение dog [dag] n собака
defence [di'fens] n защита done [dAn] c m . do
defend [di'fend] v защищать door [da:] n дверь
demonstration [,deman'streijn] n down [daun] adv вниз, внизу
демонстрация drama ['drcuma] n драма, теат
department [di'patmant] n отдел ральная пьеса
describe [dis'kraib] v описывать drank [draegk] см. drink
desk [desk] n парта, письменный draw [dra:] v (drew, drawn) ри
стол совать
deskmate ['deskmeit] n сосед no drawing ['dra:ig] n рисование;
парте рисунок
develop [di'velap] v развивать drawn [drain] c m . draw
development [di'velapmant] n dress [dres] n платье; v одеваться
развитие drew [dru:] c m . draw
did [did] c m . do drink [drigk] v (drank, drunk)
die [dai] v умирать пить
differ ['difa] v различаться driver ['draiva] n водитель
different ['difrant] а различный, drunk [drAQk] c m . drink
разный dry [drai] v сушить; вытирать
difficult ['difikalt] а трудный dry oneself вытираться
dining-room [ ' d a i n i g r u m ] n сто during ['djuarig] prep в течение,
ловая во время •
dinner ['dina] n обед dust [dAst] v вытирать, выбивать
have dinner обедать пыль
discipline ['disiplin] n дисциплина duster ['dAsta] п тряпка
discuss [dis'kAs] v обсуждать duty ['dju:ti] п долг
dish [dijl n тарелка; блюдо be on duty дежурить
dishes n посуда
district ['distrikt] n район
do [du:] v (did, done) делать E
do homework учить уроки
do morning exercises делать each [i:tj*] a, pron каждый
утреннюю гимнастику each other друг друга
do one's shopping делать ear [ia] n yxo
покупки early ['a:li] а ранний; adv рано
325
east [i:st] n восток examination [ig,zaemi'neijn] n
eastern ['i:stan] а восточный экзамен
easy ['i:zi] а легкий excellent ['eksalant] а отличный
eat [i:t] v (ate, eaten) есть, ку excursion [iks'ka:jn] n экскурсия
шать excuse [iks'kju:z] v извинять(ся)
eaten ['i:tn] c m . eat exercise ['eksasaiz] n упражне
economic [ika'namik] а экономи ние
ческий exercise-book ['eksasaizbuk] n
education Ledju'keijn] n образо тетрадь
вание exhibition [,eksi'bijn] n выставка
eight [eit] пит восемь expedition [,ekspi'dijh] n экспе
either ['ai6a] adv также (при от диция
рицании) experiment [iks'perimant] n экс
either ... or или ... или перимент, опыт
elder ['elda] а старший (в семье) explain [iks'plein] v объяснять
eldest ['eldist] а самый старший explorer [iks'pla:ra] n исследова
(в семье) тель
eleven [i'levn] пит одиннадцать eye [ai] n глаз
else [els] adv еще, кроме
end [end] n конец; v кончать
enemy ['enimi] n враг
engineer [,end3 i'nia] n инженер F
English ['igglijl n английский
язык; англичанин, англичанка; fable ['feibl] n басня
а английский face [feis] n лицо
enjoy [in'd3 oi] и* получать удо factory ['faektari] n фабрика, завод
вольствие fair [fea] а белокурый
enjoyable [in'd3 Diabl] а приятный fall [fa:] v (fell, fallen) упасть
enough [i'nAf] adv достаточно fall ill заболеть
enter ['enta] v войти; поступать fall [fa:l] n водопад
especially [is'pejali] adv особенно fallen [Ъ:1п] см. fall
evening ['i:vnig] n вечер family ['faemili] n семья
event [i'vent] n соревнование (no famous ['feimas] а знаменитый
определенному виду спорта) far [feu] а далекий; adv далеко
every ['evri] а каждый fare [fea] n плата (за проезд)
everybody ['evribadi] pron каж farm [fcum] n ферма
дый, всякий, все farmer ['fcuma] фермер; колхозник
everyone ['evriwAn] pron каждый; fascist ['faejist] а фашистский
все fast [fcust] а быстрый
everything ['evriGig] pron всё father ['fcu5a] n отец
326
favour ['feiva] n одобрение fond [fond] be fond of любить
in favour of в пользу кого-то, что-то
favourite ['feivarit] а любимый food [fu:d] n пища
February ['februari] n февраль foot [fut] n (pi feet) ступня
feel [fi:l] v (felt, felt) чувствовать go on foot идти пешком
feet [fi:t] n (pi от foot) ноги football ['futba:l] n футбольный
fell [fel] c m . fall мяч; футбол
felt [felt] c m . feel for [fa:] prep для
festival ['festiv(a)l] n праздник, for breakfast на завтрак
фестиваль forest ['farist] n лес
few[fju:] а мало, немного (с исчис forget [fa'get] v (forgot,
ляемыми существительными) forgotten) забывать
a few несколько (с исчисляе forgot [fa'gat] c m . forget
мыми существительными) forgotten [fa'gatn] c m . forget
field [fi:ld] п поле fork [fa:k] n вилка
fifteen ['fif'ti:n] пит пятнадцать form [fa:m] n класс
fifth [fif0] пит пятый forty ['fa:ti] пит сорок
fifty ['fifti] пит пятьдесят fought [fa:t] CM. fight
fight [fait] v (fought, fought) four [fa:] пит четыре
бороться, сражаться fox [faks] n лиса
film [film] n фильм free [fri:] а свободный; v осво
find [faind] v (found, found) бождать
находить fresh [frej*] а свежий
fine [fain] а прекрасный Friday ['fraidi] n пятница
finish ['finij*] v кончать friend [frend] n друг
fire ['faia] n костер, огонь friendship ['frendjip] n дружба •
first [fa:st] пит первый; adv сна frighten ['fraitn] v пугать
чала, сперва * from [fram, fram] prep из, от
fish [fijl n рыба; v ловить рыбу front [frAnt] in front of впереди,
five [faiv] пит пять вперед
flag [flaeg] n флаг fruit [fru:t] n фрукты
flat [flaet] n квартира full [ful] а полный
flew [flu:] c m . fly funny ['fAni] а смешной, забавный
floor [fla:] n пол; этаж
flow [flou] v течь, протекать
flower ['flaua] n цветок G
flower garden цветник
flown [floun] CM. fly gallery ['gaelari] n галерея
fly [flai] v (flew, flown) летать game [geim] n игра
folk ffouk] а народный; n народ garden ['gcudn] n сад
327
gas [gaes] n газ government ['gAvnmont] n пра
gather ['даебэ] v собирать(ся) вительство
gave [geiv] c m . give graduate ['graedjueit] v оканчи
gentleman ['d3 entlman] n джен вать (учебное заведение)
тльмен, хорошо воспитанный grandfather ['graendja-fto] n де
человек душка
geography ИзГэдгэЬ] п гео grandmother ['дгаеп,тл5э] n ба
графия бушка
get [get] v (got, got) получать, grass [grcus] n трава
становиться great [greit] а великий
get off выходить (из автобуса greatly ['greitli] adv очень, весьма
и т. д.) green [gri:n] а зеленый
get on входить (в автобус и greeting ['griitig] n приветствие
т. д.) grew [gru:] c m . grow
get up вставать grey [grei] а серый
girl [дэ:1] п девочка; девушка ground [graund] n земля, почва
give [giv] v (gave, given) давать ground floor 1-й этаж
given ['givn] c m . give playground площадка для игр
glad [glaed] а довольный sports ground спортивная
glass [glcus] n стекло; стакан площадка
go [gou] v (went, gone) идти, group [gru:p] n группа
ехать grow [grou] v (grew, grown)
go by bus ехать на автобусе выращивать; расти
go home идти домой grown [groun] c m . grow
go in for увлекаться (каким- grown-up ['дгоиплр] а взрос
либо видом спорта) лый
go out выходить gymnasium [d3im'neizj9m] n
go to bed ложиться спать спортивный зал
go to school ходить в школу gymnastics [d3 im'naestiks] n гим
go to work ходить на работу настика
goal [goul] n гол; спортивные во
рота
gold [gould] n золото; а золотой
gone [дэп] см. go
good [gud] a (better, best) хо H
роший
good-bye [gud'bai] n прощание had [haed] c m . have
['gud'bai] int до свидания hair [Ьгэ] n волосы
got [got] c m . get half [hcuf] rt половина
328
hall [Ьэ:1] n зал; передняя hike [haik] п длительная прогул
hall-stand вешалка для одеж ка; v путешествовать, ходить
ды пешком
hand [haend] п рука (кисть) hiking ['haikig] п пеший туризм
handbag ['haendbaeg] п сумочка hill [hil] п холм, возвышенность
hang [haer)] (hung, hung) ве him [him] pron ему, его
шать; (hanged) в значении — himself [him'self] pron ему, его
казнить his [hiz] pron его; свой; принад
happy ['haepi] а счастливый лежащий ему
harvest ['hcuvist] п урожай; v со history ['histari] п история
бирать урожай hockey ['hoki] п хоккей
hat [haet] п шляпа hold [hould] v (held, held) дер
have [haev] v (had, had) иметь жать, проводить собрание
have breakfast (dinner, ‘hold up поднимать
supper) завтракать (обедать, holiday ['holidi] n праздник; отпуск
ужинать) holidays каникулы
he has a coat on на нем пальто home [houm] n дом, жилище; adv
have to do something должен домой
сделать что-то at home дома
he [hi:] pron он go (come) home идти (при
head [hed] n голова ходить) домой
at the head of во главе hope [houp] n надежда; v наде
headmaster [hed'masta] n дирек яться
тор школы horse [ho:s] n лошадь
health [hel9] n здоровье hospital ['hospital] n больница
hear [hia] v (heard, heard) слы hot [hot] а горячий; жаркий
шать hotel [hou'tel] n гостиница, отель
heard [ha:d] c m . hear hour ['aua] n час
heavy ['hevi] а тяжелый house [haus] n дом
held [held] c m . hold how [hau] adv как
help [help] n помощь; v помогать how many сколько (с ис-
her [ha:] pron ее, ей; свой; при числ. сущ.)
надлежащий ей how much сколько (с неис-
here [hia] adv здесь, сюда числ. сущ.)
here you are вот, пожалуйста How do you do? Рад(а) по
(при вручении чего-либо) знакомиться, здравствуйте
hero [7hiarou] п герой hundred ['hAndrad] пит сто
heroic [hi'rouik] а героический hung [hArj] см. hang
herself [ha:'self] pron себя; сама hungry ['hAQgri] а голодный
high Ihai] а высокий; adv высоко husband ['hAzband] n муж
329
I island ['ailand] n остров
it [it] pron он, она, оно
I [ai) pron я It is four o’clock Четыре часа.
ice [ais] n лед
ice-cream ['aiskriim) n мороженое
idea [ai'dia] n мысль, идея J
if [if] cj если
ill (ill а больной jacket [7d3 aekit] n жакет
illumination [Uu.mi'neijn] n ил January ['d3aenju9ri] n январь
люминация job [d3 ob] n работа
important [im'poitont] а важный join [d3 Din] v присоединяться,
impression [im'prejn] а впечат вступать (в общество, клуб,
ление партию)
in [in] prep в journey ['d39:ni] п путешествие
be in дома July [d3 u:'lai] п июль
in front of перед jump [d3 Amp] п прыжок; v пры
industrial [in'dAstriol] а промыш гать
ленный June [бзи:п] п июнь
industry ['indostri] n промышлен just [d3 Ast] adv только что,
ность только
information Linfo'meijn] n инфор Just a minute! Минутку!
мация; сообщение, сведение
institute ['institjuit] n институт
interest ['intrist] n интерес; v ин К
тересовать, заинтересовать
interesting ['intfastig] а интерес keep [ki:p] v (kept, rept) дер
ный жать, хранить
International [jnta'naejanl] n Ин kept [kept] см. keep
тернационал kill [kil] v убивать
international Linta'naejbnl] a kilogramme ['kitagraem] n кило
международный, интернацио грамм
нальный kilometre ['kil9,mi:t9] n километр
interval ['intavol] n перерыв, ант kind 1 [kaind] а добрый
ракт kind 2 [kaind] n сорт, вид
into ['into, 'intu] prep в What kind of book is this?
introduce Lintra'djuis] v пред Какая это книга?
ставлять, знакомить; вводить king [kig] n король
invention [in'venjn] n изобретение kitchen ['kitjin] n кухня
is [iz] 3-е лицо ед. ч. наст, вре kitchen-garden огород
мени глагола to be knew [nju:] c m . know
330
know [nou] v (knew, known) leave [li:v] v (left, left) покидать,
знать оставлять, уезжать
known [noun] cm . know leave school оканчивать школу
left [left] а левый
on the left налево
left [left] c m . leave
leg [leg] n нога
L legend ['led3 ond] n легенда
less [les] а (сравн. ст. от little)
laboratory [la'boratari] n лабора меньший; adv меньше, менее
тория lesson ['lesn] n урок
labour ['leibo] n\ labour training let [let] v (let, let) позволять
трудовое обучение letter ['leto] n буква; письмо
laid [leid] c m . lay library ['laibrori] n библиотека
lain [lein] c m . lie librarian [lai'breorion] n библио
lake [leik] n озеро текарь
lamp [laemp] n лампа lie [lai] v (lay, lain) лежать
land [laend] n земля life [laif] (pi lives) жизнь
language ['laeggwid3 ] n язык lift [lift] n лифт; v поднимать
large [la:d3 l а большой light [lait] n свет; а светлый;
last 1 [la:st] v продолжаться, легкий
длится like [laik] v нравиться; а подоб
la s t 2 [lcust] а последний; про ный, похожий
шлый What is the weather like
at last наконец today? Какая сегодня погода?
late [leit] а поздний; adv поздно lip [Ир] n губа
be late опаздывать listen ['lisn] v слушать
laugh [la:f] v смеяться literature ['litritjb] n литература
lay 1 [lei] v (laid, laid) класть, litre [#li:to] n литр
положить little ['litl] a (less, least) малень
lay the table накрывать на кий; adv немного, мало
стол live [liv] v жить
lay 2 см. lie living-room ['livigrum] n жилая
leader [4i:da] n вождь; руково комната, гостиная
дитель long [log] а длинный; adv долго
leaf [li:f] n (pi leaves) лист look [luk] v смотреть
learn [1э:п] v учиться; узнавать ; look after смотреть за, ухажи
least [li:st] а (превосх. ст. от вать
little) наименьший; adv мень look for искать
ше всего lord [b:d] n лорд
331
lorry ['bri] n грузовик mean [mi:n] v (meant, meant)
lose [lu:z] v (lost, lost) терять; значить; иметь в виду
проигрывать meant [ment] см. mean
lost [lost] c m . lose meat [mi:t] n мясо
lot [lot] a lot of много; lots of medal ['medl] n медаль
много meet [mi:t] v (met, met) встре
loud ['laud] а громкий чаться), знакомиться
love [ I a v ] n любовь; v любить meeting ['miitig] n встреча, со
low [lou] а низкий брание
member ['membo] n член
men [men] (pi от man) люди
met [met] c m . meet
M metre ['miito] n метр
middle ['midi] n середина
machine [mo'Jim] n машина milk [milk] n молоко
made [meid] c m . make; а сделан milkmaid ['milkmeid] n доярка
ный million ['miljon] n миллион
magazine Lmaego'zim] n журнал mind [maind] n ум, разум
main [mein] а главный to my mind по моему мнению
make [meik] v (made, made) mine [main] pron мой
делать minute ['minit] n минута
make a bed застилать (уби mistake [mis'teik] n ошибка
рать) постель modern ['modon] а современный
man [maen] n (pi men) мужчина, moment ['moumont] n момент
человек Monday ['mAndi] n понедельник
many ['meni] a (more, most) money ['mAni] n деньги
многие, много monkey ['mAgki] n обезьяна
map [maep] n карта month [тлпб] n месяц
March [matj] n март monument ['monjumont] n па
march [matj] v маршировать мятник
mark [mark] n оценка more [тэ:] а (сравн. ст. от much,
market ['makit] n рынок many) больше; adv больше
match [maetj] n матч morning ['momig] n утро
mathematics LmaeGi'maetiks] n most [moust] а (превосх. ст. от
математика much, many) больший; adv
may [mei] v мочь больше
May [mei] n май mother ['тлбэ] n мать
May Day Первомай motherland ['mAftolond] n родина
me [mi:] pron мне, меня mountain ['mauntin] n гора
332
move [mu:v] v двигать(ся); пере north [no:0] n север
езжать northern ['пэ:5эп] а северный
much [mAtJ] a (more, most) nose [nouz] n h o c
много; adv очень not [not] adv не
mum [т л т ] n мама not at all нисколько; пожа
museum [mju'ziom] n музей луйста; не стоит (благодарнос
music ['mju.zik] n музыка ти)
must [mAst] v должен nothing ['nA0ig] pron ничто
my [mai] pron мой, моя, мое for nothing даром, бесплатно
myself [mai'self] pron себя; я сам novel ['novl] n роман
November [nou'vembo] n ноябрь
now [nau] adv теперь
number ['плтЬэ] n номер
N nylon ['nailon] n нейлон
name [neim] n имя

national ['naejonl] а националь
ный О
nationality [,naejVnaeliti] n наци
ональность ocean ['oujon] n океан
near [nio] prep вблизи, рядом October [ok'toubo] n октябрь
need [ni:d] v нуждаться of [ov, ov] prep указ. на принад
neither ['naifto] a, cj никакой; ни лежность; передается род. па
тот, ни другой дежом
neither ... nor ни ... ни off [of] prep
never ['nevo] adv никогда take off снимать
new [nju:] а новый offer ['ofo] v предлагать
newspaper ['njuispeipo] n газета office ['ofis] n учреждение, кон
newsreel ['nju:zri:l] n киножур тора
нал often ['ofn] adv часто, много раз
next [nekst] а следующий; prep old [ould] а старый
рядом Olympic [o'limpik] а олимпийский
nice [nais] а хороший, милый on [on] prep на
night [nait] n ночь one [wAn] пит один; n употр.
nine [nain] пит девять как заместитель ранее упомя
no [nou] adv нет pron никакой нутого сущ.
nobody ['noubodi] pron никто only ['ounli] adv только
noise [noiz] n шум open ['оирэп] а открытый; v от
nor [цэ:] cj neither ... nor ни ... крывать
ни opera ['эрэгэ] п опера
333
opinion [a'pinjan] n мнение part [pa:t] n часть
in my opinion по моему мне take part принимать участие
нию party 1 ['pcrti] n партия
opposite ['apazit] adv напротив party 2 ['pati] n команда; группа;
or [э:] cj или прием гостей, вечер
orchestra ['o:kistraJ n оркестр pass [pas] v передавать
order ['oidal n приказ; орден; v passenger [,paesind3 a] n пассажир
приказывать past 1 [past] n прошлое; а про
organization [,3:ganai'zeijn] n шлый, прошедший
организация past 2 [past] prep после, мимо,
organize ['a:ganaiz] v организо перед
вывать five minutes past two пять
organizer ['a:ganaiza] n органи минут третьего
затор patriotic [paetri'atik] а патриоти
other ['лба] pron другой ческий
our ['aua] pron наш pay [pei] v (paid, paid) платить
ourselves [,aua'selvz] pron себя peace [pi:s] n мир
out [aut] prep наружу pen [pen] n ручка
be out не быть дома; выйти pencil ['pensl] n карандаш
over['ouva] prep над; свыше, более pensioner ['penjana] n пенсионер
be over кончаться people ['pi:pl] n люди; народ
own [oun] а собственный peoples народы
perform [pa'fa:m] v исполнять на
сцене
P performance [pa'fa:mans] n спек
такль, представление
pack [paek] n тюк; узел; пачка; philosopher [fi'lasafa] n философ
v паковать physical ['fiziklj а физический
packet ['paekit] n пакет, пачка physical training физкультура
page [peid3 ] n страница piano ['pjaenou] n пианино
paid [peid] c m . pay pick [pik] v собирать
paint [peint] v красить; рисовать pick up поднимать, подбирать
красками picture ['piktja] n картина
painter ['peinta] n художник picture-book ['piktjabuk] n
palace ['paelis] n дворец книжка с картинками
paper ['peipa] n бумага piece [pi:s] n кусок
parade [pa'reid] n парад, постро pig [pig] n свинья
ение pig-farm ['pigfam] n свиноферма
parent ['pearant] n родитель pillow ['pilou] n подушка
park [pcuk] n парк placard ['plaekad] n плакат
334
place [pleis) n место prepare [pri'pea] v приготавли
plain [plein] n равнина ваться)
plan [plaen] n план; v планировать present 1 ['preznt] а присутст
plane [plein] n самолет вующий
plant [plant] n растение; завод present 2 ['preznt] n подарок
plate [pleit] n тарелка president ['prezidant] n президент
platform ['plaetfoim] n платформа ‘pretty ['priti] а хорошенький
play [plei] n пьеса; v играть price [prais] n цена
player ['pleia] n игрок prize [praiz] n приз, награда
playground ['pleigraund] n пло produce [pr9'dju:s] v производить
щадка для игр product ['prodAkt] n изделие
pleasant ['plezant] а приятный profession [pra'fejn] n профессия
please [pli:z] пожалуйста programme ['prougraem] n про
pleasure [#р1езэ] n удовольствие грамма
plot [plot] n участок земли progress ['prougres] n прогресс
poem ['pouim] n поэма, стихотво promise ['promis] n обещание v
рение обещать
poet ['pouit] n поэт proud [praud] а гордый
point [point] v указывать publish ['рлЬПЛ v издавать
pole [poul] n шест; столб; полюс pull [pul] v тянуть
police [pa'lks] n полиция punish I'pAniJ] v наказывать
political [pa'litikOl] а полити pupil ['pju:pl] n ученик
ческий put [put] v (put, put) класть
poor [риэ] а бедный put a scarf on надеть галстук
popular ['popjula] а известный, (шарф)
популярный put down класть, опускать
population [popju'leijn] n насе
ление
port [po:t] n порт
portrait ['po:trit] n портрет
possible ['posabl] а возможный
post [poust] v отправлять no
почте Q
poscard ['poustkad] n почтовая
открытка quarter ['kwo-.ta] n четверть
postman ['poustman] n почтальон question ['kwestjbn] вопрос; v
post-office ['poust,ofis] n почта спрашивать, задавать вопрос
potato [pa'teitou] n картофель queen [kwi:n] n королева
prefer [pri'fa:] v предпочитать quickly ['kwikli] adv быстро
335
R republic [гГрлЬНк] n республика
rest [rest] n отдых; v отдыхать
have a rest отдыхать
race [reis] n состязание в беге; result [ri'zAlt] n результат
гонки revolution [,rev9 lu:jn] n револю
radio ['reidiou] n радио ция
radio-set радиоприемник rich [ritj*] n pi богатства; а бо
railway ['reilwei] n железная до гатый
рога ride [raid] v (rode, ridden) ехать
rain [rein] n дождь; v идти верхом
(о дожде) rifle ['raifl] n винтовка; ружье
It is raining Идет дождь right 1 [rait] а правый; правиль
raincoat ['reinkout] n плащ ный
rainy ['reini] а дождливый on the right направо
ran [raen] c m . run That’s right! Правильно!
rang [raeg] c m . ring All right! Хорошо!
reach [rktfl v достигать That’s all right. Все в порядке
read [ri:d] v (read [red], read right 2 [rait] n право
[red]) читать ring [rig] v (rang, rung) звонить
reader ['rkdo] n читатель rise [raiz] v (rose, risen) подни
reading-room ['ri:digrum] n чи маться
тальный зал risen ['rizn] c m . rise
ready ['redi] а готовый river ['rivo] n река
be ready быть готовым road [roud] n дорога
real [rial] а настоящий, действи rode [roud] c m . ride
тельный room [ru:m] n комната
receive [ri'si:v] v получать rope [roup] n веревка
recite [ri'sait] v декламировать rose 1 [rouz] n роза
recognize ['rekognaiz] v узнавать rose 2 [rouz] c m . rise
record ['rekoid] n рекорд round [raund] а круглый; prep,
red [red] а красный adv вокруг, кругом
refrigerator [ri,frid39reito] n хо row [rou] n ряд
лодильник ruin [ru:in] n развалина; v раз
region ['гЫзэп] n область рушать, губить, портить
relative ['relativ] n родственник rule [ru:l] n правила
remember [гГтетЬэ] v помнить, run [глп] v (ran, run) бежать,
вспоминать бегать
repeat [ri'pi:t] v повторять rung [глд] см. ring
report [ri'poit] n доклад; v докла Russian ['гл1(э)п] n русский язык;
дывать русский, русская; а русский
336
s sea [si:] п море
seaside ['sksaid] п морской берег
season ['si:zn] п время года
sad [saed] а грустный, печальный seat [si:t] п место, сидение, мес
said [sed] c m . say тонахождение; v усаживать
sail [seil] n парус; v идти под second ['sekond] пит второй
парусами, плавать secret ['si:krit] а тайный, секрет
sailor ['seilo] n моряк ный
salt [so:lt] n соль section ['sekjn] п секция
salute [so'lu:t] n салют; v салю see [si:] v (saw, seen) видеть
товать see off провожать
same [seim] pron тот же самый seem [si:m] v казаться
the same to you и вам того it seems to me мне кажется
желаю seen [si:n] c m . see
sang [saeij] см. sing sell [sel] v (sold, sold) продавать
sat [saet] c m . sit send [send] v (sent, sent) посы
Saturday ['saetodi] n суббота лать
sausage ['sosid3 ] n колбаса sent [sent] c m . send
saw [so:] c m . see sentence ['sentons] n фраза,
say [sei] v (said [sed], said) го предложение
ворить, сказать September [sep'tembo] n
scarf [skcuf] n шарф сентябрь
school [sku:l] n школа serious ['siorios] а серьезный
school-bag ['sku:lbaeg] n школь serve [so:v] v служить
ная сумка seven ['sevn] пит семь
schoolboy ['sku.lboi] n школьник several ['sevrol] pron несколько
schoolchildren ['skudtjildron] n shake [Jeik] v (shook, shaken)
pi школьники трясти, потрясать
schoolgirl ['skudgod] n школь shaken ['jeikn] c m . shake
ница she [Ji:] pron она
schoolmate [#sku:lmeit] n това sheep [Ji:p] n (pi sheep) овца
рищ по школе shelf [jelf] n (pi shelves) полка
schoolyard ['sku:lja:d] n школь shine [Jain] v (shone, shone)
ный двор светить
scientist ['saiontist] n ученый ship [Jip] n корабль
score [sko:] n счет (в игре); v shirt [Jo:t] n рубашка
вести счет (в игре), вы shoe [Ju:] n туфля
игрывать shone [Jon] c m . shine
Scotland ['skotlond] рг п Шот shook [Juk] c m . shake
ландия shop [Jop] n магазин
337
shop-assistant [#Jbp9,sistant] n skating-rink ['skeitigrigk] n каток
продавец ski [ski:] n лыжа; v ходить на
shop-girl ['jbpgod] n продавщица лыжах
shopman ['jbpmon] n продавец skirt [sko:t] n юбка
shopping ['jopig] n покупка, по sledge [sled3 ] n сани
сещение магазина sleep [sli:p] v (slept, slept) спать
do one’s shopping делать по slept [slept] c m . sleep
купки slogan ['slougon] n лозунг
go shopping ходить по мага slowly ['slouli] adv медленно
зинам small [smo:l] а маленький
shopping-bag ['jbpigbaeg] n сум smile [smail] n улыбка; v улы
ка для покупок баться
shop-window ['jbp/windou] n вит snow [snou] n снег; v идти
рина (о снеге)
short [Jb:t] а короткий snowball ['snoubod] n снежок,
shout [jaut] v кричать снежный ком
show 1 [jou] v (showed, shown) snowman ['snoumon] n снеговик
показывать so [sou] adv так, таким образом
show 2 [jou] n представление soap [soup] n мыло
showed [Joud] c m . show socialist ['soujolist] а социалис
shown [Joun] c m . show тический
shut [jAt] v (shut, shut) закры sock [sok] n носок
вать, захлопывать sofa ['soufo] n софа, диван
side [said] n сторона sold [sould] c m . sell
sideboard ['saidbo:d] n сервант soldier ['soukô] n солдат
sight [sait] n вид solidarity [,soli'daeriti] n солидар
sightseeing ['sait,si:ig] n осмотр ность
достопримечательностей some [sAm] pron некоторые, не
silk [silk] n шелк сколько
since [sins] adv с тех пор sometimes ['sAmtaimz] adv иногда
sing [sig] v (sang, sung) петь son [sAn] n сын
sir [so:] n сэр, господин (форма веж song [sog] n песня
ливого обращения к мужчине) soon [su:n] adv скоро, вскоре
sister ['sisto] п сестра sorry I'sori] be sorry сожалеть
sit [sit] v (sat, sat) сидеть soup [su:p] n суп
situated ['sitjueitid] be situated south [sauG] n юг
находиться southern ['sAbon] а южный
six [siks] пит шесть spare [speo] а свободный
skate [skeit] n конек; v кататься speak [spi:k] v (spoke, spoken)
на коньках говорить
338
spell [spel] v писать; произносить storm ['sto:m] n буря, буран
слова по буквам story ['stDiri] n рассказ
spend [spend] v (spend, spent) straight [streit] а прямой; adv
тратить прямо
spent [spent] c m . spend street [stri:t] n улица
splendid ['splendid] а прекрас strong [strog] а сильный
ный struggle ['strAgl] n борьба; v бо
spoke [spouk] c m . speak роться
spoken ['spoukn] c m . speak student ['stjuidont] n студент
spoon ['spu:n] n ложка study ['stAdi] n изучение; v изу
sport [spo:t] n спорт чать, заниматься, учиться
sportsman ['spoitsmon] n спорт subject ['sAbd3 ikt] n учебный
смен предмет
spring [sprig] n весна success [sok'ses] n успех
spy [spai] n шпион be a success иметь успех
square [skweo] n сквер, плошадь, successful [sok'sesful] а успеш
а квадратный ный
stadium ['steidjom] n стадион such [sAtj*] а такой, подобный
stage [steid 3 ] n сцена suddenly ['sAdonli] adv внезапно
stamp [staemp] n марка (почто sugar ['jugo] n сахар
вая) suit [su:t] n костюм
stand 1 [staend] n стенд, трибуна suitcase ['su:tkeis] n чемодан
stand 2 [staend] v (stood, stood) summer ['sAmo] n лето
стоять sun [sAn] n солнце
stand up вставать Sunday ['sAndi] n воскресенье
start [stcut] n старт; v дать старт, sung [sAg] c m . sing
начинать, отправляться sunny ['sAni] а солнечный
state 1 [steit] n государство, штат supper ['sApo] n ужин
state 2 [steit] n состояние, поло have supper ужинать
жение suppose [so'pouz] v предполагать
station ['steiJ(o)n] n станция sure [Juo] be sure быть уверен
stay [stei] v оставаться ным
still [stil] adv все еще surprise [so'praiz] v удивлять, по
stocking ['stokig] n чулок ражать
stone [stoun] n камень swallow ['swolou] v глотать
stood [stud] c m . stand swam [swaem] c m . swim
stop [stop] n остановка; v оста sweep [swi:p] v (swept, swept)
навливать мести, подметать
store [sto:] n универсальный ма sweet [sw i : t ] n конфета
газин swept [ s w e p t ] cm. sweep
339
swim [swim] v (swam, swum) text [tekst] n текст
плавать thank [6 aegk] v благодарить
swum [swAm] cm. swim thank you спасибо
that [6aet] pron тот, та
the [бэ] (перед согласными, [5i]
перед гласными) определен
T ный артикль
the Stogovs Стоговы (семья
table I'teibl] n стол; таблица Стоговых)
take [teik] v (took, taken) брать theatre ['Oioto] театр
take care of заботиться о their [беэ] pron их
take off снимать them [б е т , б э т ] pron им, их
take part принимать участие в themselves [6em'selvz] pron их
take place иметь место; слу then [беп] adv затем, потом
чаться, происходить there [беэ] adv там
taken ['teikn] см. take these [6i:z] pron эти
talk [to:k] n разговор; v разгова they [6ei] pron они
ривать thick [6ik] толстый
tall [toil] а высокий thin [0in] а тонкий
taught [to:t] c m . teach thing [0ig] n вещь
tea [ti:] n чай think [0igk] v (thought,
teach [ti:tf] v ({aught, taught) thought) думать
учить third [09:d] пит третий
teacher ['tirtja] n учитель thirteen ['09:ti:n] пит тринадца
team [ti:m] n команда тый
tear 1 [tio] n слёза thirty [' 3o:ti] пит тридцать
4tear 2 [tea] v (tore, torn) рвать this [6is] pron этот, эта, это
telegram ['teligraem] n теле those [6ouz] pron те
грамма thought [0o:t] c m . think
telephone ['telifoun] n телефон thousand [âuzond] пит тысяча
television ['telivi39n] n телевиде three [0ri:] пит три
ние threw [0ru:] c m . throw
tell [tel] v (told, told) рассказы throw [0rou] v (threw, thrown)
вать, сказать бросать
temperature ['tempritjo] n тем thrown [0roun] c m . throw
пература Thursday ['09:zdi] n четверг
ten [ten] пит десять ticket ['tikit] n билет,
tent [tent] n палатка tie 1 [tai] n галстук
territory ['teritori] n территория; tie 2 [tai] v привязывать
край tiger ['taigg] n тигр
340
ights [taits] n pi колготки try [trai] v стараться, пытаться
ill [til] prep до try on примерять
ime [taim] n время Tuesday ['tjuizdi] n вторник
ime-table ['taimteibl] n расписа turn [torn] v повернуться; n оче
ние редь
itle h a itl] n заголовок, титул turn off закрывать, выключать
о [tu:, tu, to] prep к, в turn on открывать, включать
oday [to'dei] adv сегодня TV set ['ti /vi/set] n телевизор
ogether ^э'дебэ] adv вместе turning ['to:nig] n поворот (до
old [tould] CM. tell роги, улицы); перекресток
omorrow [to'morou] adv завтра twelve [twelv] пит двенадцать
oo [tu:] adv тоже, слишком twenty ['twenti] пит двадцать
ook [tuk] c m . take twenty-one ['twenti'wAn] пит
op [top] n верх, верхушка, вер двадцать один
шина twin [twin] п близнец
ouch [Ш Л v дотрагиваться two [tu:] пит два
owel ['tauol] n полотенце
own [taun] n город
oy [toi] n игрушка
ractor ['traekto] n трактор
ractor-driver ['traekto, draivo] n U
тракторист
rade [treid] n торговля; v тор umbrella [лтЪге1э] п зонтик
говать uncle ['лг)к1] п дядя
radition [tro'dijn] n традиция under ['Ando] prep под
ragedy [4raed3idi] n трагедия underground ['Andograund] п
rain 1 [trein] n поезд метро
rain 2 [trein] v тренировать(ся) underlined [,Ando'laind] а под
ram [traem] n трамвай черкнутый
ranslate [traens'leit] v переводить understand [,Ando'staend] v
ravel ['traevl] v путешествовать; (understood, understood) по
n путешествие нимать
гее [tri:] n дерево university [,ju :n i'v o :siti] n уни
ribune ['tribjuin] n трибуна верситет
rick [trik] n трюк, шутка up [лр] adv вверх
play a trick сыграть шутку us [as] pron нам, нас
rip [trip] n путешествие use [ j u : z ] v употреблять
rolleybus ['trolibAs] n тролейбус useful [ ' j u : s f u l ] а полезный
rousers ['trauzoz] n брюки usually [ 'ju :3 U o li] adv обычно
341
V way [wei] n путь
on the way по дороге, по пути
variety [va'raiati] n эстрадное (куда-либо)
представление, эстрадный кон we [wi:] pron мы
церт wear [wea] v (wore, worn) но
vegetable ['ved39t9bl] n овощ сить (одежду)
very ['veri] adv очень weather ['we6a] n погода
victory ['viktori] n победа Wednesday ['wenzdi] n среда
view [vju:] n вид week [wi:k] n неделя
village ['vilid3 ] n деревня weekend [,wi:k'end] n время от
visit ['visit] n посещение; v по дыха с пятницы или субботы
сещать до понедельника
visitor ['vizita] n посетитель welcome ['welkam] п приветст
volleyball ['volibo:!] n волейбол вие; v приветствовать
Welcome! Добро пожаловать!
well [wel] adv хорошо
be well быть здоровым
went [went] см. go
W were [wa:] c m . be
west [west] n запад
wait (for) [weit] v ждать western ['west9n] а западный
wake [weik] v (woke, woken) what [wot] pron что; какой
просыпаться wheat [wi:t] n пшеница
walk [wo:k] n прогулка; v гулять when [wen] adv, cj когда
go for a walk идти на прогулку where [wea] adv , cj где; куда
walk on идти (прогуливаться which [witj] pron какой, который
дальше) while [wail] cj пока, в то время
wall [ w d :1] n стена white [wait] а белый
want [wont] v хотеть who [hu:] pron кто
war [w d :] n война whole [houl] а весь
wardrobe ['wordroub] n гардероб whose [hu:z] pron чей
warm [wD:m] а теплый why [wai] adv почему
was [ w d z , W 9 z ] c m . be that’s why вот почему
wash [w d J] v мыть; умываться wife [waif] n жена
watch [wotj] n часы (наручные); win [win] v (won, won) побе
v смотреть, наблюдать, сле дить, выиграть
дить wind [wind] n ветер
watch TV смотреть телепере windy ['windi] а ведренный
дачу window ['windou] n окно
water ['woita] п вода; v поливать winter ['winta] n зима
342
wish [wij] n пожелание; v желать written ['ritn] cm. write
with [wi5] prep с wrong [гэд] а неверный, непра
without [wi'6aut] prep без вильный
woke [wouk] cm. wake wrote [rout] cm. write
woken ['woukn] cm. wake
woman ['wumanl n (pi women)
женщина Y
women ['wimin] n (pi от woman)
женщины yard [jcud] n двор
won [wAn] cm. win year [jia] n год
wonderful ['wAndoful] а замеча yellow ['jelou] а желтый
тельный, чудесный yes [jes] adv да
wool [wul] n шерсть yesterday ['jestadi] adv вчера
word [wa:d] n слово yet [jet] adv еще
wore [ w d : ] cm. wear you [ju:] pron вы (ты), вам (тебе)
work [wa:k] n работа; v работать young [jaq) а молодой
worker ['waika] n рабочий your [jo:] pron ваш (твой)
workshop ['wa:kjbp] n мастер youself [jo/self] pron себе, сам
ская youselves [jD:'selvz] pron себе,
world [wa:ld] n мир сами
worn [wo:n] cm. wear
worse [wa:s] а (сравнит, ст. от
bad) наихудший
write [rait] v (wrote, written) Z
писать
writer ['raita] n писатель Zoo [zu:] n зоопарк
343
CONTENTS
I III
Unit 1 Unit 3
1 3 1 83
2 5 2 . 85
3 7 3 . 88
4 10 4 . 91
5 13 5 . 94
§ -6 16 6 97
7 19
8 22 Unit 4
9 25 § 1 100
§ 27 § 2 102
§ 30 § 3 105
§ 32 § 4 107
§ 35 § 5 110
§ 37 § 6 113
§ 40 § 7 116
§ 42 § 8 118
§ 45 § 9 121
§ 10 123
II § 11 127
§ 12 130
Unit 2 13 132
§
1 48 14 134
§
. 50 15 136
§
2
3. 53
4. 57 IV
5. 60
6 . 62 Unit 5
7. 66 § 1 139
8 . 67 2 . . . 141
9. 70 3. . . 142
10 73 4... 145
11 76 5 ......................................... 148
12 79 6 151
13 80 7 154
344
8 ......................................... 156 § И 174
9 ......................................... 159 15 177
10 161
1 1 ....................................... 165 I r r e g u l a r V e r b s . . . . 180
12 ....................................... 167 R e f e r e n c e G r a m m a r 184
13 ...................................... 172 Ke y t o E x e r c i s e s . . 218
Texts for Reading
Reading in September and October

Task 1. Charlotte B r o n t e .................................. 221
Jane E y r e .................................................................................. 222
Task 2. Rip Van W inkle....................................................................... 225
Task 3. Jack L o n d o n ............................................................................ 230
For the Love of a M an........................................................... 232
Task 4. The Story of a Boy-«Spy»..................... 235
Task 5. Jerome K. J e r o m e .................................................................. 241
Three Men in a B o a t..............................................................242
Task 6. Francis D r a k e ..........................................................................243
Task 7. James Cook...............................................................................247
The Sailor and the M onkeys................................................. 248
Task 8. The Novel Which Made Daniel Defoe F a m o u s............... 250
A Funny Story...........................................................................250
Reading in November and December

Task 9.
Carol............................................................................................251
Task 10.
Betty the Baby-Sitter............................................................. 255
Task 11.
M an ch ester............................................................................... 257
Task 12.
Archibald C r o n in ..................................................................... 259
Two Gentlemen of V e r o n a ....................................................260
Task 13. Edinburgh.................................................................................. 264
Cambridge.................................................................................. 265
Task 14. Dickens and a D o l l ................................................................ 267
A Cat Can Find Its Way Home 268
345
Reading in January, February and March
Task 15. Aesop’s Fables......................................................................... 269
Task 16. The Ruined B o y s.................................................................... 271
Task 17. Robin Hood and theGolden A rro w ......................................276
Task 18. Robin Hood and theButcher...................................................279
Task 19. Jack and the B e a n sta lk ........................................................282
Task 20. Adventure S t o r i e s ...............................................................* 286
Task 21. Alfred Coppard..........................................................................290
The Cherry-Tree........................................................................ 290
Task 22. Treacle Tart...............................................................................294
Task 23. Lady G o d iv a ............................................................................ 297
It Is Interesting to K n o w ...................................................... 299
Task 24. The Proud Father.................................................................... 300
On the T rain............................................................................. 300
Reading in April and May

Task 25. English H o lid ay s.....................................................................301
Task 26. English T rad itio n s.................................................................. 303
Task 27. Pioneers in Aviation.................................: ............................ 306
Task 28. From the History ofMay D a y ............................................. 311
Task 29. C oventry....................................................................................313
Task 30. English Painters....................................................................... 315
Task 31. About Badgers......................................................................... 318
About* a T ig e r ...........................................................................318
Vocabulary.................................................................................................... 320
Анатолий Петрович Старков
Ричард Ричардович Диксон
Борис Семенович Островский
АНГЛИЙСКИЙ ЯЗЫК
Учебник
4-й год обучения
(для 8 класса средней школы)
Ответственные за выпуск Дмитриев В. В., Чистобаев С. В

Научный редактор Янушевская И. Д.
Художник Фоличеева А. В.
Оформление обложки Волошкин О. П.
Компьютерный дизайн и верстка Лукина Н. В.
Технические редакторы Беккерман Ю. И., Костылева Н. В
Корректор Толстякова Е. В.
Лицензия № 071099 от 09.11.94. Подписано в печать 22.09.97.
Формат 60 x90 ' / |6. Гарнитура Литературная. Печать офсетная. Печ. л. 22.
Тираж 150 000 экз. Заказ 879.
Издательство «Специальная Литература».

198052, Санкт-Петербург, Измайловский пр., 29.
Отпечатано с диапозитивов в ГПП «Печатный Двор»

Государственного комитета РФ по печати.
197110, Санкт-Петербург, Чкаловский пр., 15.
I
Great Britain
['greit 'britn] I London ['Undan]
United States
of America
[ju:'naitid 'steits
av a'merika] I Washington [’wajigtan]
Canada [’kaenada] I Ottawa ['atawa]
Australia [as'treilja] I Canberra [’kaenbara]
New Zealand
['nju: 'zi:land] I Wellington [’weligtan]
France [frcims] 1 Paris [’paeris]
Germany ['d 3 a:mani] I Bonn [ban]
Italy [’itali] I Rome [roum]
Spain [’spein] 1 Madrid [ma'drid]
China [’tjaina] I Peking [,pi:'kig]
India [’india] I Delhi [’deli]
Japan [d 3 a'paen] 1 Tokyo ['toukiou]
People Languages
Englishman,
Englishwoman,
English English
American [э 'т е п к э п ] English
Canadian [ka'neidjon] English,
French
province
of Quebec
fkwi'bekl)
Australian [os'treiljan] English
New Zealander
'zklandal English
German ['d39:ni9n] Germ an
Frenchman,
Frenchwoman,
French French
Italian [i'taeljon] Italian
Spaniard [’spaenjod],
Spanish [’spaenij] Spanish
Chinese [tfai’nkz] Chinese
Japanese [,d33ep9'ni:z] Japanese
• AND SOMETIMES WE
• •
PLAY DARTS AND SPEAK

COCKNEY
ISBN 5-7571-0049-4
9785757100494
9785757

1starkov A P I DR Angliyskiy Yazyk 4 y God Obucheniya

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

1starkov A P I DR Angliyskiy Yazyk 4 y God Obucheniya

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

-------------------------------------------------------------------- L

un- + pleasant = unpleasant

re- + write = rewrite

happy + -ness = happiness

help + -ful = helpful

• enjoy + -able = enjoyable

H e had finished his w ork by 6 o'clock.

Past Continuous Tense

He w as reading a book at 9 o'clock.

4-й год обучения

Книга для чтения

Д опущ ено к использованию

| Восклицательный знак, стоящий слева от таблицы, обо-

1. What can you see in this picture?

1 bathe [bei5] — купаться; 2 chemistry ['kemistri] — химия

come — came — come go — went — gone

sportsman, address, women, scarves, foot, plays, child,

price, match, sheep, lorry, sportsman, tractor-driver, life,

] б) Выполните задание 1 домашнего чтения.,

6. Read and describe the village you were in:

Tell your classmates where the village is, how you

1 common — обычный; 2 inch — дюйм (2,5 см); 3 deep —

peace, victory, skating-rink, money, sheep, friendship,

б) Прочитайте слова, выберите из них исчисляемые сущест­

cattle-farm, wheat, plot, anniversary, friendship, greeting,

12. Read and use in situations:

13. Read the text and answer the questions:

Let’s Go to Work and Rest

When some pupils of Form 8 A began talking about

begin — began — begun have — had — had

1 ordinary ['D:dinri] — обычные; 2 senior ['si:nja] pupils —

1. What was new for you in Vasya Belov’s story? Have

a) 1. Victor’s my younger brother.

▲ 15. а) Перепишите предложений, употребляя данные в скобках

f f l б) Выполните задание 2 домашнего чтения.

16. Read and answer the questions:

1. Do you live in the country or in a town?

17. Read and use in situations:

business ['biznis]: Are you here on business or for pleasure?

Bring me the chair! Bring me a chair!

Boris, wash the plates! Lena, bring plates,

Pass me the salt, please. I don’t want salt.

1. I shall buy one of the newspapers. 2. He met a young

I visit piece building ready already

б) Прочитайте и перепишите предложения, подчеркните си­

1. In the street he met a young woman with a girl.

21. Read and use in situations:

How right you are! I’m afraid you are wrong.

3. “What did the doctor 4. “Put the butter into the

I — Указание на объект. II — Ссылка на известное. III —

25 . а) Прочитайте и перепишите предложения, поставив в скоб­

I. Put the bag on the shelf. 2. Where is the hotel we

boat [bout]: Are you going to Volgograd by boat or by

An English to u rist1 came to Paris. It was his first

1 tourist ['tuarist]; 2 decide [di'said] — решать; 3 realize

1. “That’s a stadium.” 2. “I need a tie, please.”

3. “This is Boris, a friend 4. “I need a metre and

I — Называние объекта, причисление его к классу.

▲ 30 . а) Подготовьте описание деревни, в которой вы живете или

б) Прочитайте и перепишите предложения, поставив в

1. It was a dark night. 2. Let me have your book for a

32 . Read the text and ask questions on it:

33 . Read and speak about the trips:

б) Прочитайте слова, выберите из них исчисляемые сущест

б) Прочитайте и перепишите предложения, подчеркните си

25 . а) Прочитайте и перепишите предложения, поставив в скоб

I — Называние объекта, причисление его к классу (с исчис

3 5 . а) Прочитайте и перепишите предложения, поставив в скоб

4 0 . а) Прочитайте текст и подготовьте объяснение, почему упот

1 booking-office clerk [klak] —билетный кассир; 2 Edin

1 owner ['оипэ] — хозяин, владелец; 2 candle ['kaendl] — све